4750.line6.net https://line6.com/dispatch/monkey.html 2026-05-28 23:38:46 2026-05-31 23:38:46 AMPLIFi 30 BackTrack BackTrack + Mic Bass PODxt Bass PODxt Live Bass PODxt Pro Catalyst 100 Catalyst 200 Catalyst 60 Catalyst CX 100 Catalyst CX 200 Catalyst CX 60 Computer DL4 MkII DT25 112 DT25 HD DT50 112 DT50 212 DT50 Head FBV Express MkII FBV Shortboard MkII FBV3 Firehawk 1500 Firehawk FX Flextone III Floor POD Plus GearBox GuitarPort Helix Helix Control Helix LT Helix Native Helix Rack Helix Stadium Helix Stadium XL HX Effects HX One HX Stomp HX Stomp XL James Tyler Variax JM4 M13 M5 M9 Mobile Keys 25 Mobile Keys 49 Pocket POD POD 2.0 POD Express Bass POD Express Black POD Express Guitar POD Go POD Go Wireless POD HD POD HD Pro POD HD Pro X POD HD300 POD HD400 POD HD500 POD HD500X POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro Powercab 112 Plus Powercab 212 Plus Powercab CL 112 Powercab CL 212 Relay G10 Receiver Relay G10 Transmitter Relay G10S Receiver Relay G10TII Transmitter Relay G30 Receiver Relay G30 Transmitter Relay G50 Receiver Relay G50 Transmitter Relay G55 Receiver Relay G55 Transmitter Relay G70 Receiver Relay G75 Receiver Relay G90 Receiver Relay G90 Transmitter Relay TB516 G SGT-DI Spider IV 120 Spider IV 15 Spider IV 150 Spider IV 30 Spider IV 75 Spider IV HD150 Spider Jam Spider V 120 Spider V 20 Spider V 240 Spider V 240HC Spider V 30 Spider V 60 Spider Valve MkII 112 Spider Valve MkII 212 Spider Valve MkII HD100 StageScape M20d ToneCore DSP Tools TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 Variax Variax 300/600 Variax Acoustic Variax Bass Variax Bass 705 Variax USB Interface Vetta II Combo Vetta II Head XD-V30 Bodypack XD-V30 Handheld XD-V30 Receiver XD-V35 Bodypack XD-V35 Handheld XD-V35 Receiver XD-V55 Bodypack XD-V55 Handheld XD-V55 Receiver XD-V70 Bodypack XD-V70 Handheld XD-V70 Receiver XD-V75 Bodypack XD-V75 Handheld XD-V75 Receiver 2.23 POD HD Pro X Edit POD HD Pro X Edit v2.23 Installer.exe 2013-09-25 10:55:58 POD HD Pro X 2.25 POD HD Pro X Edit POD HD Pro X Edit v2.25 Installer.exe 2015-03-31 11:30:00 POD HD Pro X 2.26 POD HD Pro X Edit POD HD Pro X Edit v2.26 Installer.exe 2015-04-09 11:30:00 POD HD Pro X 2.27 POD HD Pro X Edit POD HD Pro X Edit v2.27 Installer.exe 2018-09-10 13:10:06 POD HD Pro X 1.12 2004-08-25 21:05:01 PODxt 1.12 2004-08-25 21:06:35 PODxt Pro 1.12 2004-08-30 13:25:15 PODxt Live 2.05.0 GP2050.FUI 2004-10-13 16:46:59 GuitarPort 1.03 VariaxUSB_1.03.vuf 2005-03-23 10:30:02 Variax USB Interface 1.12 2005-05-03 10:27:40 Bass PODxt Live 1.12 2005-05-17 11:37:56 Bass PODxt 1.12 2005-05-17 11:39:10 Bass PODxt Pro 1.01.0 2005-08-30 16:57:40 TonePort UX1 1.01.0 2005-09-07 16:43:19 TonePort UX2 1.14 2006-08-10 17:05:31 PODxt Pro 1.08 2006-10-10 09:34:49 TonePort KB37 1.03 TonePort GX USB Firmware 2007-04-09 17:36:30 TonePort GX 1.00 ai1000.fus 2007-08-15 12:05:09 TonePort UX8 2.07 GP2070.FUI 2007-10-19 13:51:45 GuitarPort 1.02 aj1020.fus 2008-04-03 16:41:52 POD X3 1.02 ak1020.fus 2008-04-03 16:42:03 POD X3 Live 1.00 al1000.fus 2008-09-05 16:55:04 POD X3 Pro 1.02 aq1020.fui 2008-10-29 14:36:14 POD Studio UX2 1.01 ap1010.fui 2008-10-29 14:36:18 POD Studio UX1 1.03 as1030.fui 2008-10-29 14:36:21 POD Studio GX 1.08 ar1080.fui 2009-02-23 12:49:33 POD Studio KB37 1.01.0 slpro-1.04.usb 2010-10-06 14:57:09 POD HD400 1.01.0 slmid-1.04.usb 2010-10-06 14:57:41 POD HD300 1.00.0 av1000.fus 2011-05-19 14:32:29 POD HD 1.01.00 ay1010.fus 2013-07-12 14:47:54 POD HD500X 1.04 ay1040.fus 2015-03-31 11:30:00 POD HD500X 1.04 az1040.fus 2015-03-31 11:30:00 POD HD Pro X 1.04 av1040.fus 2015-04-09 11:30:00 POD HD 1.04 aw1040.fus 2015-04-09 11:30:00 POD HD Pro 1.04 am1040.fus 2015-04-09 11:30:00 POD HD500 1.01 Metallurgy Collection Metallurgy v1.01 Installer.exe 2022-04-26 12:00:00 No Hardware Required 2.6.5.0 PODxt Family Drivers v2.6.5.0 Installer.exe 2005-01-11 13:45:02 Bass PODxt Bass PODxt Pro PODxt PODxt Pro 1.0.7.0 Variax Workbench Driver v1.0.7.0 Installer.exe 2005-03-21 10:33:02 Variax USB Interface 2.6.8.0 PODxt Family Drivers v2.6.8.0 Installer.exe 2005-05-04 16:51:01 Bass PODxt Bass PODxt Live Bass PODxt Pro 2.8.3.0 TonePort Drivers v2.8.3.0 Installer.exe 2005-11-14 11:02:02 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 2.8.9.0 TonePort Drivers v2.8.9.0 Installer.exe 2005-12-09 16:38:49 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 2.8.9.0 GuitarPort Drivers v2.8.9.0 Installer.exe 2005-12-09 16:38:51 GuitarPort 3.3.3.6 Line 6 Drivers v3.3.3.6 Installer.exe 2007-10-02 12:45:03 GuitarPort PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 3.3.4.2 POD X3 Drivers v3.3.4.2 Installer.exe 2007-10-12 14:07:12 POD X3 POD X3 Live 3.3.5.5 Line 6 Drivers v3.3.5.5 Installer.exe 2008-04-03 16:41:42 GuitarPort POD X3 POD X3 Live PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 3.4.1.0 Line 6 Drivers v3.4.1.0 Installer.exe 2008-06-10 11:20:08 GuitarPort POD X3 POD X3 Live PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 3.4.1.0 Bass PODxt Driver v3.4.1.0 Installer.exe 2008-07-08 15:23:20 Bass PODxt Bass PODxt Live Bass PODxt Pro 3.4.2.9 Line 6 Drivers v3.4.2.9 Installer.exe 2008-10-29 14:36:03 POD Studio GX GuitarPort POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 3.4.3.1 Line 6 Drivers v3.4.3.1 Installer.exe 2008-12-18 08:18:09 POD Studio GX GuitarPort POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 3.4.3.2 Line 6 Drivers v3.4.3.2 Installer.exe 2009-02-04 09:51:29 GuitarPort POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 3.4.3.6 Line 6 Drivers v3.4.3.6 Installer.exe 2009-04-24 10:05:51 GuitarPort POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 3.4.3.8 Line 6 Drivers v3.4.3.8 Installer.exe 2009-07-10 14:05:13 GuitarPort POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 4.0.2.3 Line 6 Drivers v4.0.2.3 Installer.exe 2010-03-10 14:19:45 Bass PODxt Bass PODxt Live Bass PODxt Pro GuitarPort POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 4.0.2.6 Line 6 Drivers v4.0.2.6 Installer.exe 2010-03-29 12:27:24 Bass PODxt Bass PODxt Live Bass PODxt Pro GuitarPort POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 4.0.2.7 Line 6 Drivers v4.0.2.7 Installer.exe 2010-04-20 10:43:50 Bass PODxt Bass PODxt Live Bass PODxt Pro GuitarPort POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 4.1.1.7 Line 6 Drivers v4.1.1.7 Installer.exe 2010-09-30 09:11:55 Bass PODxt Bass PODxt Live Bass PODxt Pro GuitarPort POD HD300 POD HD400 POD HD500 POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 1.0.7.2 Variax USB Interface Driver v1.0.7.2 Installer.exe 2010-11-17 10:24:12 Variax USB Interface 4.2.4.4 Line 6 Drivers v4.2.4.4 Installer.exe 2011-04-28 19:20:02 Bass PODxt Bass PODxt Live Bass PODxt Pro GuitarPort POD HD POD HD300 POD HD400 POD HD500 POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 4.2.4.9 Line 6 Drivers v4.2.4.9 Installer.exe 2011-09-13 09:19:48 Bass PODxt Bass PODxt Live Bass PODxt Pro GuitarPort POD HD POD HD Pro POD HD300 POD HD400 POD HD500 POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 4.2.5.1 Line 6 Drivers v4.2.5.1 Installer.exe 2011-12-20 12:08:38 Bass PODxt Bass PODxt Live Bass PODxt Pro GuitarPort POD HD POD HD Pro POD HD300 POD HD400 POD HD500 POD Pro POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 4.2.5.4 Line 6 Drivers v4.2.5.4 Installer.exe 2012-05-08 13:14:27 Bass PODxt Bass PODxt Live Bass PODxt Pro GuitarPort POD HD POD HD Pro POD HD300 POD HD400 POD HD500 POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 4.2.6.9 Line 6 Drivers v4.2.6.9 Installer.exe 2013-07-10 09:07:38 Bass PODxt Bass PODxt Live Bass PODxt Pro GuitarPort POD HD POD HD Pro POD HD300 POD HD400 POD HD500 POD HD500X POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 4.2.7.1 Line 6 Drivers v4.2.7.1 Installer.exe 2013-09-25 12:32:17 Bass PODxt Bass PODxt Live Bass PODxt Pro GuitarPort POD HD POD HD Pro POD HD Pro X POD HD300 POD HD400 POD HD500 POD HD500X POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 1.52 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 SonicPortVX v1.52 Installer.exe 2014-09-05 09:28:58 Sonic Port VX 1.61 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 AMPLIFi Audio v1.61 Installer.exe 2014-11-26 16:01:13 AMPLIFi TT 1.64 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 AMPLIFi Audio v1.64 Installer.exe 2014-12-11 10:29:03 AMPLIFi 150 AMPLIFi 75 AMPLIFi FX100 AMPLIFi TT 1.70 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Firehawk Audio v1.70 Installer.exe 2015-04-01 11:45:10 Firehawk FX 1.76.0.1 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Helix v1.76.0.1 Installer.exe 2015-08-06 13:10:13 Helix 1.76 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 SonicPortVX v1.76 Installer.exe 2015-08-13 11:11:02 Sonic Port VX 1.76 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Firehawk Audio v1.76 Installer.exe 2015-08-13 11:11:15 Firehawk 1500 Firehawk FX 1.76 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 AMPLIFi Audio v1.76 Installer.exe 2015-08-13 11:11:27 AMPLIFi 150 AMPLIFi 30 AMPLIFi 75 AMPLIFi FX100 AMPLIFi TT 1.76 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 StageScapeM20d v1.76 Installer.exe 2015-08-13 11:11:42 StageScape M20d 4.2.7.6 Line 6 Drivers v4.2.7.6 Installer.exe 2015-08-21 10:30:14 Bass PODxt Bass PODxt Live Bass PODxt Pro GuitarPort POD HD POD HD Pro POD HD Pro X POD HD300 POD HD400 POD HD500 POD HD500X POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 1.77 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Helix v1.77 Installer.exe 2016-02-11 12:59:20 Helix Helix Rack 1.78 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Helix v1.78 Installer.exe 2016-04-05 12:57:03 Helix Helix Rack 1.77 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Firehawk Audio v1.77 Installer.exe 2016-04-19 09:10:24 Firehawk 1500 Firehawk FX 1.77 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 AMPLIFi Audio v1.77 Installer.exe 2016-04-19 09:11:06 AMPLIFi 150 AMPLIFi 30 AMPLIFi 75 AMPLIFi FX100 AMPLIFi TT 1.81.0.7 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Spider V v1.81.0.7 Installer.exe 2016-09-21 13:10:02 Spider V 120 Spider V 240 Spider V 30 Spider V 60 1.84 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Helix v1.84 Installer.exe 2016-11-02 10:30:10 Helix Helix Rack 1.84 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Spider V v1.84 Installer.exe 2016-11-02 10:55:07 Spider V 120 Spider V 240 Spider V 240HC Spider V 30 Spider V 60 1.85 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Helix v1.85 Installer.exe 2017-03-23 14:25:05 Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 1.86 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Helix v1.86 Installer.exe 2017-05-02 11:47:48 Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 1.86 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Spider V v1.86 Installer.exe 2017-08-18 06:25:04 Spider V 120 Spider V 240 Spider V 240HC Spider V 30 Spider V 60 1.87 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Spider V v1.87 Installer.exe 2017-10-10 10:58:28 Spider V 120 Spider V 20 Spider V 240 Spider V 240HC Spider V 30 Spider V 60 1.87 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Helix v1.87 Installer.exe 2017-11-10 05:35:25 Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 1.0.0.0 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 WinUsb Driver v1.0.0.0 Installer.exe 2018-01-12 11:40:05 HX Effects 1.88 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Powercab 112 v1.88 Installer.exe 2018-04-26 13:21:26 Powercab 112 Plus 1.89 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Spider V v1.89 Installer.exe 2018-07-09 13:20:05 Spider V 120 Spider V 20 Spider V 240 Spider V 240HC Spider V 30 Spider V 60 1.91 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 AMPLIFi Audio v1.91 Installer.exe 2018-09-12 06:25:04 AMPLIFi 150 AMPLIFi 30 AMPLIFi 75 AMPLIFi FX100 AMPLIFi TT 1.91 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 StageScapeM20d v1.91 Installer.exe 2018-09-13 11:42:32 StageScape M20d 1.91 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Spider V v1.91 Installer.exe 2018-09-13 11:43:03 Spider V 120 Spider V 20 Spider V 240 Spider V 240HC Spider V 30 Spider V 60 1.91 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 SonicPortVX v1.91 Installer.exe 2018-09-13 11:43:18 Sonic Port VX 1.91 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Powercab 112 v1.91 Installer.exe 2018-09-13 11:43:32 Powercab 112 Powercab 112 Plus 1.91 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 HxStomp v1.91 Installer.exe 2018-09-13 11:43:45 HX Stomp 1.91 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Helix v1.91 Installer.exe 2018-09-13 11:43:59 Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 1.91 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Firehawk Audio v1.91 Installer.exe 2018-09-13 11:44:40 Firehawk 1500 Firehawk FX 4.2.7.7 Line 6 Drivers v4.2.7.7 Installer.exe 2019-06-11 09:10:07 Bass PODxt Bass PODxt Live Bass PODxt Pro GuitarPort POD HD POD HD Pro POD HD Pro X POD HD300 POD HD400 POD HD500 POD HD500X POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 1.93 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 HxStomp v1.93 Installer.exe 2019-07-18 09:02:29 HX Stomp 1.0.0.3 Line 6 WinUsb Line 6 WinUsb Driver v1.0.0.3 Installer.exe 2019-07-18 09:02:37 HX Effects HX Stomp Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 1.94.0.0 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 PodGo v1.94.0.0 Installer.exe 2020-03-31 11:08:31 POD Go 1.95 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 AMPLIFi Audio v1.95 Installer.exe 2020-07-07 12:00:00 AMPLIFi 150 AMPLIFi 30 AMPLIFi 75 AMPLIFi FX100 AMPLIFi TT 1.95 Line 6 Helix Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Helix v1.95 Installer.exe 2020-07-07 12:00:00 Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 1.95 Line 6 HX Stomp Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 HxStomp v1.95 Installer.exe 2020-07-07 12:00:00 HX Stomp 1.95 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 PodGo v1.95 Installer.exe 2020-07-07 12:00:00 POD Go 1.95 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Firehawk Audio v1.95 Installer.exe 2020-07-07 12:00:00 Firehawk 1500 Firehawk FX 1.95 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Powercab v1.95 Installer.exe 2020-07-07 12:00:00 Powercab 112 Powercab 112 Plus Powercab 212 Plus 1.95 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Spider V v1.95 Installer.exe 2020-07-07 12:00:00 Spider V 120 Spider V 20 Spider V 240 Spider V 240HC Spider V 30 Spider V 60 1.95 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 SonicPortVX v1.95 Installer.exe 2020-07-07 12:00:00 Sonic Port VX 1.95 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 StageScapeM20d v1.95 Installer.exe 2020-07-07 12:00:00 StageScape M20d 1.0.0.7 Line 6 WinUsb Line 6 WinUsb Driver v1.0.0.7 Installer.exe 2021-03-16 12:10:00 HX Effects HX Stomp HX Stomp XL Helix Helix LT Helix Rack POD Go POD Go Wireless 1.96 Line 6 Helix Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Helix v1.96 Installer.exe 2021-03-16 12:11:57 Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 1.96 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 PodGo v1.96 Installer.exe 2021-03-16 12:13:31 POD Go POD Go Wireless 1.96 Line 6 HX Stomp Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 HxStomp v1.96 Installer.exe 2021-03-16 12:17:24 HX Stomp HX Stomp XL 1.96.0.2 Line 6 Catalyst Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Catalyst v1.96.0.2 Installer.exe 2022-03-09 10:40:34 Catalyst 100 Catalyst 200 Catalyst 60 1.97 Line 6 HX Stomp Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 HxStomp v1.97 Installer.exe 2022-10-05 11:45:00 HX Stomp HX Stomp XL 1.97 Line 6 Helix Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Helix v1.97 Installer.exe 2022-10-05 11:45:05 Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 1.97.0.2 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 AMPLIFi Audio v1.97.0.2 Installer.exe 2022-11-17 07:15:05 AMPLIFi 150 AMPLIFi 30 AMPLIFi 75 AMPLIFi FX100 AMPLIFi TT 1.97.0.2 Line 6 Catalyst Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Catalyst v1.97.0.2 Installer.exe 2022-11-17 07:20:04 Catalyst 100 Catalyst 200 Catalyst 60 Catalyst CX 100 Catalyst CX 200 Catalyst CX 60 1.97.0.2 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Firehawk Audio v1.97.0.2 Installer.exe 2022-11-17 07:25:03 Firehawk 1500 Firehawk FX 1.97.0.2 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Spider V v1.97.0.2 Installer.exe 2022-11-17 07:30:06 Spider V 120 Spider V 240 Spider V 240HC Spider V 30 Spider V 60 1.97.0.2 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 SonicPortVX v1.97.0.2 Installer.exe 2022-11-17 09:45:05 Sonic Port VX 1.97.0.2 Line 6 HX Stomp Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 HxStomp v1.97.0.2 Installer.exe 2022-11-29 10:53:14 HX Stomp HX Stomp XL 1.97.0.2 Line 6 Helix Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Helix v1.97.0.2 Installer.exe 2022-11-29 10:53:54 Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 1.97.0.2 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 StageScapeM20d v1.97.0.2 Installer.exe 2022-12-01 08:44:37 StageScape M20d 1.97.0.2 Line 6 Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 Powercab v1.97.0.2 Installer.exe 2022-12-01 08:46:30 Powercab 112 Powercab 112 Plus Powercab 212 Plus 1.97.0.2 Line 6 POD Go Driver2 Line 6 Driver2 PodGo v1.97.0.2 Installer.exe 2022-12-01 08:47:20 POD Go POD Go Wireless 2.0.0.1 Line 6 POD Express Driver2_5 Line 6 Driver2_5 POD Express v2.0.0.1 Installer.exe 2024-03-05 10:00:00 POD Express Bass POD Express Guitar 2.00.0.0 Line 6 POD Go Driver2_5 Line 6 Driver2_5 POD Go v2.00.0.0 Installer.exe 2024-03-12 11:00:00 POD Go POD Go Wireless 2.00.0.0 Line 6 Powercab Driver2_5 Line 6 Driver2_5 Powercab v2.00.0.0 Installer.exe 2024-03-12 11:00:00 Powercab 112 Plus Powercab 212 Plus 2.00.0.0 Line 6 Spider V Driver2_5 Line 6 Driver2_5 Spider V v2.00.0.0 Installer.exe 2024-03-12 11:00:00 Spider V 120 Spider V 20 Spider V 240 Spider V 240HC Spider V 30 Spider V 60 2.00.0.0 Line 6 AMPLIFi Driver2_5 Line 6 Driver2_5 AMPLIFi v2.00.0.0 Installer.exe 2024-03-12 11:05:11 AMPLIFi 150 AMPLIFi 30 AMPLIFi 75 AMPLIFi FX100 AMPLIFi TT 2.00.0.0 Line 6 Firehawk Driver2_5 Line 6 Driver2_5 Firehawk v2.00.0.0 Installer.exe 2024-03-12 11:07:03 Firehawk 1500 Firehawk FX 2.00.0.0 Line 6 HX Stomp Driver2_5 Line 6 Driver2_5 HX Stomp v2.00.0.0 Installer.exe 2024-03-12 11:07:43 HX Stomp HX Stomp XL 2.00.0.0 Line 6 Helix Driver2_5 Line 6 Driver2_5 Helix v2.00.0.0 Installer.exe 2024-03-12 11:08:48 Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 2.0.0.0 Line 6 Catalyst Driver2_5 Line 6 Driver2_5 Catalyst v2.0.0.0 Installer.exe 2024-06-05 09:26:19 Catalyst 100 Catalyst 200 Catalyst 60 Catalyst CX 100 Catalyst CX 200 Catalyst CX 60 2.0.0.2 Line 6 POD Express Driver2_5 Line 6 Driver2_5 POD Express v2.0.0.2 Installer.exe 2024-10-22 10:00:00 POD Express Bass POD Express Black POD Express Guitar 0.0.3 Stadium Driver Line 6 Driver3 Stadium v0.0.3.15 Installer.exe 2026-04-21 10:00:00 Helix Stadium Helix Stadium XL 1.00 POD HD500 Edit POD HD500 Edit v1.00 Installer.exe 2010-09-30 09:11:01 POD HD500 1.02 POD HD500 Edit POD HD500 Edit v1.02 Installer.exe 2011-01-06 15:12:28 POD HD500 1.03 POD HD500 Edit POD HD500 Edit v1.03 Installer.exe 2011-05-12 12:35:02 POD HD500 1.06 POD HD500 Edit POD HD500 Edit v1.06 Installer.exe 2011-11-22 10:16:25 POD HD500 1.08 POD HD500 Edit POD HD500 Edit v1.08 Installer.exe 2012-02-14 10:15:25 POD HD500 POD HD500 2.00 POD HD500 Edit POD HD500 Edit v2.00 Installer.exe 2012-03-30 15:15:03 POD HD500 2.21 POD HD500 Edit POD HD500 Edit v2.21 Installer.exe 2012-10-16 11:28:05 POD HD500 2.23 POD HD500 Edit POD HD500 Edit v2.23 Installer.exe 2013-09-25 10:55:39 POD HD500 2.26 POD HD500 Edit POD HD500 Edit v2.26 Installer.exe 2015-04-09 11:30:00 POD HD500 2.27 POD HD500 Edit POD HD500 Edit v2.27 Installer.exe 2018-09-10 12:20:06 POD HD500 1.1.0 Helix Stadium Helix Stadium v1.1.0.5 Installer.exe 2025-11-18 10:00:00 Helix Stadium XL 1.2.0 Helix Stadium Helix Stadium v1.2.0.15 Installer.exe 2025-12-17 10:00:00 Helix Stadium XL 1.2.1 Helix Stadium Helix Stadium v1.2.1 Installer.exe 2026-01-20 12:30:00 Helix Stadium Helix Stadium XL 1.3.0 Helix Stadium Helix Stadium v1.3.0 Installer.exe 2026-03-24 10:00:00 Helix Stadium Helix Stadium XL 1.3.2 Helix Stadium Helix Stadium v1.3.2 Installer.exe 2026-04-21 10:00:00 Helix Stadium Helix Stadium XL 1.01 POD HD300 Edit POD HD300 Edit v1.01 Installer.exe 2010-09-30 09:11:12 POD HD300 1.03 POD HD300 Edit POD HD300 Edit v1.03 Installer.exe 2011-05-12 12:34:37 POD HD300 2.01.0 POD HD300 Edit POD HD300 Edit v2.01.0 Installer.exe 2012-07-17 10:16:26 POD HD300 2.02 POD HD300 Edit POD HD300 Edit v2.02 Installer.exe 2013-09-25 10:55:53 POD HD300 1.00 Catalyst Edit Catalyst Edit 1.00 Installer.exe 2022-02-15 10:12:02 Catalyst 100 Catalyst 200 Catalyst 60 1.00 POD Farm Installer POD Farm v1.00 Installer.exe 2008-10-29 14:36:10 POD Studio GX GuitarPort POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 1.01 POD Farm Installer POD Farm v1.01 Installer.exe 2008-12-18 09:49:07 POD Studio GX GuitarPort POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 iLok 1.02 POD Farm Installer POD Farm v1.02 Installer.exe 2008-12-31 12:15:06 POD Studio GX GuitarPort POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 iLok 1.03 POD Farm Installer POD Farm v1.03 Installer.exe
Online help is available in English and other languages http://line6.com/support/manuals/?families=55&submit=Submit. Full release notes are available at http://line6.com/support/entry.jspa?categoryID=139&externalID=4850. A list of supported devices and upgrade paths is available at http://www.line6.com/podfarm/faq.html. FAQ's regarding iLok can be found at http://line6.com/support/entry.jspa?categoryID=139&externalID=4815. Note: This version of POD Farm includes support for both Line 6 hardware and iLok USB Smart Key. Licenses for each hardware platform are unique and not interchangeable. POD Farm or POD Farm Platinum iLok licenses are required for use with iLok keys. Activations for iLok keys are included with the retail version of the plug-ins or can be purchased from http://line6.com/store/storefront.html?categoryID=5. POD Farm and POD Farm Platinum iLok users may may choose not to install the components required for Line 6 devices. Likewise, POD Studio and other Line 6 hardware users of POD Farm may ignore any iLok specific installer components. All supported Line 6 devices require a POD Farm license for VST/AU/RTAS plug-in functionality. If your device does not already have a POD Farm license, one can be purchased at http://line6.com/store/storefront.html?categoryID=5.]]> 2009-02-04 09:51:24 GuitarPort POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 iLok 1.11 POD Farm Installer POD Farm v1.11.0 Installer.exe
Online help is available in English and other languages http://line6.com/support/manuals/?families=55&submit=Submit. Full release notes are available at http://line6.com/community/docs/DOC-1425. A list of supported devices and upgrade paths is available at http://www.line6.com/podfarm/faq.html. FAQ's regarding iLok can be found at http://line6.com/community/docs/DOC-4815. Note: This version of POD Farm includes support for both Line 6 hardware and iLok USB Smart Key. Licenses for each hardware platform are unique and not interchangeable. POD Farm or POD Farm Platinum iLok licenses are required for use with iLok keys. Activations for iLok keys are included with the retail version of the plug-ins or can be purchased from http://line6.com/store/storefront.html?categoryID=5. POD Farm and POD Farm Platinum iLok users may may choose not to install the components required for Line 6 devices. Likewise, POD Studio and other Line 6 hardware users of POD Farm may ignore any iLok specific installer components. All supported Line 6 devices require a POD Farm license for VST/AU/RTAS plug-in functionality. If your device does not already have a POD Farm license, one can be purchased at http://line6.com/store/storefront.html?categoryID=5.]]> 2009-04-29 16:56:47 GuitarPort POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 iLok 1.12 POD Farm Installer POD Farm v1.12 Installer.exe
Online help is available in English and other languages http://line6.com/support/manuals/?families=55&submit=Submit. Full release notes are available at http://line6.com/community/docs/DOC-1862. A list of supported devices and upgrade paths is available at http://www.line6.com/podfarm/faq.html. FAQ's regarding iLok can be found at http://line6.com/community/docs/DOC-4815. Note: This version of POD Farm includes support for both Line 6 hardware and iLok USB Smart Key. Licenses for each hardware platform are unique and not interchangeable. POD Farm or POD Farm Platinum iLok licenses are required for use with iLok keys. Activations for iLok keys are included with the retail version of the plug-ins or can be purchased from http://line6.com/store/storefront.html?categoryID=5. POD Farm and POD Farm Platinum iLok users may may choose not to install the components required for Line 6 devices. Likewise, POD Studio and other Line 6 hardware users of POD Farm may ignore any iLok specific installer components. All supported Line 6 devices require a POD Farm license for VST/AU/RTAS plug-in functionality. If your device does not already have a POD Farm license, one can be purchased at http://line6.com/store/storefront.html?categoryID=5.]]> 2010-04-06 10:14:58 GuitarPort POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 iLok 1.60 Helix Native Helix Native v1.60 Installer.exe 2018-07-02 12:29:02 No Hardware Required 1.90 Helix Native Helix Native v1.90 Installer.exe 2020-04-21 09:00:55 No Hardware Required 1.02 Spider IV Edit Spider IV Edit v1.02 Installer.exe 2010-02-19 10:07:17 Spider IV 120 Spider IV 150 Spider IV 75 Spider IV HD150 1.03 Spider IV Edit Spider IV Edit v1.03 Installer.exe 2010-03-17 16:41:12 Spider IV 120 Spider IV 150 Spider IV 75 Spider IV HD150 1.04 Spider IV Edit Spider IV Edit v1.04 Installer.exe 2012-08-13 10:41:03 Spider IV 120 Spider IV 150 Spider IV 75 Spider IV HD150 1.16 Line 6 License Manager Line 6 License Manager v1.16 Installer.exe 2024-08-29 11:00:00 GuitarPort POD HD POD HD Pro POD HD Pro X POD HD500 POD HD500X POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 1.03 Spider V Remote Spider V Remote 1.03 Installer.exe 2018-06-29 10:55:06 Spider V 120 Spider V 20 Spider V 240 Spider V 240HC Spider V 30 Spider V 60 2.01 Spider V Remote Spider V Remote 2.01 Installer.exe 2021-10-15 17:40:11 Spider V 120 Spider V 20 Spider V 240 Spider V 240HC Spider V 30 Spider V 60 1.00 Helix Helix v1.00 Installer.exe 2015-09-29 15:07:41 Helix 1.01 Helix Helix v1.01 Installer.exe 2015-10-30 07:28:35 Helix 1.02 Helix Helix v1.02 Installer.exe 2015-11-23 14:19:35 Helix Helix Rack 1.03 Helix Helix v1.03 Installer.exe 2016-01-26 11:49:48 Helix Helix Rack 1.04 Helix Helix v1.04 Installer.exe 2016-02-16 13:38:36 Helix Helix Rack 1.12 Helix Helix v1.12 Installer.exe Multi and Input > Variax now displays a Variax Volume slider - A light blue box surrounds either the librarian or editor panel, telling you which one is in focus; press Tab to toggle between them - Block selection is now synchronized between Helix and the Helix editor - A confirmation dialog now appears when attempting to clear all controllers - Added graphics for Input > USB 3/4, USB 5/6, and USB 7/8 - Manually entering delay Time values is now accomplished in milliseconds, not seconds - The Helix firmware indicator in the upper left corner now reads Firmware BUG FIXES - A USB port driver issue within OS X El Capitan precluded certain computers (namely MacBook Pros and iMacs from mid-2012) from allowing communication between Helix and the Helix Editor. Note: You must update OS X to El Capitan 10.11.4 - FIXED - Quickly moving an expression pedal assigned to many parameters can sometimes cause disconnection with Helix on Windows 7 - FIXED - Note sync was not assignable to a controller - FIXED - Importing a bundle while streaming audio could cause the Helix editor to disconnect - FIXED - Removing the last block on parallel path B would display a floating None block until a different block was selected - FIXED - Certain menu sliders could behave erratically when a footswitch had eight items assigned - FIXED - Moving blocks could automatically select EXP 2 if one of the blocks parameters defaulted to EXP 1 - FIXED - Hardware and software could lose sync if a controller-assigned block was moved from Path 1A to 1B and back - FIXED - The Looper block's Footswitch Assign page displayed a momentary/latching slider - FIXED - A couple effects parameters were incorrect or missing - FIXED - Certain stereo delay models could display an incorrect Time parameter value - FIXED - Helix editor would sometimes not open immediately after closing Line 6 Updater - FIXED - General stability improvements - Many other minor bug fixes and optimizations]]> 2016-05-11 10:29:35 Helix Helix Rack 2.00 Helix Helix v2.00 Installer.exe 2016-07-06 11:01:30 Helix Helix Rack 2.01 Helix Helix v2.01 Installer.exe Preferences > Tap Tempo Pitch setting - 2.0 changed the default Guitar In-Z setting to Auto for new presets. Existing factory presets now also reflect this value Bug Fixes - Certain elaborate pre-2.0 presets with many controller assignments could sometimes fail to rebuild properly after updating from v1.x to v2.x firmware - FIXED - Switch LED parameter was not responsive from the Controller Assign screen - FIXED - In some cases, Ext Amp and Note On message states were ignored when exported and then reimported - FIXED - The Helix > Preferences > Stereo IR Import setting was not remembered - FIXED - Engaging key commands while presets, setlists, or IRs were loading/exporting could result in instabilities - FIXED - General stability improvements - Other minor bug fixes and optimizations Known Issues - The Distortion > Bitcrusher Bit Depth parameter appears as undefined; continues to work properly from the hardware ]]> 2016-07-20 12:34:03 Helix Helix Rack 2.10 Helix Helix v2.10 Installer.exe PositionPosition determines the location in the Exp Pedal or Variax knobs travel where the block is engaged. For example, if set to 1%, the block will turn off as soon as the pedal is moved to the heel position. If set to 99%, the block will only turn on when the pedal is moved to the toe position. To swap the on/off state regardless of position, click the small bypass icon above the selected block. - Bypass Assign > WaitWait determines how long it takes after the Exp Pedal or Variax Knob is moved below the Position location before the block turns off. For example, you may not want the Wah to turn off instantly every time you hit the heel position during your big funk solo. Also, does your song really need a big funk solo? - Block Bypass via MIDIIndividual processing blocks can now be enabled/bypassed via incoming MIDI CC messages. Click the Bypass Assign tab. Move the MIDI In slider to choose the desired MIDI CC. Incoming CC values 0-63 will turn the block off; values 64-127 will turn the block on. Note that some MIDI CCs are reserved for global functions and cannot be selected. - Split > Y Balance parametersThe old Split > Y block sends both left and right signals to Paths A and B equally. 2.10 adds individual balance (pan) control of the signals sent to Path A and B. - Snapshot Assign ShortcutOPTION-click (Mac) or ALT-click (PC) any Home screen parameter to quickly assign its value to the Snapshots controller - Unassign Controller ShortcutSHIFT-OPTION-click (Mac) or SHIFT-ALT-click (PC) any Home screen parameter to instantly remove any controller assignment - Exit Fullscreen Mode ShortcutPress ESC to exit fullscreen mode Improvements/Changes - Added a Headroom parameter to Delay > Vintage Digital - Split > Y can now be bypassed; when bypassed, the block sends both left and right signals to both paths equally (like the old Split Y block) - Added forward slash [/] to list of characters for naming presets, setlists, snapshots, and Stomp mode custom labels - Bypass Assign tab has been relabeled Switch to better reflect all values - Tap Tempo no longer affects a presets dirty state - If a user fails to read and follow the update instructions, Helix will cause their car radio to only play polka death metal every Thursday from 1-3pm PST Bug Fixes - If many MIDI program change messages are received while the editor is importing or exporting data, the editor can freeze and Helix can crash - FIXED - Copying and pasting blocks on top of one another while in Pedal Edit mode can sometimes result in a blank scribble strip - FIXED - General stability improvements - Other minor bug fixes and optimizations Known Issues - When changing snapshots from the Helix application, block redraws may appear slower than normal. This does not affect actual snapshot selection - Bypass Assign > Wait defaults to 300ms from the hardware and 100ms when selected within the Helix edit application - Copying and pasting a block assigned to auto enable/bypass from the Helix editor may result in a Cannot paste block error message while the Helix hardware confirms the block was indeed pasted correctly. Workaround: Save the preset to re-sync the application ]]> 2016-11-22 07:56:35 Helix Helix Rack 2.11 Helix Helix v2.11 Installer.exe Wait defaults to 300ms from the hardware and 100ms when selected within the Helix edit application - FIXED - Bypass Assign > Custom Label And Switch LED parameters do not apply to EXP 1/2/3 and Variax Vol/Tone, yet were visible - FIXED - In rare cases when selecting a snapshot, the Input block could revert to None and become unresponsive - FIXED - If continuous bypass assignments exist in a preset containing multiple snapshot states, in rare cases, some parameters could not recall correctly - FIXED - General stability improvements - Other minor bug fixes and optimizations Known Issues - When changing snapshots from the Helix application, block redraws may appear slower than normal. This does not affect actual snapshot selection - Copying and pasting a block assigned to auto enable/bypass from the Helix editor may result in a Cannot paste block error message while the Helix hardware confirms the block was indeed pasted correctly. Workaround: Save the preset to re-sync the application ]]> 2016-12-15 12:56:05 Helix Helix Rack 2.20 Helix Helix v2.20 Installer.exe Volume Pedal block can cause volume to drop to 0% - FIXED - Certain Roland keyboards constantly spit out active sensing MIDI messages (with no way to disable them), which could affect Helixs MIDI transmission - FIXED - The Channel Volume taper for the Archetype amp model was incorrect - FIXED - Many other minor bug fixes and optimizations Known Issues - When changing snapshots from the Helix application, block redraws may appear slower than normal. This does not affect actual snapshot selection - If a Variax guitar is connected to Helix, MIDI channel 16 should never be used, as channel 16 is how Variax Workbench communicates with the guitar. This is by design. On a related note, Variax Workbench should never be used while MIDI tracks are armed or playing back in your DAW - In rare cases, Helix may freeze when very rapidly changing presets while receiving MIDI clock - Never edit Helix presets while uploading/downloading Variax Workbench presets. The Helix application can lose connection]]> 2017-03-30 12:01:47 Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 2.21 Helix Helix v2.21 Installer.exe Pitch Echo block - FIXED - In rare cases, the editor could freeze when creating a mono or stereo Pitch/Synth > Simple Pitch or Dual Pitch block - FIXED - In rare cases, Helix could freeze when accessing Global Settings while receiving MIDI Clock via USB - FIXED - In rare cases, Helix can become unresponsive after copying specific block types onto another - FIXED - A customized footswitch with multiple assignments could have its bypass states swapped after exporting the preset and then importing again - FIXED - The forward slash character [/]could not be added to custom labels - FIXED - Presets with many controller assignments may could occasionally not update the editor UI with those assignments - FIXED - Other bug fixes and optimizations]]> 2017-05-02 11:43:37 Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 2.30 HX Edit HX Edit v2.30 Installer.exe Kinky Boost (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Xotic® EP Booster - Distortion > Thrifter Fuzz (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original - Dynamics > Kinky Comp (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Xotic® SP Compressor - Modulation > Bleat Chop Trem (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Lightfoot Labs© Goatkeeper - Modulation > Double Take (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original doubler - Delay > Cosmos Echo (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Roland® RE-201 Space Echo - Volume/Pan > Stereo Width (Stereo), Line 6 Original utility to collapse stereo paths * All product names are trademarks of their respective owners, which are in no way associated or affiliated with Line 6. New Features - Full State Backup and RestoreThe all new HX Edit application can perform a full state backup and restore of your Helix, Helix Rack/Control, and Helix LT presets, IRs, and global settings. IMPORTANT! You MUST be running Helix firmware 2.20 or higher to use full state backup and restore! From the File pulldown menu, select Create Backup Click [Create Backup] to confirm. To restore from a backup, from the File pulldown menu, select Restore From Backup From the Backup File pulldown, select the desired backup and click [Restore Backup]. You may choose to restore any combination of 8 setlists, IRs (including the index order), and/or Global Settings Show/Hide PRESETS/IMPULSES ListClick the icon to the left of the preset name to show or hide the PRESETS/IMPULSES list Known Issues - In rare cases, moving a block from Path A to Path B can result in the Split block being created in the wrong position - In rare cases, importing an IR file into the current Empty slot of an Impulse Response block can cause audio output to mute Workaround: Drag impulse response files directly into the IMPULSES list]]> 2017-11-21 15:05:06 Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 2.50 HX Edit HX Edit v2.50 Installer.exe 2018-01-25 16:41:26 HX Effects 2.51 HX Edit HX Edit v2.51 Installer.exe Multi and Input > Variax block ]]> 2018-02-07 13:02:33 HX Effects Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 2.52 HX Edit HX Edit v2.52 Installer.exe Multi and Input > Variax block - Variax Model may not properly display name change after changing Snapshot - Tap tempo button can change HX Edit's displayed tempo while Helix is receiving MIDI Clock from an external source ]]> 2018-02-22 12:50:23 HX Effects Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 2.60 HX Edit HX Edit v2.60 Installer.exe Deranged Master (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Dallas Rangemaster Treble Booster - WARNING! Like the real thing, this model will take your head off! Works best before a distorted amp Distortion > Deez One Vintage (Mono, Stereo), based on* the BOSS© DS-1 distortion pedal (classic Made-in-Japan version) Distortion > Deez One Mod (Mono, Stereo), based on* the BOSS© DS-1 distortion pedal (Keeley mod version) Looper > 1 Switch Looper (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 original (doesn't leave Stomp mode) * All product names are trademarks of their respective owners, which are in no way associated or affiliated with Line 6. Improvements/Changes The Looper block is now called 6 Switch Looper (see Known Issues below) Variax Shuriken bank names now appear in the Input > Multi and Input > Variax block without requiring connection to Variax Workbench HX Edit now remembers its window size after disconnecting the Helix/HX device New Features Full editor support for HX EffectsHX Edit now includes parameter, signal flow, bypass/controller assign, and Command Center editing for HX Effects Block Copy/paste between HX Edit and Helix NativeHX Edit now lets you copy and paste individual blocks between it and the Helix Native plugin Snapshot colorsHX Edit now lets you set footswitch colors for snapshots. Control-click on the camera icon and from the pull-down menu, select a color Bug Fixes In some cases, copying/pasting or exporting/importing a preset can result in some blocks reflecting incorrect bypass states - FIXED Selecting a different model while the Customize window is open can cause the previous models name to be assigned to the footswitch - FIXED In rare cases, after clearing a controller assignment from a parameter, the preset cannot be saved properly - FIXED On MacOS, pressing Command-R to rename presets twice in a row can cause a graphical glitch and prevent the preset from being renamed - FIXED Modulation > Legacy > Analog Chorus > Mode parameter was mislabeled CH Vib - FIXED Pitch/Synth > Legacy > Smart Harmony > Key parameter was mislabeled V1 Key - FIXED Copying/pasting a Command Center > Instant or Footswitch command may not update the Command Center window - FIXED Copying/pasting a block does not copy/paste any MIDI bypass assignment - FIXED If a snapshot-controlled parameter value is changed, pressing Snapshot Up/Down switches on the hardware can cause the Command Center window to not update properly - FIXED Assigning MIDI bypass to a block would not display it in the Bypass/Controller assignment list - FIXED Loading a preset from HX Edit while selecting a snapshot from the hardware can result in an error message - FIXED In some cases, disconnecting and then reconnecting the hardware can cause the Presets and Impulses tab graphics to disappear until HX Edits window is closed and then reopened - FIXED When moving blocks along the signal flow in HX Edit, the Helix hardware could sometimes reflect an inaccurate bypass state - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: In HX Edit, changing the cab model in an Amp+Cab block can clear controllers assigned to the Amps parameters - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: Moving a Split or Merge block down to Path B while a None block is selected can sometimes cause HX Edit to crash - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: Copying/pasting multiple presets in the MacOS version of HX Edit and then immediately sending MIDI clock to the hardware can sometimes cause it to crash - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: On presets with an Input block on Path 1A, changing the (inactive) Split type can cause Inputs 1A and 2A to be fed the wrong signal - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: When assigning the Guitar In-Z parameter to a footswitch, a custom name and LED color could not be applied - FIXED Helix LT only: Renaming a preset above the signal flow in HX Edit would not always update the preset name on Helix LTs main display - FIXED HX Effects only: From the Impulses tab, attempting to clear an IR can sometimes result in an error message - FIXED Many other minor bug fixes, optimizations, and stability improvements Known Issues Existing user presets containing the original 6-switch Looper block will continue to read Looper instead of 6 Switch Looper until the model is changed and the preset is resaved. This is normal and does not affect operation HX Effects only: Connecting HX Effects to HX Edit after a Helix, Helix Rack/Control, or Helix LT has been connected can cause presets to not save correctly. WORKAROUND: Quit HX Edit, reboot HX Effects, and then restart HX Edit. This will properly restore device communication ]]> 2018-07-02 12:26:39 HX Effects Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 2.70 HX Edit HX Edit v2.70 Installer.exe together to open the Tuner screen - HX Stomp onlyShortcut: Press ACTION and Preferences > Snapshot Edits value BUG FIXES Helix Floor, Rack, LT only - A couple of amp models (including Cali Texas Ch 2) have their polarity reversed. When combined with another amp in parallel, this could cause phase cancellation. NOTE: This may affect the sound of some presets, especially if you swapped the polarity of Path B in the mixer block -  FIXED Helix Floor, Rack, LT only - Amp > Cali Texas Ch 1 could gradually decrease in level when Mid and/or Bass parameters are set to 0.0  - FIXED Helix Floor, Rack, LT only - Delay models with two Time parameters could sometimes reset note divisions when changing snapshots - FIXED HX Effects only - Clearing or cutting a block on Path B from HX Edit could sometimes HX Effects to freeze when in stomp footswitch mode - FIXED HX Effects only - Switching from a preset with a Split > Crossover block to a preset with a Split > A/B block could sometimes cause HX Effects to freeze - FIXED HX Effects only - When EXP Position is set to Global, the expression pedal's position could not be recalled immediately after switching presets, which could cause undesired signals to pass through - FIXED HX Effects only - In rare cases, exiting the Tuner could sometimes slightly adjust signal level and tone - FIXED HX Effects only - When connecting both left and right inputs, exiting the tuner could sometimes cause the right side of certain effects blocks to not be heard - FIXED HX Effects only - In very rare cases, engaging a certain combination of footswitches while connected to HX Edit and then power cycling HX Effects could clear certain blocks - FIXED HX Effects only - From HX Edit, copying and pasting an Output block over itself could sometimes paste Mixer parameters - FIXED HX Effects only - Switching Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo > Tempo Select values while transmitting MIDI clock could sometimes result in sending incorrect tempi - FIXED HX Effects only - After resetting Global Settings, Tap Tempo could become unresponsive while receiving MIDI Clock - FIXED HX Effects only - HX Edit would not reflect the Looper > 1 Switch Looper's bypass status - FIXED HX Effects only - Mixer parameter values could inadvertently be copied into new empty presets - FIXED HX Effects only - Quickly changing snapshots from HX Edit could sometimes cause hardware and software to disconnect - FIXED Helix Native only - Control/Command-click on parameter slider would not always snap to the hardware's default value - FIXED **Many other minor bug fixes and improvements** KNOWN ISSUES *IMPORTANT: The three new tuner types only appear for those registered users who didn't complain incessantly about Helix's previous tuner on social media. For those who did complain (AND WE KNOW WHO YOU ARE), the new tuner will be unlocked once you perform ONE of the following: 1. Post a photo of yourself on the Helix Facebook Group with the "><" logo written on your forehead in black Sharpie (washable magic marker is acceptable). The admins have been given the authority to unlock units with flagged serial numbers; assuming business hours, please allow 1-2 hours for the new tuner page to be unlocked (NOTE: You may have to restart Helix/HX for the new tuner page to appear) 2. Post a meme of Arnold Schwarzenegger from Kindergarten Cop yelling "IT'S NOT A TUNAAHH!" on either the Line 6 Helix or The Gear Page > Digital and Modeling Gear forum. Be sure to use the proper Impact font. Memes will not be judged for their artistic merit, although the spelling must be correct. Again, admins have been given the authority to unlock units with flagged serial numbers 3. If you'd prefer to participate silently, you may instead manually rename 47 presets "Patience is Key" (NOTE: Will not work from HX Edit; nor can you just copy one "Patience is Key" preset into 46 additional locations. You must manually rename each one. Once all 47 presets have been named correctly, the inspector [or FS5 on HX Effects] will read "Tuners unlocked!") - HX Effects only - When Tuner Type is set to "Strobe" and your string is waaay out of tune, the graphic tuner nodes may appear a bit glitchy - HX Effects only - In rare cases, moving an Impulse Response block from Path A to Path B can cause a second IR block to reset its impulse selection - Importing bundles containing Marketplace assets can take notably longer - When manually engaging a rebuild presets command (holding FS1+2 or FS2+3), Helix can appear to freeze even though it doesn't. Wait 15-20 seconds for the rebuild to complete and all is well - Loading a Distortion > Kinky Boost block can sometimes result in an audible thump - HX Edit currently only supports one or two Helix or HX devices connected at the same time (true multi-device support is forthcoming) Wait, are you serious about the sharpie forehead, Schwarzenegger meme, and renaming 47 presets thing? No. This is why you always read the entire release notes ]]> 2018-10-16 13:50:08 HX Effects HX Stomp Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 2.71 HX Edit HX Edit v2.71 Installer.exe 2018-12-04 12:10:08 HX Effects HX Stomp Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 2.80 HX Edit HX Edit v2.80 Installer.exe 2019-07-18 09:02:52 HX Effects HX Stomp Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 2.81 HX Edit HX Edit v2.81 Installer.exe 2019-08-06 10:08:36 HX Effects HX Stomp Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 2.82 HX Edit HX Edit v2.82 Installer.exe 2019-09-26 09:40:56 HX Effects HX Stomp Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 2.90 HX Edit HX Edit v2.90 Installer.exe 2020-04-21 09:03:15 HX Effects HX Stomp Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 2.92 HX Edit HX Edit v2.92 Installer.exe 2020-05-19 12:00:13 HX Effects HX Stomp Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 3.00 HX Edit HX Edit v3.00 Installer.exe 2020-11-19 09:05:43 HX Effects HX Stomp Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 3.01 HX Edit HX Edit v3.01 Installer.exe 2021-02-02 12:00:42 HX Effects HX Stomp HX Stomp XL Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 3.10 HX Edit HX Edit v3.10 Installer.exe 2021-04-15 12:02:48 HX Effects HX Stomp HX Stomp XL Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 3.11 HX Edit HX Edit v3.11 Installer.exe 2021-06-01 12:00:00 HX Effects HX Stomp HX Stomp XL Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 3.15 HX Edit HX Edit v3.15 Installer.exe 2022-02-07 11:20:07 HX Effects HX Stomp HX Stomp XL Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 3.50 HX Edit HX Edit v3.50 Installer.exe 2022-11-03 09:45:00 HX Effects HX Stomp HX Stomp XL Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 3.51 HX Edit HX Edit v3.51 Installer.exe 2022-11-29 11:00:00 HX Effects HX Stomp HX Stomp XL Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 3.52 HX Edit HX Edit v3.52 Installer.exe 2023-02-14 10:45:00 HX Effects HX Stomp HX Stomp XL Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 3.60 HX Edit HX Edit v3.60 Installer.exe 2023-04-25 10:00:00 HX Effects HX Stomp HX Stomp XL Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 3.61 HX Edit HX Edit v3.61 Installer.exe 2023-05-30 11:00:00 HX Effects HX Stomp HX Stomp XL Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 3.62 HX Edit HX Edit v3.62 Installer.exe 2023-10-05 09:45:00 HX Effects HX Stomp HX Stomp XL Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 3.70 HX Edit HX Edit v3.70 Installer.exe 2023-11-16 09:30:00 HX Effects HX Stomp HX Stomp XL Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 3.80 HX Edit HX Edit v3.80 Installer.exe 2024-11-19 10:00:00 HX Effects HX Stomp HX Stomp XL Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 3.82 HX Edit HX Edit v3.82 Installer.exe 2024-12-03 10:00:00 HX Effects HX Stomp HX Stomp XL Helix Helix LT Helix Rack 1.01 Metallurgy: Modern Modern v1.01 Installer.exe 2022-04-26 12:00:00 No Hardware Required 3.64 Gearbox Installer GearBox v3.64 Installer.exe 2008-06-11 10:45:04 GuitarPort POD X3 POD X3 Live PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 3.70 Gearbox Installer GearBox v3.70 Installer.exe 2008-11-06 16:43:52 GuitarPort POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 3.71 Gearbox Installer GearBox v3.71 Installer.exe 2010-02-19 10:13:00 GuitarPort POD X3 POD X3 Live PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 3.72 Gearbox Installer GearBox v3.72 Installer.exe 2010-03-16 13:06:39 GuitarPort POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 http://customtone.com/ 3.00 Line 6 Edit v3.00 Installer.exe 2006-04-20 10:53:04 Bass PODxt Bass PODxt Live Bass PODxt Pro Flextone II Flextone III HD147 POD 2.0 POD Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro Vetta II Combo Vetta II Head 3.02 Line 6 Edit v3.02 Installer.exe 2008-11-10 10:59:12 Bass PODxt Bass PODxt Live Bass PODxt Pro Flextone II Flextone III HD147 POD 2.0 POD Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro Vetta II Combo Vetta II Head 3.04.0 Line 6 Edit Line 6 Edit v3.04.0 Installer.exe 2011-02-10 09:58:32 Bass PODxt Bass PODxt Live Bass PODxt Pro Flextone II Flextone III HD147 POD 2.0 POD Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro Vetta II Combo Vetta II Head 3.06.0 Line 6 Edit Line 6 Edit v3.06.0 Installer.exe 2012-08-13 10:41:27 Bass PODxt Bass PODxt Live Bass PODxt Pro Flextone II Flextone III HD147 POD 2.0 POD Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro Vetta II Combo Vetta II Head 1.00 SVT Suite SVT Suite v1.00 Installer.exe 2021-05-19 12:00:00 No Hardware Required 1.10 SVT Suite SVT Suite v1.10 Installer.exe 2022-11-03 09:45:00 No Hardware Required 1.11 SVT Suite SVT Suite v1.11 Installer.exe 2023-03-09 11:45:00 No Hardware Required 1.12 SVT Suite SVT Suite v1.12 Installer.exe 2023-10-25 11:06:29 No Hardware Required 1.01 Metallurgy: Thrash Thrash v1.01 Installer.exe 2022-04-26 12:00:00 No Hardware Required 1.00 Powercab Edit Powercab Edit 1.00 Installer.exe 2018-04-26 13:21:17 Powercab 112 Plus 1.01 Powercab Edit Powercab Edit 1.01 Installer.exe 2018-07-13 12:50:08 Powercab 112 Plus 2.22 POD HD500X Edit POD HD500X Edit v2.22 Installer.exe 2013-07-10 09:17:13 POD HD500X 2.23 POD HD500X Edit POD HD500X Edit v2.23 Installer.exe 2013-09-25 10:55:25 POD HD500X 2.25 POD HD500X Edit POD HD500X Edit v2.25 Installer.exe 2015-03-31 11:30:00 POD HD500X 2.26 POD HD500X Edit POD HD500X Edit v2.26 Installer.exe 2015-04-09 11:30:00 POD HD500X 2.27 POD HD500X Edit POD HD500X Edit v2.27 Installer.exe 2018-09-10 12:35:05 POD HD500X http://line6.com/monkey 1.62 Line 6 Monkey Installer Line 6 Monkey v1.62 Installer.exe 2012-11-05 11:40:03 Bass PODxt Bass PODxt Live Bass PODxt Pro DT25 112 DT25 HD DT50 112 DT50 212 DT50 Head FBV Express MkII FBV Shortboard MkII Flextone III GuitarPort M5 M9 Mobile Keys 25 Mobile Keys 49 POD 2.0 POD HD POD HD Pro POD HD300 POD HD400 POD HD500 POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro Pocket POD Relay G30 Receiver Relay G30 Transmitter Relay G50 Receiver Relay G50 Transmitter Relay G55 Receiver Relay G55 Transmitter Relay G90 Receiver Relay G90 Transmitter Spider IV 120 Spider IV 15 Spider IV 150 Spider IV 30 Spider IV 75 Spider IV HD150 Spider Valve MkII 112 Spider Valve MkII 212 Spider Valve MkII HD100 TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 James Tyler Variax Variax Variax 300/600 Variax Acoustic Variax Bass Variax Bass 705 Variax USB Interface Vetta II Combo Vetta II Head XD-V30 Bodypack XD-V30 Handheld XD-V30 Receiver XD-V35 Bodypack XD-V35 Handheld XD-V35 Receiver XD-V55 Bodypack XD-V55 Handheld XD-V55 Receiver XD-V70 Bodypack XD-V70 Handheld XD-V70 Receiver XD-V75 Bodypack XD-V75 Handheld XD-V75 Receiver 1.63 Line 6 Monkey Installer Line 6 Monkey v1.63 Installer.exe 2013-07-10 09:15:16 Bass PODxt Bass PODxt Live Bass PODxt Pro DT25 112 DT25 HD DT50 112 DT50 212 DT50 Head FBV Express MkII FBV Shortboard MkII Flextone III GuitarPort James Tyler Variax M5 M9 Mobile Keys 25 Mobile Keys 49 POD 2.0 POD HD POD HD Pro POD HD300 POD HD400 POD HD500 POD HD500X POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro Pocket POD Relay G30 Receiver Relay G30 Transmitter Relay G50 Receiver Relay G50 Transmitter Relay G55 Receiver Relay G55 Transmitter Relay G90 Receiver Relay G90 Transmitter Spider IV 120 Spider IV 15 Spider IV 150 Spider IV 30 Spider IV 75 Spider IV HD150 Spider Valve MkII 112 Spider Valve MkII 212 Spider Valve MkII HD100 TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 Variax Variax 300/600 Variax Acoustic Variax Bass Variax Bass 705 Variax USB Interface Vetta II Combo Vetta II Head XD-V30 Bodypack XD-V30 Handheld XD-V30 Receiver XD-V35 Bodypack XD-V35 Handheld XD-V35 Receiver XD-V55 Bodypack XD-V55 Handheld XD-V55 Receiver XD-V70 Bodypack XD-V70 Handheld XD-V70 Receiver XD-V75 Bodypack XD-V75 Handheld XD-V75 Receiver 1.65 Line 6 Monkey Installer Line 6 Monkey v1.65 Installer.exe 2013-09-19 12:19:27 Bass PODxt Bass PODxt Live Bass PODxt Pro DT25 112 DT25 HD DT50 112 DT50 212 DT50 Head FBV Express MkII FBV Shortboard MkII Flextone III GuitarPort James Tyler Variax M5 M9 Mobile Keys 25 Mobile Keys 49 POD 2.0 POD HD POD HD Pro POD HD300 POD HD400 POD HD500 POD HD500X POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro Pocket POD Relay G30 Receiver Relay G30 Transmitter Relay G50 Receiver Relay G50 Transmitter Relay G55 Receiver Relay G55 Transmitter Relay G90 Receiver Relay G90 Transmitter Spider IV 120 Spider IV 15 Spider IV 150 Spider IV 30 Spider IV 75 Spider IV HD150 Spider Valve MkII 112 Spider Valve MkII 212 Spider Valve MkII HD100 TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 Variax Variax 300/600 Variax Acoustic Variax Bass Variax Bass 705 Variax USB Interface Vetta II Combo Vetta II Head XD-V30 Bodypack XD-V30 Handheld XD-V30 Receiver XD-V35 Bodypack XD-V35 Handheld XD-V35 Receiver XD-V55 Bodypack XD-V55 Handheld XD-V55 Receiver XD-V70 Bodypack XD-V70 Handheld XD-V70 Receiver XD-V75 Bodypack XD-V75 Handheld XD-V75 Receiver 1.66 Line 6 Monkey Installer Line 6 Monkey v1.66 Installer.exe 2014-04-18 11:20:03 Bass PODxt Bass PODxt Live Bass PODxt Pro DT25 112 DT25 HD DT50 112 DT50 212 DT50 Head FBV Express MkII FBV Shortboard MkII Flextone III GuitarPort James Tyler Variax M5 M9 Mobile Keys 25 Mobile Keys 49 POD 2.0 POD HD POD HD Pro POD HD Pro X POD HD300 POD HD400 POD HD500 POD HD500X POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro Pocket POD Relay G30 Receiver Relay G30 Transmitter Relay G50 Receiver Relay G50 Transmitter Relay G55 Receiver Relay G55 Transmitter Relay G90 Receiver Relay G90 Transmitter Spider IV 120 Spider IV 15 Spider IV 150 Spider IV 30 Spider IV 75 Spider IV HD150 Spider Valve MkII 112 Spider Valve MkII 212 Spider Valve MkII HD100 TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 Variax Variax 300/600 Variax Acoustic Variax Bass Variax Bass 705 Variax USB Interface Vetta II Combo Vetta II Head XD-V30 Bodypack XD-V30 Handheld XD-V30 Receiver XD-V35 Bodypack XD-V35 Handheld XD-V35 Receiver XD-V55 Bodypack XD-V55 Handheld XD-V55 Receiver XD-V70 Bodypack XD-V70 Handheld XD-V70 Receiver XD-V75 Bodypack XD-V75 Handheld XD-V75 Receiver 1.67 Line 6 Monkey Installer Line 6 Monkey v1.67 Installer.exe 2014-05-16 10:55:04 Bass PODxt Bass PODxt Live Bass PODxt Pro DT25 112 DT25 HD DT50 112 DT50 212 DT50 Head FBV Express MkII FBV Shortboard MkII Flextone III GuitarPort James Tyler Variax M5 M9 Mobile Keys 25 Mobile Keys 49 POD 2.0 POD HD POD HD Pro POD HD Pro X POD HD300 POD HD400 POD HD500 POD HD500X POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro Pocket POD Relay G30 Receiver Relay G30 Transmitter Relay G50 Receiver Relay G50 Transmitter Relay G55 Receiver Relay G55 Transmitter Relay G90 Receiver Relay G90 Transmitter Spider IV 120 Spider IV 15 Spider IV 150 Spider IV 30 Spider IV 75 Spider IV HD150 Spider Valve MkII 112 Spider Valve MkII 212 Spider Valve MkII HD100 TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 Variax Variax 300/600 Variax Acoustic Variax Bass Variax Bass 705 Variax USB Interface Vetta II Combo Vetta II Head XD-V30 Bodypack XD-V30 Handheld XD-V30 Receiver XD-V35 Bodypack XD-V35 Handheld XD-V35 Receiver XD-V55 Bodypack XD-V55 Handheld XD-V55 Receiver XD-V70 Bodypack XD-V70 Handheld XD-V70 Receiver XD-V75 Bodypack XD-V75 Handheld XD-V75 Receiver 1.70 Line 6 Monkey Installer Line 6 Monkey v1.70 Installer.exe 2015-03-31 11:30:00 Bass PODxt Bass PODxt Live Bass PODxt Pro DT25 112 DT25 HD DT50 112 DT50 212 DT50 Head FBV Express MkII FBV Shortboard MkII Flextone III GuitarPort James Tyler Variax M5 M9 Mobile Keys 25 Mobile Keys 49 POD 2.0 POD HD POD HD Pro POD HD Pro X POD HD300 POD HD400 POD HD500 POD HD500X POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro Pocket POD Relay G30 Receiver Relay G30 Transmitter Relay G50 Receiver Relay G50 Transmitter Relay G55 Receiver Relay G55 Transmitter Relay G90 Receiver Relay G90 Transmitter Spider IV 120 Spider IV 15 Spider IV 150 Spider IV 30 Spider IV 75 Spider IV HD150 Spider Valve MkII 112 Spider Valve MkII 212 Spider Valve MkII HD100 TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 Variax Variax 300/600 Variax Acoustic Variax Bass Variax Bass 705 Variax USB Interface Vetta II Combo Vetta II Head XD-V30 Bodypack XD-V30 Handheld XD-V30 Receiver XD-V35 Bodypack XD-V35 Handheld XD-V35 Receiver XD-V55 Bodypack XD-V55 Handheld XD-V55 Receiver XD-V70 Bodypack XD-V70 Handheld XD-V70 Receiver XD-V75 Bodypack XD-V75 Handheld XD-V75 Receiver 1.71 Line 6 Monkey Installer Line 6 Monkey v1.71 Installer.exe 2015-07-23 11:40:51 Bass PODxt Bass PODxt Live Bass PODxt Pro DT25 112 DT25 HD DT50 112 DT50 212 DT50 Head FBV Express MkII FBV Shortboard MkII Flextone III GuitarPort James Tyler Variax M5 M9 Mobile Keys 25 Mobile Keys 49 POD 2.0 POD HD POD HD Pro POD HD Pro X POD HD300 POD HD400 POD HD500 POD HD500X POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro Pocket POD Relay G30 Receiver Relay G30 Transmitter Relay G50 Receiver Relay G50 Transmitter Relay G55 Receiver Relay G55 Transmitter Relay G90 Receiver Relay G90 Transmitter Spider IV 120 Spider IV 15 Spider IV 150 Spider IV 30 Spider IV 75 Spider IV HD150 Spider Valve MkII 112 Spider Valve MkII 212 Spider Valve MkII HD100 TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 Variax Variax 300/600 Variax Acoustic Variax Bass Variax Bass 705 Variax USB Interface Vetta II Combo Vetta II Head XD-V30 Bodypack XD-V30 Handheld XD-V30 Receiver XD-V35 Bodypack XD-V35 Handheld XD-V35 Receiver XD-V55 Bodypack XD-V55 Handheld XD-V55 Receiver XD-V70 Bodypack XD-V70 Handheld XD-V70 Receiver XD-V75 Bodypack XD-V75 Handheld XD-V75 Receiver 1.72 Line 6 Monkey Installer Line 6 Monkey v1.72 Installer.exe 2016-05-03 10:09:43 Bass PODxt Bass PODxt Live Bass PODxt Pro DT25 112 DT25 HD DT50 112 DT50 212 DT50 Head FBV Express MkII FBV Shortboard MkII Flextone III GuitarPort James Tyler Variax M5 M9 Mobile Keys 25 Mobile Keys 49 POD 2.0 POD HD POD HD Pro POD HD Pro X POD HD300 POD HD400 POD HD500 POD HD500X POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro Pocket POD Relay G30 Receiver Relay G30 Transmitter Relay G50 Receiver Relay G50 Transmitter Relay G55 Receiver Relay G55 Transmitter Relay G90 Receiver Relay G90 Transmitter Spider IV 120 Spider IV 15 Spider IV 150 Spider IV 30 Spider IV 75 Spider IV HD150 Spider Valve MkII 112 Spider Valve MkII 212 Spider Valve MkII HD100 TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 Variax Variax 300/600 Variax Acoustic Variax Bass Variax Bass 705 Variax USB Interface Vetta II Combo Vetta II Head XD-V30 Bodypack XD-V30 Handheld XD-V30 Receiver XD-V35 Bodypack XD-V35 Handheld XD-V35 Receiver XD-V55 Bodypack XD-V55 Handheld XD-V55 Receiver XD-V70 Bodypack XD-V70 Handheld XD-V70 Receiver XD-V75 Bodypack XD-V75 Handheld XD-V75 Receiver 1.74 Line 6 Monkey Installer Line 6 Monkey v1.74 Installer.exe 2017-03-30 12:02:39 Bass PODxt Bass PODxt Live Bass PODxt Pro DT25 112 DT25 HD DT50 112 DT50 212 DT50 Head FBV Express MkII FBV Shortboard MkII Flextone III GuitarPort James Tyler Variax M5 M9 Mobile Keys 25 Mobile Keys 49 POD 2.0 POD HD POD HD Pro POD HD Pro X POD HD300 POD HD400 POD HD500 POD HD500X POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro Pocket POD Relay G30 Receiver Relay G30 Transmitter Relay G50 Receiver Relay G50 Transmitter Relay G55 Receiver Relay G55 Transmitter Relay G90 Receiver Relay G90 Transmitter Spider IV 120 Spider IV 15 Spider IV 150 Spider IV 30 Spider IV 75 Spider IV HD150 Spider Valve MkII 112 Spider Valve MkII 212 Spider Valve MkII HD100 TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 Variax Variax 300/600 Variax Acoustic Variax Bass Variax Bass 705 Variax Shuriken Variax Standard Variax USB Interface XD-V30 Bodypack XD-V30 Handheld XD-V30 Receiver XD-V35 Bodypack XD-V35 Handheld XD-V35 Receiver XD-V55 Bodypack XD-V55 Handheld XD-V55 Receiver XD-V70 Bodypack XD-V70 Handheld XD-V70 Receiver XD-V75 Bodypack XD-V75 Handheld XD-V75 Receiver 1.76 Line 6 Monkey Installer Line 6 Monkey v1.76 Installer.exe 2018-04-04 11:25:36 Bass PODxt Bass PODxt Live Bass PODxt Pro DT25 112 DT25 HD DT50 112 DT50 212 DT50 Head FBV Express MkII FBV Shortboard MkII Flextone III GuitarPort James Tyler Variax M5 M9 Mobile Keys 25 Mobile Keys 49 POD 2.0 POD HD POD HD Pro POD HD Pro X POD HD300 POD HD400 POD HD500 POD HD500X POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro Pocket POD Relay G30 Receiver Relay G30 Transmitter Relay G50 Receiver Relay G50 Transmitter Relay G55 Receiver Relay G55 Transmitter Relay G90 Receiver Relay G90 Transmitter Spider IV 120 Spider IV 15 Spider IV 150 Spider IV 30 Spider IV 75 Spider IV HD150 Spider Valve MkII 112 Spider Valve MkII 212 Spider Valve MkII HD100 TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 Variax Variax 300/600 Variax Acoustic Variax Bass Variax Bass 705 Variax Shuriken Variax Standard Variax USB Interface XD-V30 Bodypack XD-V30 Handheld XD-V30 Receiver XD-V35 Bodypack XD-V35 Handheld XD-V35 Receiver XD-V55 Bodypack XD-V55 Handheld XD-V55 Receiver XD-V70 Bodypack XD-V70 Handheld XD-V70 Receiver XD-V75 Bodypack XD-V75 Handheld XD-V75 Receiver 1.77 Line 6 Monkey Installer Line 6 Monkey v1.77 Installer.exe 2018-06-20 11:45:07 Bass PODxt Bass PODxt Live Bass PODxt Pro DT25 112 DT25 HD DT50 112 DT50 212 DT50 Head FBV Express MkII FBV Shortboard MkII Flextone III GuitarPort James Tyler Variax M5 M9 Mobile Keys 25 Mobile Keys 49 POD 2.0 POD HD POD HD Pro POD HD Pro X POD HD300 POD HD400 POD HD500 POD HD500X POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro Pocket POD Relay G30 Receiver Relay G30 Transmitter Relay G50 Receiver Relay G50 Transmitter Relay G55 Receiver Relay G55 Transmitter Relay G90 Receiver Relay G90 Transmitter Spider IV 120 Spider IV 15 Spider IV 150 Spider IV 30 Spider IV 75 Spider IV HD150 Spider Valve MkII 112 Spider Valve MkII 212 Spider Valve MkII HD100 TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 Variax Variax 300/600 Variax Acoustic Variax Bass Variax Bass 705 Variax USB Interface XD-V30 Bodypack XD-V30 Handheld XD-V30 Receiver XD-V35 Bodypack XD-V35 Handheld XD-V35 Receiver XD-V55 Bodypack XD-V55 Handheld XD-V55 Receiver XD-V70 Bodypack XD-V70 Handheld XD-V70 Receiver XD-V75 Bodypack XD-V75 Handheld XD-V75 Receiver 1.04 POD HD Edit POD HD Edit v1.04 Installer.exe 2011-05-19 14:16:13 POD HD 1.06 POD HD Edit POD HD Edit v1.06 Installer.exe 2011-11-22 10:16:10 POD HD 1.08 POD HD Edit POD HD Edit v1.08 Installer.exe 2012-02-22 09:54:21 POD HD 2.00 POD HD Edit POD HD Edit v2.00 Installer.exe 2012-04-03 12:50:59 POD HD 2.21 POD HD Edit POD HD Edit v2.21 Installer.exe 2012-10-16 11:28:09 POD HD 2.23 POD HD Edit POD HD Edit v2.23 Installer.exe 2013-09-25 10:56:11 POD HD 2.26 POD HD Edit POD HD Edit v2.26 Installer.exe 2015-04-09 11:30:00 POD HD 1.00 FBV Control Line 6 FBV Control v1.00 Installer.exe 2009-08-19 14:10:22 FBV Express MkII FBV Shortboard MkII 1.03 FBV Control Line 6 FBV Control v1.03 Installer.exe 2010-08-05 09:34:10 FBV Express MkII FBV Shortboard MkII 1.04 FBV Control Line 6 FBV Control v1.04 Installer.exe 2012-08-13 10:41:15 FBV Express MkII FBV Shortboard MkII 1.06 FBV Control Line 6 FBV Control v1.06 Installer.exe 2016-05-16 11:55:02 FBV Express MkII FBV Shortboard MkII FBV3 1.00 FlexIII1.00.ftf 2002-03-21 17:56:18 Flextone III 1.02 PODxt1_02.xtf 2002-12-20 15:00:05 PODxt 1.04 PODxt1_04.xtf 2003-10-15 17:38:31 PODxt 1.05 PODxt1_05.xtf 2003-10-23 11:59:10 PODxt 1.10 FlexIII1.10.ftf 2004-04-21 17:55:09 Flextone III 2.01 PODxt2_01.xtf 2004-07-30 17:30:00 PODxt 2.14 PODxtLive02_14.xtf 2004-12-17 18:12:02 PODxt Live 1.04 BODxtLive01_04.xtf 2005-05-18 10:44:02 Bass PODxt Live 2.02 VariaxAcoustic_2.02.vxf 2005-06-24 17:47:01 Variax Acoustic 3.05 Variax500_700_3.05.vxf 2005-08-03 09:07:20 Variax 2.01 VariaxBass705_2.01.vxf 2005-09-21 14:50:04 Variax Bass 705 2.05 VariaxBass_2.05.vxf 2005-09-21 16:02:03 Variax Bass 1.04 BODxtPro_01_04.xtf 2005-11-23 18:54:28 Bass PODxt Pro 1.04 BODxt_01_04.xtf 2005-11-23 18:55:01 Bass PODxt 3.10 Variax500_700_3.10.vxf 2006-01-06 17:34:01 Variax 3.10 Variax300_3.10.vxf 2006-01-06 17:34:03 Variax 300/600 3.01 PODxtLive_3_01.xtf 2006-04-20 10:50:36 PODxt Live 3.01 PODxtPro_3_01.xtf 2006-04-20 10:50:41 PODxt Pro 3.01 PODxt_3_01.xtf 2006-04-20 10:50:47 PODxt 3.02 PODxtPro_3_02.xtf 2006-05-02 10:10:06 PODxt Pro 3.25 VariaxAcoustic_3.25.vxf 2006-05-11 19:36:13 Variax Acoustic 1.03 KB37_IOP_0103.kbf 2006-09-29 10:22:01 TonePort KB37 2.54 motopod_2.54.mpf 2006-10-17 15:41:00 POD 2.0 1.06 BODxtLive1_06.xtf 2007-07-12 16:05:03 Bass PODxt Live 1.01 UX8 SHARC FW 1.01.u8f 2007-08-16 15:30:06 TonePort UX8 1.00.0 tngbean.x3f 2007-10-12 14:04:52 POD X3 1.00.0 tnglive.x3f 2007-10-12 14:05:33 POD X3 Live 1.01.1 tnglive.x3f 2007-11-06 11:30:04 POD X3 Live 1.01.1 tngbean.x3f 2007-11-06 11:35:03 POD X3 1.02 tngbean.x3f 2007-11-13 17:30:08 POD X3 1.02 tnglive.x3f 2007-11-13 17:30:16 POD X3 Live 1.11.0 tngbean.x3f 2008-02-29 11:55:02 POD X3 1.11.0 tnglive.x3f 2008-02-29 11:55:03 POD X3 Live 1.12 tnglive.x3f 2008-04-03 16:43:03 POD X3 Live 1.12 tngbean.x3f 2008-04-03 16:43:29 POD X3 1.15 tnglive.x3f 2008-06-26 12:10:02 POD X3 Live 1.00 tngRack_v1.00.00.x3f 2008-09-05 16:55:03 POD X3 Pro 2.09 fw.bin 2008-10-22 09:10:46 Spider Jam 2.09 fw.bin 2008-10-22 09:15:20 JM4 1.20.00 tngRack_v1.20.00.x3f 2009-01-23 10:39:44 POD X3 Pro 1.21.00 tngbean.x3f 2009-02-04 14:43:44 POD X3 1.21.00 tnglive.x3f 2009-02-04 14:45:10 POD X3 Live 1.03 KB37MkII_IOP_0103.kbf 2009-02-23 12:49:06 POD Studio KB37 1.17 SV MkII 112 Monkey file SVMkII_112_1.17.spf 2009-08-14 15:15:03 Spider Valve MkII 112 1.17 SV MkII 212 Monkey file SVMkII_212_1.17.spf 2009-08-14 15:20:04 Spider Valve MkII 212 1.17 SV MkII HD100 Monkey file SVMkII_HD_1.17.spf 2009-08-14 15:20:06 Spider Valve MkII HD100 1.00.0 FBVExpress_1.00.fbf 2009-08-19 14:10:18 FBV Express MkII 1.00.0 FBVShortboard_1.00.fbf 2009-08-19 14:10:20 FBV Shortboard MkII 1.04 Spider IV HD150 Monkey file Spider4_HD150_1.04.spf 2009-08-19 15:21:08 Spider IV HD150 1.01.0 Spider IV HD150 Monkey file Spider4_HD150_1.01.spf 2009-08-19 15:21:13 Spider IV HD150 1.02.0 Spider IV HD150 Monkey file Spider4_HD150_1.02.0.spf 2009-08-19 15:21:31 Spider IV HD150 1.03 Spider4_15_1.03.spf 2009-08-19 15:21:48 Spider IV 15 1.01.0 Spider IV 75 Monkey file Spider4_75_1.01.spf 2009-08-19 15:22:24 Spider IV 75 1.02.0 Spider IV 75 Monkey file Spider4_75_1.02.0.spf 2009-08-19 15:22:47 Spider IV 75 1.04 Spider IV 75 Monkey file Spider4_75_1.04.spf 2009-08-19 15:25:21 Spider IV 75 1.03 Spider4_30_1.03.spf 2009-08-19 15:26:40 Spider IV 30 1.01.0 Spider IV 150 Monkey file Spider4_150_1.01.spf 2009-08-19 15:27:31 Spider IV 150 1.02.0 Spider IV 150 Monkey file Spider4_150_1.02.0.spf 2009-08-19 15:27:48 Spider IV 150 1.04 Spider IV 150 Monkey file Spider4_150_1.04.spf 2009-08-19 15:28:10 Spider IV 150 1.04 Spider IV 120 Monkey file Spider4_120_1.04.spf 2009-08-19 15:28:36 Spider IV 120 2.00.00 M13 sysex file M13_BFlash_2_00_00.syx 2009-10-01 16:16:41 M13 2.01.00 M9 Monkey file M7_BFlash_2_01_00.m9f 2009-10-08 12:58:01 M9 1.01 Pocket POD Monkey file P9_081407_0101a.ppf 2009-10-09 10:57:35 Pocket POD 2.01.00 M13 sysex file M13_BFlash_2_01_00.syx 2009-10-09 16:42:21 M13 1.10.0 FBV Express MkII Monkey file FBVExpress_1.10.fbf 2009-10-21 12:09:43 FBV Express MkII 1.10.0 FBV Shortboard MkII Monkey file FBVShortboard_1.10.fbf 2009-10-21 12:11:07 FBV Shortboard MkII 2.00.0 POD X3 Monkey file tngbean.x3f 2010-02-19 10:13:03 POD X3 2.00.0 POD X3 Live Monkey file tnglive.x3f 2010-02-19 10:13:07 POD X3 Live 2.00.00 X3 Pro Monkey file tngRack_v2.00.00.x3f 2010-02-19 10:13:10 POD X3 Pro 1.52 Spider IV 120 Update Spider4_120_1.52.spf 2010-03-01 14:48:30 Spider IV 120 1.52 Spider IV 150 Update Spider4_150_1.52.spf 2010-03-01 14:50:54 Spider IV 150 1.52 Spider IV 75 Update Spider4_75_1.52.spf 2010-03-01 14:51:23 Spider IV 75 1.52 Spider IV HD150 Update Spider4_HD150_1.52.spf 2010-03-01 14:51:50 Spider IV HD150 1.50.00 Spider Valve MkII Update SVMkII_112_1.50.spf 2010-03-11 09:41:08 Spider Valve MkII 112 1.50.00 Spider Valve MkII Update SVMkII_212_1.50.spf 2010-03-11 09:42:19 Spider Valve MkII 212 1.50.00 Spider Valve MkII Update SVMkII_HD_1.50.spf 2010-03-11 09:44:56 Spider Valve MkII HD100 2.01.0 tnglive.x3f 2010-06-10 11:20:05 POD X3 Live 1.10.0 Pod_HD400_1.10.phf 2010-09-30 09:01:26 POD HD400 1.10.0 Pod_HD300_1.10.phf 2010-09-30 09:01:27 POD HD300 1.10.00 P18.phf 2010-09-30 09:01:29 POD HD500 2.00.00 SVMkII_HD_2.00.spf 2010-09-30 09:22:49 Spider Valve MkII HD100 2.00.00 SVMkII_212_2.00.spf 2010-09-30 09:22:57 Spider Valve MkII 212 2.00.00 SVMkII_112_2.00.spf 2010-09-30 09:23:04 Spider Valve MkII 112 2.00.00 Spider4_HD150_2.00.spf 2010-09-30 09:23:12 Spider IV HD150 2.00.00 Spider4_150_2.00.spf 2010-09-30 09:23:18 Spider IV 150 2.00.00 Spider4_120_2.00.spf 2010-09-30 09:23:24 Spider IV 120 2.00.00 Spider4_75_2.00.spf 2010-09-30 09:23:30 Spider IV 75 1.10.00 A25_212_1.10.vaf 2010-11-15 15:06:33 DT50 212 1.10.00 A25_HD_1.10.vaf 2010-11-15 15:06:34 DT50 Head 1.10.00 A25_112_1.10.vaf 2010-11-15 15:06:36 DT50 112 1.70 TylerVariax_1.70.vxf 2010-11-17 10:24:18 James Tyler Variax 2.02.00 M7_BFlash_2_02_00.m9f 2010-11-23 14:48:37 M9 1.20.00 P18.phf 2011-01-06 15:05:58 POD HD500 1.20 A25_HD_1.20.vaf 2011-01-06 15:06:00 DT50 Head 1.20 A25_112_1.20.vaf 2011-01-06 15:06:01 DT50 112 1.20 A25_212_1.20.vaf 2011-01-06 15:06:03 DT50 212 1.20.0 Pod_HD400_1.20.phf 2011-01-07 14:33:33 POD HD400 1.20.0 Pod_HD300_1.20.phf 2011-01-07 14:33:35 POD HD300 2.04.00 M7_BFlash_2_04_00.m9f 2011-01-26 10:03:53 M9 2.04.00 M13_BFlash_2_04_00.syx 2011-01-26 10:03:58 M13 1.00.00 M5_BFlash_1_00_00.m5f 2011-02-08 10:10:01 M5 1.22.00 P18.phf 2011-03-25 12:53:13 POD HD500 1.31.0 Pod_HD300_1.31.phf 2011-05-12 12:34:12 POD HD300 1.31.0 Pod_HD400_1.31.phf 2011-05-12 12:34:15 POD HD400 1.31.00 P18.phf 2011-05-12 12:34:22 POD HD500 1.00.00 P19_1_00_00.phf 2011-05-17 10:39:16 POD HD 1.33.00 P19_1_33_00.phf 2011-05-19 14:01:17 POD HD 1.71 TylerVariax_1.71.vxf 2011-08-03 11:06:06 James Tyler Variax 2.10.00 tngRack_v2.10.00.x3f 2011-08-10 14:27:30 POD X3 Pro 1.30.00 P20_1_30_00.phf 2011-09-13 09:19:39 POD HD Pro 1.00 A31_HD_1.00.vaf 2011-09-28 09:31:39 DT25 HD 1.00 A31_112_1.00.vaf 2011-09-28 09:31:41 DT25 112 1.40.00 P18.phf DT USER 1 USER 2 USER 3 System Reset -Pressing (and holding down) the four-way navigation pad to the left while powering up will perform a Global Settings reset. This action will reset all settings to their factory default and requires a recalibration of the on-board expression pedal. Instructions for pedal calibration can be found here http://line6.com/support/docs/DOC-2223. Due to the pedal recalibration, it is generally recommended to update the Set List names using the manual method described above. FAQ For more information about POD HD500, the POD HD FAQ can be found here http://line6.com/support/docs/DOC-2300 Advanced User's Guide The latest version of the Advanced User's Guide for the POD HD500 can be found http://line6.com/support/manuals/ ]]> 2011-11-17 11:46:58 POD HD500 1.40.00 P20.phf DT USER 1 USER 2 USER 3 System Reset - Pressing (and holding down) the four-way navigation pad to the left while powering up will perform a Global Settings reset. Please note: This action will reset all settings to their factory default. FAQ For more information about POD HD PRO, the POD HD FAQ can be found here http://line6.com/support/docs/DOC-2300 Advanced User's Guide The latest version of the Advanced User's Guide for the POD HD PRO can be found here http://line6.com/support/manuals/ ]]> 2011-11-17 11:47:00 POD HD Pro 1.40.00 P19.phf 2011-11-17 11:47:03 POD HD 2.01 V75BP_2_01.wuf 2012-01-05 11:37:38 XD-V75 Bodypack 2.00 V75HH_2_00.wuf 2012-01-05 11:37:41 XD-V75 Handheld 2.00 V70RX_2_00.wuf 2012-01-05 11:38:14 XD-V70 Receiver 2.00 V70HH_2_00.wuf 2012-01-05 11:40:30 XD-V70 Handheld 2.00 V70BP_2_00.wuf 2012-01-05 11:40:34 XD-V70 Bodypack 2.01 V70HH_2_01.wuf 2012-02-09 10:49:48 XD-V70 Handheld 2.01 V75HH_2_01.wuf 2012-02-09 10:49:50 XD-V75 Handheld 2.01 V30HH_2_01.wuf 2012-02-09 11:00:32 XD-V30 Handheld 2.01 V30RX_2_01.wuf 2012-02-09 11:00:34 XD-V30 Receiver 2.00 V30BP_2_00.wuf 2012-02-09 11:00:37 XD-V30 Bodypack 1.43.00 P18.phf 2012-02-14 10:15:23 POD HD500 1.43.00 P20.phf 2012-02-17 09:57:28 POD HD Pro 1.43.00 P19.phf 2012-02-22 09:54:22 POD HD 2.01 V35RX_2_01.wuf 2012-02-24 15:50:30 XD-V35 Receiver 2.01 V35HH_2_01.wuf 2012-02-24 15:50:32 XD-V35 Handheld 2.00 V35BP_2_00.wuf 2012-02-24 15:50:35 XD-V35 Bodypack 1.00 mk25_1_00.mkf 2012-02-27 13:27:44 Mobile Keys 25 1.04 mk25_1_04.mkf 2012-02-27 13:27:48 Mobile Keys 25 1.00 mk49_1_00.mkf 2012-02-27 13:27:53 Mobile Keys 49 1.04 mk49_1_04.mkf 2012-02-27 13:27:58 Mobile Keys 49 2.01 G30RX_2_01.wuf 2012-03-21 10:19:31 Relay G30 Receiver 2.00 G30BP_2_00.wuf 2012-03-21 10:19:33 Relay G30 Transmitter 2.00 G50RX_2_00.wuf 2012-03-21 10:19:35 Relay G50 Receiver 2.00 G50BP_2_00.wuf 2012-03-21 10:19:37 Relay G50 Transmitter 2.00 G90RX_2_00.wuf 2012-03-21 10:19:39 Relay G90 Receiver 2.00 G90BP_2_00.wuf 2012-03-21 10:19:42 Relay G90 Transmitter 2.01 V70RX_2_01.wuf 2012-03-27 09:58:18 XD-V70 Receiver 2.02.00 P20.phf DT USER 1 USER 2 USER 3 FAQ For more information about POD HD Pro, the POD HD Pro FAQ can be found at http://line6.com/community/community/support/pod_support/pod_hd?view=documents. The Advanced Users Guide The latest version of the Advanced User's Guide for the POD HD Pro can be found at http://line6.com/support/manuals/. *All product names used in this document are trademarks of their respective owners, which are in no way associated or affiliated with Line 6. These trademarks of other manufacturers are used solely to identify the products of those manufacturers whose tones and sounds were studied during Line 6's sound model development. Fender, Bassman, Deluxe Reverb and Twin Reverb are registered trademarks of Fender Musical Instruments Corporation. Hiwatt is a registered trademark of Fernandes Company Ltd. Supro is a registered trademark of Zinky Electronics, LLC. Gibson is a registered trademark of Gibson Guitar Corp. Dr. Z is a registered trademark of Dr. Z Amps, Inc. Vox is a registered trademark of Vox R&D Limited. Marshall is a registered trademark of Marshall Amplification Plc. Bogner is a registered trademark of Bogner Amplification. Ampeg and Portaflex are registered trademarks of Loud Technologies, Inc.Mesa/Boogie and Rectifier are registered trademarks of Mesa/Boogie Ltd. Engl is a registered trademark of Ausflug, Beate and Engl, Edmund.]]> 2012-04-03 12:50:54 POD HD Pro 2.02.00 P18.phf DT USER 1 USER 2 USER 3 FAQ For more information about POD HD500, the POD HD500 FAQ can be found at http://line6.com/community/community/support/pod_support/pod_hd?view=documents. The Advanced Users Guide The latest version of the Advanced User's Guide for the POD HD500 can be found at http://line6.com/support/manuals/. *All product names used in this document are trademarks of their respective owners, which are in no way associated or affiliated with Line 6. These trademarks of other manufacturers are used solely to identify the products of those manufacturers whose tones and sounds were studied during Line 6's sound model development. Fender, Bassman, Deluxe Reverb and Twin Reverb are registered trademarks of Fender Musical Instruments Corporation. Hiwatt is a registered trademark of Fernandes Company Ltd. Supro is a registered trademark of Zinky Electronics, LLC. Gibson is a registered trademark of Gibson Guitar Corp. Dr. Z is a registered trademark of Dr. Z Amps, Inc. Vox is a registered trademark of Vox R&D Limited. Marshall is a registered trademark of Marshall Amplification Plc. Bogner is a registered trademark of Bogner Amplification. Ampeg and Portaflex are registered trademarks of Loud Technologies, Inc.Mesa/Boogie and Rectifier are registered trademarks of Mesa/Boogie Ltd. Engl is a registered trademark of Ausflug, Beate and Engl, Edmund.]]> 2012-04-03 12:51:04 POD HD500 2.02.00 P19.phf 2012-04-03 12:51:12 POD HD 2.01 Pod_HD300_2.01.phf 2012-07-17 10:16:21 POD HD300 2.01 Pod_HD400_2.01.phf 2012-07-17 10:16:22 POD HD400 2.02 G50RX_2_02.wuf 2012-08-21 10:33:01 Relay G50 Receiver 2.02 G90RX_2_02.wuf 2012-08-21 10:33:02 Relay G90 Receiver 2.10.00 P18.phf 2012-10-16 11:27:52 POD HD500 2.10.00 P20.phf 2012-10-16 11:27:54 POD HD Pro 2.10.00 P19.phf 2012-10-16 11:27:56 POD HD 2.00 V55BP_2_00.wuf 2012-10-16 12:36:31 XD-V55 Bodypack 2.00 V55HH_2_00.wuf 2012-10-16 12:36:33 XD-V55 Handheld 2.00 V55RX_2_00.wuf 2012-10-16 12:36:35 XD-V55 Receiver 2.02 G55RX_2_02.wuf 2012-10-16 12:36:37 Relay G55 Receiver 2.00 G55BP_2_00.wuf 2012-10-16 12:36:39 Relay G55 Transmitter 2.00 A31_HD_2.00.vaf 2012-10-30 11:53:05 DT25 HD 2.00 A25_HD_2.00.vaf 2012-10-30 11:53:07 DT50 Head 2.00 A31_112_2.00.vaf 2012-10-30 11:53:09 DT25 112 2.00 A25_112_2.00.vaf 2012-10-30 11:53:11 DT50 112 2.00 A25_212_2.00.vaf 2012-10-30 11:53:13 DT50 212 1.90 TylerVariax_1.90.vxf 2012-11-07 13:49:06 James Tyler Variax 2.10 V75HH_2_10.wuf 2013-06-17 15:56:51 XD-V75 Handheld 1.00.00 P25.phf 2013-07-10 09:04:30 POD HD500X 1.10.00 P25.phf 2013-07-11 10:02:16 POD HD500X 2.00 TylerVariax_2.00.vxf 2013-08-15 09:56:27 James Tyler Variax 1.20 StageScape Firmware update.ssf 2013-09-25 10:02:10 StageScape M20d 1.00.00 P26.phf 2013-09-25 11:58:09 POD HD Pro X 2.20.00 P20.phf 2013-11-19 12:50:51 POD HD Pro 1.20.00 P26.phf 2013-11-19 12:50:52 POD HD Pro X 2.20.00 P18.phf 2013-11-19 12:50:54 POD HD500 1.20.00 P25.phf 2013-11-19 12:50:56 POD HD500X 2.31 P18.phf 2014-04-08 13:29:00 POD HD500 2.03 V75RX_2_03.wuf 2014-04-17 09:15:06 XD-V75 Receiver 2.10 TylerVariax_2.10.vxf 2014-04-22 14:15:25 James Tyler Variax 1.01.0 ToneMatchFloor1010.tmf 2014-04-23 15:12:43 AMPLIFi FX100 2.31 P20.phf 2014-05-15 13:34:37 POD HD Pro 2.04 V75RX_2_04.wuf 2014-05-22 15:45:06 XD-V75 Receiver 2.31 P19.phf 2014-05-28 11:00:04 POD HD 1.30 P26.phf 2014-05-28 11:00:07 POD HD Pro X 1.30 P25.phf 2014-05-28 11:00:10 POD HD500X 2.32 P18_2.32.0.phf 2014-06-17 17:57:56 POD HD500 1.01.0 ToneMatch1100.tmf 2014-06-20 16:25:28 AMPLIFi 150 AMPLIFi 75 2.32 P19.phf 2014-07-02 18:46:43 POD HD 2.32 P20.phf 2014-07-02 18:46:44 POD HD Pro 1.32.00 P26.phf 2014-07-23 18:14:18 POD HD Pro X 1.32.00 P25.phf 2014-07-31 10:31:24 POD HD500X 2.00.00 ToneMatchFloor20000.tmf Bluetooth. You are now finished updating your AMPLIFi device to firmware version 2.0 and can begin using Android with AMPLIFi Remote.]]> 2014-10-27 23:48:01 AMPLIFi FX100 2.00.00 ToneMatch20000.tmf Bluetooth. You are now finished updating your AMPLIFi device to firmware version 2.0 and can begin using Android with AMPLIFi Remote.]]> 2014-10-27 23:48:05 AMPLIFi 150 AMPLIFi 75 2.00.00 ToneMatchDesktop20000.tmf 2014-11-14 12:46:56 AMPLIFi TT 2.10.00 ToneMatch21000.tmf 2014-12-11 10:29:05 AMPLIFi 150 AMPLIFi 75 2.10.00 ToneMatchFloor21000.tmf 2014-12-11 10:29:07 AMPLIFi FX100 2.10.00 ToneMatchDesktop21000.tmf 2014-12-11 10:29:10 AMPLIFi TT 2.21 TylerVariax_2.21.vxf 2015-01-06 12:15:19 James Tyler Variax Variax Standard 2.61.00 P25-2.61.phf DT VARIAX USER 1 USER 2 FAQ For more information about POD HD500X, the POD HD FAQ can be found at http://line6.com/support/. Advanced User's Guide The latest version of the Advanced User's Guide for the POD HD500X can be found at http://line6.com/support/manuals/. * All product names are trademarks of their respective owners, which are in no way associated or affiliated with Line 6. The product names and images are provided for the sole purpose of identifying the specific products that were studied during Line 6's sound model development.]]> 2015-04-03 10:30:00 POD HD500X 2.61.00 P26-2.61.phf DT VARIAX USER 1 USER 2 FAQ For more information about POD HD Pro X, the POD HD FAQ can be found at http://line6.com/support/. Advanced User's Guide The latest version of the Advanced User's Guide for the POD HD Pro X can be found at http://line6.com/support/manuals/. * All product names are trademarks of their respective owners, which are in no way associated or affiliated with Line 6. The product names and images are provided for the sole purpose of identifying the specific products that were studied during Line 6's sound model development.]]> 2015-04-03 10:30:00 POD HD Pro X 2.62.00 P25-2.62.00.phf DT VARIAX USER 1 USER 2 FAQ For more information about POD HD500X, the POD HD FAQ can be found at http://line6.com/support/. Advanced User's Guide The latest version of the Advanced User's Guide for the POD HD500X can be found at http://line6.com/support/manuals/. * All product names are trademarks of their respective owners, which are in no way associated or affiliated with Line 6. The product names and images are provided for the sole purpose of identifying the specific products that were studied during Line 6's sound model development.]]> 2015-04-09 11:30:00 POD HD500X 2.62.00 P26-2.62.00.phf DT VARIAX USER 1 USER 2 FAQ For more information about POD HD Pro X, the POD HD FAQ can be found at http://line6.com/support/. Advanced User's Guide The latest version of the Advanced User's Guide for the POD HD Pro X can be found at http://line6.com/support/manuals/. * All product names are trademarks of their respective owners, which are in no way associated or affiliated with Line 6. The product names and images are provided for the sole purpose of identifying the specific products that were studied during Line 6's sound model development.]]> 2015-04-09 11:30:00 POD HD Pro X 2.62.00 P18-2.62.00.phf DT VARIAX USER 1 USER 2 FAQ For more information about POD HD500, the POD HD FAQ can be found at http://line6.com/support/. Advanced User's Guide The latest version of the Advanced User's Guide for the POD HD500 can be found at http://line6.com/support/manuals/. * All product names are trademarks of their respective owners, which are in no way associated or affiliated with Line 6. The product names and images are provided for the sole purpose of identifying the specific products that were studied during Line 6's sound model development.]]> 2015-04-09 11:30:00 POD HD500 2.62.00 P20-2.62.00.phf DT VARIAX USER 1 USER 2 FAQ For more information about POD HD Pro, the POD HD FAQ can be found at http://line6.com/support/. Advanced User's Guide The latest version of the Advanced User's Guide for the POD HD Pro can be found at http://line6.com/support/manuals/. * All product names are trademarks of their respective owners, which are in no way associated or affiliated with Line 6. The product names and images are provided for the sole purpose of identifying the specific products that were studied during Line 6's sound model development.]]> 2015-04-09 11:30:00 POD HD Pro 2.62.00 P19-2.62.00.phf 2015-04-09 11:30:00 POD HD 1.01.00 PhoenixFloor10100.tmf 2015-05-06 10:45:12 Firehawk FX 1.03 TB516G_1_03.wuf 2015-05-22 10:30:00 Relay TB516 G 1.03 G70RX_1_03.wuf 2015-05-22 10:30:00 Relay G70 Receiver 1.10.00 Firehawk_FX_1_10_00.tmf Device Bluetooth connection stability has been improved Please note: *This firmware requires iOS/Android app version 1.10 or later. *For a complete description of new features, be sure to download the updated manual here http://line6.com/support/manuals/firehawkfx]]> 2015-05-26 14:09:46 Firehawk FX 1.04 G75RX_1_04.wuf 2015-06-02 09:50:11 Relay G75 Receiver 1.20.00 Firehawk_FX_v1_20_00.tmf 2015-09-29 12:33:07 Firehawk FX 2.11 V75HH_2_11.wuf 2015-10-20 10:00:00 XD-V75 Handheld 2.50.2 ToneMatch_v2_50_2.tmf 2015-10-29 11:52:12 AMPLIFi 150 AMPLIFi 75 2.50.2 ToneMatchDesktop_v2_50_02.tmf 2015-10-29 11:55:25 AMPLIFi TT 2.50.2 ToneMatchFloor_v2_50_2.tmf 2015-11-02 15:43:35 AMPLIFi FX100 1.00.00 Firehawk_1500_v1_00_00.tmf 2015-11-25 15:05:45 Firehawk 1500 2.50.00 ToneMatchDio_v2_50_00.tmf 2015-12-21 13:15:56 AMPLIFi 30 1.01.00 Firehawk_1500_v1_01_00.tmf 2016-02-02 15:38:07 Firehawk 1500 1.06.5 4de2e39 HELIX_RACK_1_06_5_bundle.hxf Ins/Outs > Headphone monitor was set to Multi - FIXED - The Command Center > Action Panels Copy All Commands button would be grayed out unless a footswitch/instant command containing a message was first selected FIXED - The US Double Nrm and US Double Vib models Sag parameter was biased too high - FIXED Resetting Helix Globals / Loading the Newest Factory Presets IMPORTANT! This procedure will completely overwrite all existing presets and setlists, as well as clear all user IRs and reset all global settings! Back up your presets and IRs before proceeding! 1. Turn off Helix. 2. While holding footswitches 9 and 10 (middle two switches on the bottom row), turn on Helix. 3. Wait for the message Will reset Globals and restore stock Presets, Setlists and IRs to appear and let go. Known Issues - Minor pops and clicks may be present when Helix is streaming audio from a Mac® running OS X 10.11 (El Capitan) - Minor pops and clicks may be present when Helix is streaming audio from an iOS® device running iOS 9.1 or 9.2 with Apple® Camera Kit - Importing a Helix bundle while streaming audio over USB may cause the Helix application to disconnect]]> 2016-02-16 13:49:13 Helix Rack 1.06.5 4de2e39 HELIX_FLOOR_1_06_5_bundle.hxf Ins/Outs > Headphone monitor was set to Multi FIXED The Command Center > Action Panels Copy All Commands button would be grayed out unless a footswitch/instant command containing a message was first selected FIXED The US Double Nrm and US Double Vib models Sag parameter was biased too high FIXED Resetting Helix Globals / Loading the Newest Factory Presets IMPORTANT! This procedure will completely overwrite all existing presets and setlists, as well as clear all user IRs and reset all global settings! Back up your presets and IRs before proceeding! 1. Turn off Helix. 2. While holding footswitches 9 and 10 (middle two switches on the bottom row), turn on Helix. 3. Wait for the message Will reset Globals and restore stock Presets, Setlists and IRs to appear and let go. Known Issues Minor pops and clicks may be present when Helix is streaming audio from a Mac® running OS X 10.11 (El Capitan) Minor pops and clicks may be present when Helix is streaming audio from an iOS® device running iOS 9.1 or 9.2 with Apple® Camera Kit Importing a Helix bundle while streaming audio over USB may cause the Helix application to disconnect]]> 2016-02-16 13:51:49 Helix 1.10.0 3ce8403 HELIX_FLOOR_1_10_0_bundle.hxf 2016-03-29 12:32:16 Helix 1.10.0 3ce8403 HELIX_RACK_1_10_0_bundle.hxf 2016-03-29 12:33:18 Helix Rack 1.12.0 0dab6d6 HELIX_FLOOR_v1_12_0_bundle.hxf Multi and Input > Variax Tone parameter could sometimes maintain its value across presets, even when set to Per Preset- FIXED - Helix Rack's TAP/TUNER button was unresponsive while in Pedal Edit mode - FIXED - Expression pedals with inverted polarity could cause Helix Rack to freeze when connected to Helix Control - FIXED - If two footswitch assignments are quick-swapped while in the Controller Assign screen, the most recent assignment could be removed - FIXED - The Looper block's icon could incorrectly reflect its state after saving a preset - FIXED - General stability improvements - Many other minor bug fixes and optimizations KNOWN ISSUES - After a Factory Reset, Global Settings > Ins/Outs > XLR Outputs level appears as Line level but is actually Mic level until you move the knob to "Mic" and back to "Line" - On rare occasions, if Helix is disconnected from the computer within 10 seconds of shutting down the Helix editor, MIDI transmission may become inactive. Always wait 10 seconds after quitting the Helix editor before disconnecting. If you forget, power cycling Helix solves the issue. - If you send MIDI CC #59 to Helix, it toggles the control between your bypass-assigned blocks for this switch, but the EXP 1 - EXP 2 Toe Switch strip label does not change states as it does when toggled via the on-board pedal.]]> 2016-05-11 10:32:00 Helix 1.12.0 0dab6d6 HELIX_RACK_v1_12_0_bundle.hxf Multi and Input > Variax Tone parameter could sometimes maintain its value across presets, even when set to Per Preset- FIXED - Helix Rack's TAP/TUNER button was unresponsive while in Pedal Edit mode - FIXED - Expression pedals with inverted polarity could cause Helix Rack to freeze when connected to Helix Control - FIXED - If two footswitch assignments are quick-swapped while in the Controller Assign screen, the most recent assignment could be removed - FIXED - The Looper block's icon could incorrectly reflect its state after saving a preset - FIXED - General stability improvements - Many other minor bug fixes and optimizations KNOWN ISSUES - After a Factory Reset, Global Settings > Ins/Outs > XLR Outputs level appears as Line level but is actually Mic level until you move the knob to "Mic" and back to "Line" - On rare occasions, if Helix is disconnected from the computer within 10 seconds of shutting down the Helix editor, MIDI transmission may become inactive. Always wait 10 seconds after quitting the Helix editor before disconnecting. If you forget, power cycling Helix solves the issue. - If you send MIDI CC #59 to Helix, it toggles the control between your bypass-assigned blocks for this switch, but the EXP 1 - EXP 2 Toe Switch strip label does not change states as it does when toggled via the on-board pedal. ]]> 2016-05-11 10:33:16 Helix Rack 1.02.00 Firehawk_1500_v1_02_00.tmf 2016-05-16 10:48:52 Firehawk 1500 1.01.00 Fbv3_v1_01_00.hxf 2016-05-16 10:50:06 FBV3 2.00 b8e2346 HELIX_RACK_v2_00_0_bundle.hxf Wringer Fuzz (Mono, Stereo), based on* Garbage's special BOSS® FZ-2 - EQ > Cali Q Graphic (Mono, Stereo), based on* the MESA/Boogie® Mk IVs 5-band EQ - Modulation > Harmonic Tremolo (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original - Delay > Vintage Digital (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original * All product names used herein are trademarks of their respective owners, which are in no way associated or affiliated with Line 6. These trademarks of other manufacturers are used solely to identify the products of those manufacturers whose tones and sounds were studied during Line 6's sound model development. Mesa/Boogie is a registered trademark of Mesa/Boogie, Ltd. Marshall and JCM are registered trademarks of Marshall Amplification Plc. BOSS is a registered trademark of Roland Corporation. New Features - Snapshots - Select one of eight snapshots to instantly recall all block on/off states, up to 64 parameter values, certain Command Center values, and tempo. Any Delay, Reverb, or FX Loop block with its Trails parameter turned on will spill across snapshots seamlessly. To select a snapshot, press BANK UP and BANK DOWN simultaneously and then one of the middle eight footswitches. For Helix Rack owners who haven't yet snagged Helix Control (and you should), press PRESETS and turn Knob 5 (Select Snapshot). For more information, check out the new Helix 2.0 Owner's Manual, available here: http://line6.com/support/manuals/#effects - Snapshot Parameter Assign - To adjust a parameter AND set it to automatically update per snapshot, press and turn the knob. To adjust a parameter WITHOUT it automatically updating per snapshot, just turn the knob like you normally would. If you accidentally press and turn and didn't mean to, hold BYPASS and press the knob to instantly unassign snapshot control - Copy/Paste Snapshots - While touch-holding the footswitch for the snapshot you want to copy, briefly touch and release the footswitch for the snapshot you want to overwrite. For Helix Rack owners who haven't yet snagged Helix Control (and again, you SHOULD), select the snapshot you want to copy, press PRESETS, and then ACTION. Press Knob 1 (Copy Snapshot). Select the snapshot you want to overwrite, press ACTION, and then Knob 2 (Paste Snapshot) - Swap Snapshots - Touch and hold two snapshot footswitches and a dialog appears, asking if you want to swap their location - Rename Snapshots - Press PRESETS and then Knob 6 (Rename Snapshot) to rename the snapshot to something meaningful, such as VERSE 1, BIG SOLO or D. IGLOO. Snapshot names are limited to 10 characters - Global Settings > Preferences > Snapshot Edits - Determines whether or not any edits made to a snapshot are remembered when returning to that snapshot. "Recall" automatically recalls any edits made to the snapshot; "Discard" forgets any edits made and returns the snapshot to its state when the preset was last saved. You must save the preset to store changes to snapshots regardless. The home screens camera icon turns red when set to Discard. Shortcut: Hold BYPASS and press SAVE to toggle this setting - Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo > Tempo Select - In addition to Global and Per Preset (still the default), Helix's tempo can now be set per snapshot. Shortcut: Touch TAP to briefly view and set this parameter - Global Settings > Footswitches > Preset Mode Switches - You can now determine whether each row in Preset footswitch mode (upper or lower) selects Presets, Snapshots, or Stomps. The default setting remains the same, but is now called 8 Presets - Global Settings > Footswitches > Snapshot Mode Footswitches - A new Global Settings > Footswitches parameter lets you set Snapshot mode footswitches as Auto Return (automatically returns to Preset or Stomp footswitch mode after selection) or Manual Return (stays in Snapshot footswitch mode until you press FS6 [CANCEL]) - Global Settings > Footswitches > Up/Down Switches - FS1 and FS7 now have three options: Bank Up/Down, Preset Up/Down, and Snapshot Up/Down, available from the Global Settings > Footswitches menu. Shortcut: Press and hold FS1 and FS7 for one second to cycle through Bank Up/Down, Preset Up/Down, and Snapshot Up/Down - Global Settings > Ins/Outs > USB In 1/2 Trim - Added the ability to attenuate the level of incoming USB 1/2 signals, so Mac/PC/iOS applications with no (or difficult-to-access) app-level volume control can be more easily blended with Helix's processing - Global Settings > Ins/Outs > Digital Out Level - Added the ability to adjust the digital (S/PDIF and AES/EBU) output level - Global Settings > EXP Pedals > EXP 1/2/3 Polarity - Added the ability to individually switch the polarity of EXP 1, 2, and 3, providing support for a wider variety of third-party expression pedals - Global Settings > EXP Pedals > EXP 1/2/3 Pedal Position - Global Settings > Footswitches > EXP Pedal Position has been split into separate parameters for each expression pedal. For example, EXP 1's wah position can be recalled per preset, EXP 2's volume position can act globally, and EXP 3's reverb depth control can be recalled per snapshot - Controllers to Variax Parameters - Controllers (including Snapshots) can now control/recall Variax parameters, so you can do cool stuff like toggle between two guitar models with a footswitch, control Variax's tone knob with an expression pedal, assign a momentary footswitch to drop D, recall completely different tunings with each snapshot, and more. There's nothing special to do; just assign a controller to Variax parameters like you would any other parameter - Per Preset Guitar In Impedance - Global Settings > Ins/Outs > Guitar In Impedance has been moved to the Input > Multi and Input > Guitar In block and is now recalled per preset. It appears at Knob 4 as Guitar In-Z. Now that its on the Home page, you can assign a footswitch or snapshot to it and determine how your guitars pickups are loaded in real time. The default has been changed to Auto. - Enhanced Tuner Display - The tuner display now shows an additional 3-cent to +3-cent row of bars, providing more granularity when the note played is close to being in tune. Accuracy remains the same. - MIDI Recall Indicator - Press PRESETS to open the Setlist menu. Dark text appears above Knob 2 and displays the necessary MIDI messages required to remotely recall the current setlist, preset, and snapshot so you don't have to go digging through the manual Other Improvements - Shortcut: Hold BYPASS and press a parameter knob to quickly remove any controller assignment (including the Snapshots controller). The value appears without brackets, indicating no controller is assigned to it - Shortcut: In Pedal Edit mode, press and hold FS10 (VALUE) and FS11 (VALUE+) to quickly scroll through values. Now Helix Rack/Control users can quickly adjust parameters with their feet when no expression pedal is connected - Shortcut: In Pedal Edit mode, press and hold a Time (or Speed) parameter switch to toggle between ms (or Hz) and note values, just like pressing the knob - Helix's pitch detect algorithms have been optimized and now track slightly faster - Parameters in the Global Settings menu have been reorganized to better reflect their category. For example, Tap Tempo Pitch has been moved to a new Preferences submenu and the Info submenu has been removed, as the current FW version now appears at the top of the Global Settings screen - On the Save, Name, and Customize screens, Knob 3 (Clear) has been replaced with Insert, which inserts a space and shifts all following characters to the right. You can still clear a character by pressing the joystick, which now cycles through A, a, 0, and [SPACE] - The Footswitch Assign page has been renamed Bypass Assign to better describe current and potential future functionality - Touch-hold any assigned stomp footswitch and the Customize button now also appears above Knob 5. The Customize button is grayed out if the footswitch has nothing yet assigned to it - On the Customize screens, Knob 4 now always displays a Remove button, regardless of whether a custom label has been assigned (solid button) or not (grayed out button) - When touching two stomp mode switches to swap their locations, the inspector text now tells you which two footswitches will be swapped - Recall snapshots remotely via an incoming MIDI CC message. A CC69 message with value 0 recalls Snapshot 1, value 1 recalls Snapshot 2, value 2 recalls Snapshot 3, and so forth - Footswitches in Looper mode now transmit corresponding MIDI CCs - Additions to and improvements made to the existing factory preset bundle - Re-leveled presets - The Helix Owners Manual has been updated to 2.0: http://line6.com/support/manuals/#effects Bug Fixes - Parameters could respond sluggishly when receiving lots of fast incoming MIDI CC data - FIXED - Some MIDI keyboards (including those by Roland and M-Audio) send active sensing messages every 300ms, which could sometimes affect Helix's MIDI input to the computer, causing intermittent dropouts - FIXED - Certain cab model defaults with 121 Ribbon mic could display as 421 Dynamic - FIXED - Rapidly moving EXP 1/2/3 while importing/exporting presets could result in data lockout - FIXED - Command Center > Copy/Paste All Commands would not copy customized labels - FIXED - Learn Controller would not work with FS1 or FS7 while in 10 Switches Stomp mode - FIXED - Helix wouldn't remember tuner output routing across power cycles - FIXED - After a factory reset, Global Settings > Ins/Outs > XLR Out Level would be set to Mic level until toggled, regardless of its displayed value - FIXED - Certain delay models Time parameter could only go down to 20ms, even if the display reflected a lower value - FIXED - The TAP footswitch's LED would reflect Global tempo instead of Per Preset tempo - FIXED - General stability improvements - Other minor bug fixes and optimizations ]]> 2016-07-06 12:33:12 Helix Rack 2.00 b8e2346 HELIX_FLOOR_v2_00_0_bundle.hxf Wringer Fuzz (Mono, Stereo), based on* Garbage's special BOSS® FZ-2 - EQ > Cali Q Graphic (Mono, Stereo), based on* the MESA/Boogie® Mk IVs 5-band EQ - Modulation > Harmonic Tremolo (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original - Delay > Vintage Digital (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original * All product names used herein are trademarks of their respective owners, which are in no way associated or affiliated with Line 6. These trademarks of other manufacturers are used solely to identify the products of those manufacturers whose tones and sounds were studied during Line 6's sound model development. Mesa/Boogie is a registered trademark of Mesa/Boogie, Ltd. Marshall and JCM are registered trademarks of Marshall Amplification Plc. BOSS is a registered trademark of Roland Corporation. New Features - Snapshots - Select one of eight snapshots to instantly recall all block on/off states, up to 64 parameter values, certain Command Center values, and tempo. Any Delay, Reverb, or FX Loop block with its Trails parameter turned on will spill across snapshots seamlessly. To select a snapshot, press BANK UP and BANK DOWN simultaneously and then one of the middle eight footswitches. For Helix Rack owners who haven't yet snagged Helix Control (and you should), press PRESETS and turn Knob 5 (Select Snapshot). For more information, check out the new Helix 2.0 Owner's Manual, available here: http://line6.com/support/manuals/#effects - Snapshot Parameter Assign - To adjust a parameter AND set it to automatically update per snapshot, press and turn the knob. To adjust a parameter WITHOUT it automatically updating per snapshot, just turn the knob like you normally would. If you accidentally press and turn and didn't mean to, hold BYPASS and press the knob to instantly unassign snapshot control - Copy/Paste Snapshots - While touch-holding the footswitch for the snapshot you want to copy, briefly touch and release the footswitch for the snapshot you want to overwrite. For Helix Rack owners who haven't yet snagged Helix Control (and again, you SHOULD), select the snapshot you want to copy, press PRESETS, and then ACTION. Press Knob 1 (Copy Snapshot). Select the snapshot you want to overwrite, press ACTION, and then Knob 2 (Paste Snapshot) - Swap Snapshots - Touch and hold two snapshot footswitches and a dialog appears, asking if you want to swap their location - Rename Snapshots - Press PRESETS and then Knob 6 (Rename Snapshot) to rename the snapshot to something meaningful, such as VERSE 1, BIG SOLO or D. IGLOO. Snapshot names are limited to 10 characters - Global Settings > Preferences > Snapshot Edits - Determines whether or not any edits made to a snapshot are remembered when returning to that snapshot. "Recall" automatically recalls any edits made to the snapshot; "Discard" forgets any edits made and returns the snapshot to its state when the preset was last saved. You must save the preset to store changes to snapshots regardless. The home screens camera icon turns red when set to Discard. Shortcut: Hold BYPASS and press SAVE to toggle this setting - Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo > Tempo Select - In addition to Global and Per Preset (still the default), Helix's tempo can now be set per snapshot. Shortcut: Touch TAP to briefly view and set this parameter - Global Settings > Footswitches > Preset Mode Switches - You can now determine whether each row in Preset footswitch mode (upper or lower) selects Presets, Snapshots, or Stomps. The default setting remains the same, but is now called 8 Presets - Global Settings > Footswitches > Snapshot Mode Footswitches - A new Global Settings > Footswitches parameter lets you set Snapshot mode footswitches as Auto Return (automatically returns to Preset or Stomp footswitch mode after selection) or Manual Return (stays in Snapshot footswitch mode until you press FS6 [CANCEL]) - Global Settings > Footswitches > Up/Down Switches - FS1 and FS7 now have three options: Bank Up/Down, Preset Up/Down, and Snapshot Up/Down, available from the Global Settings > Footswitches menu. Shortcut: Press and hold FS1 and FS7 for one second to cycle through Bank Up/Down, Preset Up/Down, and Snapshot Up/Down - Global Settings > Ins/Outs > USB In 1/2 Trim - Added the ability to attenuate the level of incoming USB 1/2 signals, so Mac/PC/iOS applications with no (or difficult-to-access) app-level volume control can be more easily blended with Helix's processing - Global Settings > Ins/Outs > Digital Out Level - Added the ability to adjust the digital (S/PDIF and AES/EBU) output level - Global Settings > EXP Pedals > EXP 1/2/3 Polarity - Added the ability to individually switch the polarity of EXP 1, 2, and 3, providing support for a wider variety of third-party expression pedals - Global Settings > EXP Pedals > EXP 1/2/3 Pedal Position - Global Settings > Footswitches > EXP Pedal Position has been split into separate parameters for each expression pedal. For example, EXP 1's wah position can be recalled per preset, EXP 2's volume position can act globally, and EXP 3's reverb depth control can be recalled per snapshot - Controllers to Variax Parameters - Controllers (including Snapshots) can now control/recall Variax parameters, so you can do cool stuff like toggle between two guitar models with a footswitch, control Variax's tone knob with an expression pedal, assign a momentary footswitch to drop D, recall completely different tunings with each snapshot, and more. There's nothing special to do; just assign a controller to Variax parameters like you would any other parameter - Per Preset Guitar In Impedance - Global Settings > Ins/Outs > Guitar In Impedance has been moved to the Input > Multi and Input > Guitar In block and is now recalled per preset. It appears at Knob 4 as Guitar In-Z. Now that its on the Home page, you can assign a footswitch or snapshot to it and determine how your guitars pickups are loaded in real time. The default has been changed to Auto. - Enhanced Tuner Display - The tuner display now shows an additional 3-cent to +3-cent row of bars, providing more granularity when the note played is close to being in tune. Accuracy remains the same. - MIDI Recall Indicator - Press PRESETS to open the Setlist menu. Dark text appears above Knob 2 and displays the necessary MIDI messages required to remotely recall the current setlist, preset, and snapshot so you don't have to go digging through the manual Other Improvements - Shortcut: Hold BYPASS and press a parameter knob to quickly remove any controller assignment (including the Snapshots controller). The value appears without brackets, indicating no controller is assigned to it - Shortcut: In Pedal Edit mode, press and hold FS10 (VALUE) and FS11 (VALUE+) to quickly scroll through values. Now Helix Rack/Control users can quickly adjust parameters with their feet when no expression pedal is connected - Shortcut: In Pedal Edit mode, press and hold a Time (or Speed) parameter switch to toggle between ms (or Hz) and note values, just like pressing the knob - Helix's pitch detect algorithms have been optimized and now track slightly faster - Parameters in the Global Settings menu have been reorganized to better reflect their category. For example, Tap Tempo Pitch has been moved to a new Preferences submenu and the Info submenu has been removed, as the current FW version now appears at the top of the Global Settings screen - On the Save, Name, and Customize screens, Knob 3 (Clear) has been replaced with Insert, which inserts a space and shifts all following characters to the right. You can still clear a character by pressing the joystick, which now cycles through A, a, 0, and [SPACE] - The Footswitch Assign page has been renamed Bypass Assign to better describe current and potential future functionality - Touch-hold any assigned stomp footswitch and the Customize button now also appears above Knob 5. The Customize button is grayed out if the footswitch has nothing yet assigned to it - On the Customize screens, Knob 4 now always displays a Remove button, regardless of whether a custom label has been assigned (solid button) or not (grayed out button) - When touching two stomp mode switches to swap their locations, the inspector text now tells you which two footswitches will be swapped - Recall snapshots remotely via an incoming MIDI CC message. A CC69 message with value 0 recalls Snapshot 1, value 1 recalls Snapshot 2, value 2 recalls Snapshot 3, and so forth - Footswitches in Looper mode now transmit corresponding MIDI CCs - Additions to and improvements made to the existing factory preset bundle - Re-leveled presets - The Helix Owners Manual has been updated to 2.0: http://line6.com/support/manuals/#effects Bug Fixes - Parameters could respond sluggishly when receiving lots of fast incoming MIDI CC data - FIXED - Some MIDI keyboards (including those by Roland and M-Audio) send active sensing messages every 300ms, which could sometimes affect Helix's MIDI input to the computer, causing intermittent dropouts - FIXED - Certain cab model defaults with 121 Ribbon mic could display as 421 Dynamic - FIXED - Rapidly moving EXP 1/2/3 while importing/exporting presets could result in data lockout - FIXED - Command Center > Copy/Paste All Commands would not copy customized labels - FIXED - Learn Controller would not work with FS1 or FS7 while in 10 Switches Stomp mode - FIXED - Helix wouldn't remember tuner output routing across power cycles - FIXED - After a factory reset, Global Settings > Ins/Outs > XLR Out Level would be set to Mic level until toggled, regardless of its displayed value - FIXED - Certain delay models Time parameter could only go down to 20ms, even if the display reflected a lower value - FIXED - The TAP footswitch's LED would reflect Global tempo instead of Per Preset tempo - FIXED - General stability improvements - Other minor bug fixes and optimizations]]> 2016-07-06 12:35:50 Helix 2.10 e561954 HELIX_FLOOR_v2_10_0_bundle.hxf Stupor OD (Mono, Stereo), based on* the BOSS® SD-1 Overdrive - Delay > Pitch Echo (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original * Paul Reed Smith and Archon are registered trademarks of Paul Reed Smith Guitars, LP. * BOSS is a registered trademark of Roland Corporation U.S. New Features - Auto Enable/Bypass blocks from EXP 1/2/3 and Variax Volume/Tone KnobsProcessing blocks (such as Wah, Pitch Wham, etc.) can now be enabled/bypassed by simply moving EXP 1, EXP 2, EXP 3, or Variaxs Volume or Tone knob. Press MENU and then Knob 1 (Bypass Assign). Turn Knob 1 (Switch) to select the desired switch. When selecting a continuous controller as a switch, Knob 2 (Position) and Knob 3 (Wait) appear. - Bypass Assign > PositionPosition determines the location in the Exp Pedal or Variax knobs travel where the block is engaged. For example, if set to 1%, the block will turn off as soon as the pedal is moved to the heel position. If set to 99%, the block will only turn on when the pedal is moved to the toe position. To swap the on/off state regardless of position, press the BYPASS button. - Bypass Assign > WaitWait determines how long it takes after the Exp Pedal or Variax Knob is moved below the Position location before the block turns off. For example, you may not want the Wah to turn off instantly every time you hit the heel position during your big funk solo. Also, does your song really need a big funk solo? - Block Bypass via MIDIIndividual processing blocks can now be enabled/bypassed via incoming MIDI CC messages. Press MENU and then Knob 1 (Bypass Assign). Turn Knob 4 (MIDI In) to choose the desired MIDI CC. Incoming CC values 0-63 will turn the block off; values 64-127 will turn the block on. Note that some MIDI CCs are reserved for global functions and cannot be selected. - Learn Bypass AssignAs with Controller Assign, you can also now quickly learn a source for bypassing the selected block instead of assigning it manually. On the Bypass Assign screen, press Knob 6 (Learn) and then engage the desired footswitch, expression pedal, Variax knob, or MIDI CC. Helix will show the switch above Knob 1 (Switch) or if its a MIDI CC message, above Knob 4 (MIDI In). - Clear All Bypass AssignmentsYou can now clear all bypass assignments at once. From the Bypass Assign screen, press ACTION and then Knob 1 (Clear All Assignments). Press Knob 6 (OK) to confirm. - Snapshot footswitch LED colorYou can now choose a color for each snapshot footswitch. Press the PRESETS knob and then Knob 6 (Rename Snapshot). Turn knob 5 (LED Color) to select the desired color. Auto Color is the default red. NOTE: There is currently no way to set snapshot footswitch color from the Helix application. - Split > Y Balance parametersThe old Split > Y block sends both left and right signals to Paths A and B equally. 2.10 adds individual balance (pan) control of the signals sent to Path A and B. By default, theyre set to Center, which behaves exactly like the old Split > Y block. - Support for MIDIpants Improvements/Changes - Added a Headroom parameter to Delay > Vintage Digital - Snapshots now recall the currently active expression controller (EXP 1 or EXP 2) for the built-in treadle - Split > Y can now be bypassed; when bypassed, the block sends both left and right signals to both paths equally (like the old Split Y block) - Looper Mode switch LEDs now display a dim/lit state to better reflect their current states - Non-selected Pedal Edit Mode parameter switch LEDs now display a dim state - Added forward slash [/] to list of characters for naming presets, setlists, snapshots, and Stomp mode custom labels - Bypass Assign > Knob 1 (Footswitch) has been relabeled Switch to better reflect all values - Tap Tempo no longer affects a presets dirty state (E icon) - Minor updates to the Factory Preset bundle - If a user fails to read and follow the update instructions, Helix will cause their car radio to only play polka death metal every Thursday from 1-3pm PST Bug Fixes - Errant graphics could appear when selecting an IR block from the Controller Assign page - FIXED - When assigning a command to EXP 3 on the Command Center page, the turquoise indicator could occasional fail to appear - FIXED - When sending/receiving Looper MIDI CC messages through external devices, MIDI feedback could occur - FIXED - General stability improvements - Other minor bug fixes and optimizations Known Issues - In very rare cases, corrupted presets containing a Volume/Pan > Volume Pedal block can cause volume to drop to 0%. In such cases, completely clear the Volume Pedal block and add again. If the same preset exhibits this behavior again, please contact Line 6 Customer Service and be ready to email us the raw preset so we can analyze it - Bypass Assign > Wait defaults to 300ms from the hardware and 100ms when selected within the Helix edit application - Copying and pasting a block assigned to auto enable/bypass from the Helix editor may result in a Cannot paste block error message while the Helix hardware confirms the block was indeed pasted correctly. Workaround: Save the preset to re-sync the application.]]> 2016-11-22 07:54:20 Helix 2.10 e561954 HELIX_RACK_V2_10_0_bundle.hxf Stupor OD (Mono, Stereo), based on* the BOSS® SD-1 Overdrive - Delay > Pitch Echo (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original * Paul Reed Smith and Archon are registered trademarks of Paul Reed Smith Guitars, LP. * BOSS is a registered trademark of Roland Corporation U.S. New Features - Auto Enable/Bypass blocks from EXP 1/2/3 and Variax Volume/Tone KnobsProcessing blocks (such as Wah, Pitch Wham, etc.) can now be enabled/bypassed by simply moving EXP 1, EXP 2, EXP 3, or Variaxs Volume or Tone knob. Press MENU and then Knob 1 (Bypass Assign). Turn Knob 1 (Switch) to select the desired switch. When selecting a continuous controller as a switch, Knob 2 (Position) and Knob 3 (Wait) appear. - Bypass Assign > PositionPosition determines the location in the Exp Pedal or Variax knobs travel where the block is engaged. For example, if set to 1%, the block will turn off as soon as the pedal is moved to the heel position. If set to 99%, the block will only turn on when the pedal is moved to the toe position. To swap the on/off state regardless of position, press the BYPASS button. - Bypass Assign > WaitWait determines how long it takes after the Exp Pedal or Variax Knob is moved below the Position location before the block turns off. For example, you may not want the Wah to turn off instantly every time you hit the heel position during your big funk solo. Also, does your song really need a big funk solo? - Block Bypass via MIDIIndividual processing blocks can now be enabled/bypassed via incoming MIDI CC messages. Press MENU and then Knob 1 (Bypass Assign). Turn Knob 4 (MIDI In) to choose the desired MIDI CC. Incoming CC values 0-63 will turn the block off; values 64-127 will turn the block on. Note that some MIDI CCs are reserved for global functions and cannot be selected. - Learn Bypass AssignAs with Controller Assign, you can also now quickly learn a source for bypassing the selected block instead of assigning it manually. On the Bypass Assign screen, press Knob 6 (Learn) and then engage the desired footswitch, expression pedal, Variax knob, or MIDI CC. Helix will show the switch above Knob 1 (Switch) or if its a MIDI CC message, above Knob 4 (MIDI In). - Clear All Bypass AssignmentsYou can now clear all bypass assignments at once. From the Bypass Assign screen, press ACTION and then Knob 1 (Clear All Assignments). Press Knob 6 (OK) to confirm. - Snapshot footswitch LED colorYou can now choose a color for each snapshot footswitch. Press the PRESETS knob and then Knob 6 (Rename Snapshot). Turn knob 5 (LED Color) to select the desired color. Auto Color is the default red. NOTE: There is currently no way to set snapshot footswitch color from the Helix application. - Split > Y Balance parametersThe old Split > Y block sends both left and right signals to Paths A and B equally. 2.10 adds individual balance (pan) control of the signals sent to Path A and B. By default, theyre set to Center, which behaves exactly like the old Split > Y block. - Support for MIDIpants Improvements/Changes - Added a Headroom parameter to Delay > Vintage Digital - Snapshots now recall the currently active expression controller (EXP 1 or EXP 2) for the built-in treadle - Split > Y can now be bypassed; when bypassed, the block sends both left and right signals to both paths equally (like the old Split Y block) - Looper Mode switch LEDs now display a dim/lit state to better reflect their current states - Non-selected Pedal Edit Mode parameter switch LEDs now display a dim state - Added forward slash [/] to list of characters for naming presets, setlists, snapshots, and Stomp mode custom labels - Bypass Assign > Knob 1 (Footswitch) has been relabeled Switch to better reflect all values - Tap Tempo no longer affects a presets dirty state (E icon) - Minor updates to the Factory Preset bundle - If a user fails to read and follow the update instructions, Helix will cause their car radio to only play polka death metal every Thursday from 1-3pm PST Bug Fixes - Errant graphics could appear when selecting an IR block from the Controller Assign page - FIXED - When assigning a command to EXP 3 on the Command Center page, the turquoise indicator could occasional fail to appear - FIXED - When sending/receiving Looper MIDI CC messages through external devices, MIDI feedback could occur - FIXED - General stability improvements - Other minor bug fixes and optimizations Known Issues - In very rare cases, corrupted presets containing a Volume/Pan > Volume Pedal block can cause volume to drop to 0%. In such cases, completely clear the Volume Pedal block and add again. If the same preset exhibits this behavior again, please contact Line 6 Customer Service and be ready to email us the raw preset so we can analyze it - Bypass Assign > Wait defaults to 300ms from the hardware and 100ms when selected within the Helix edit application - Copying and pasting a block assigned to auto enable/bypass from the Helix editor may result in a Cannot paste block error message while the Helix hardware confirms the block was indeed pasted correctly. Workaround: Save the preset to re-sync the application.]]> 2016-11-22 07:54:51 Helix Rack 2.11 2569431 Helix_FLOOR_v2_11_0_bundle.hxf Wait defaults to 300ms from the hardware and 100ms when selected within the Helix edit application - FIXED - General stability improvements - Other minor bug fixes and optimizations Known Issues - In very rare cases, corrupted presets containing a Volume/Pan > Volume Pedal block can cause volume to drop to 0%. In such cases, completely clear the Volume Pedal block and add again. If the same preset exhibits this behavior again, please contact Line 6 Customer Service and be ready to email us the raw preset so we can analyze it - Copying and pasting a block assigned to auto enable/bypass from the Helix editor may result in a Cannot paste block error message while the Helix hardware confirms the block was indeed pasted correctly. Workaround: Save the preset to re-sync the application. - EXP TOE cannot be bypass assigned using the LEARN option in Bypass Assign menu ]]> 2016-12-15 12:55:13 Helix 2.11 2569431 Helix_RACK_v2_11_0_bundle.hxf Wait defaults to 300ms from the hardware and 100ms when selected within the Helix edit application - FIXED - General stability improvements - Other minor bug fixes and optimizations Known Issues - In very rare cases, corrupted presets containing a Volume/Pan > Volume Pedal block can cause volume to drop to 0%. In such cases, completely clear the Volume Pedal block and add again. If the same preset exhibits this behavior again, please contact Line 6 Customer Service and be ready to email us the raw preset so we can analyze it - Copying and pasting a block assigned to auto enable/bypass from the Helix editor may result in a Cannot paste block error message while the Helix hardware confirms the block was indeed pasted correctly. Workaround: Save the preset to re-sync the application. - EXP TOE cannot be bypass assigned using the LEARN option in Bypass Assign menu ]]> 2016-12-15 12:55:35 Helix Rack 1.05 G70RX_1_05.wuf 2017-01-05 10:30:00 Relay G70 Receiver 1.05 G75RX_1_05.wuf 2017-01-05 10:30:00 Relay G75 Receiver 2.12 938685d Helix_FLOOR_v2_12_0_bundle.hxf Volume Pedal block can cause volume to drop to 0%. In such cases, completely clear the Volume Pedal block and add again. If the same preset exhibits this behavior again, please contact Line 6 Customer Service and be ready to email us the raw preset so we can analyze it ]]> 2017-01-09 12:47:41 Helix 2.12 938685d Helix_RACK_v2_12_0_bundle.hxf Volume Pedal block can cause volume to drop to 0%. In such cases, completely clear the Volume Pedal block and add again. If the same preset exhibits this behavior again, please contact Line 6 Customer Service and be ready to email us the raw preset so we can analyze it]]> 2017-01-09 13:21:30 Helix Rack 2.20 07d9434 Helix_RACK_v2_20_0_bundle.hxf Obsidian 7000 (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Darkglass Electronics® Microtubes B7K Ultra bass preamp/overdrive/EQ - Distortion > Clawthorn Drive (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Wounded Paw Battering Ram bass overdrive - Dynamics > 3-Band Comp (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original multiband compressor - Dynamics > Autoswell (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original - Modulation > PlastiChorus (Mono, Stereo), based on* the modded Arion SCH-Z chorus - Delay > Vintage Swell (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original - Delay > Adriatic Swell (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original - Pitch/Synth > 3 Note Generator (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original - Pitch/Synth > 4 OSC Generator (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original NOTE: As 3 Note Generator and 4 OSC Generator make sound without any instrument connected, their blocks are turned off by default. Press BYPASS to turn them on. * All product names are trademarks of their respective owners, which are in no way associated or affiliated with Line 6. New Features - Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo > Receive MIDI Clock: Helix can now synchronize its time-based effects (such as delay and modulation) to incoming MIDI clock from external DAW software, drum machines, keyboard workstations, or other modelers. Select Off (Helix ignores MIDI clock), MIDI (Helix responds to clock received at its MIDI IN jack), USB (Helix responds to clock received via USB), or Auto (Helix uses its internal tempo generator until receiving clock from either MIDI or USB) - Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo > Send MIDI Clock: Helix can now transmit MIDI clock to synchronize the tempo of external pedals, rack gear, and software. Select Off (Helix does not transmit clock), MIDI (Helix transmits clock from only the MIDI OUT jack), USB (Helix transmits clock only via USB), or MIDI+USB (Helix transmits clock from both MIDI and USB) - Variax Workbench HD Support: Variax can now communicate directly with Variax Workbench HD software (Mac/PC) through Helix via USB. IMPORTANT! Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo > MIDI over USB must be set to On. In addition, you MUST update Variax Workbench HD to version Workbench HD to version 2.13, available here: http://line6.com/software Windows users must also download the Helix USB driver, version 1.85, available here: https://line6.com/software/readeula.html?rid=7381 IMPORTANT! Variax Workbench uses MIDI channel 16. When connecting to Variax Workbench via Helix's USB port, do not assign Helix or any of Helix's Command Center messages to MIDI channel 16 or Omni (which includes channel 16). - Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo > MIDI PC Send/Receive has been split into two separate parameters: MIDI PC Receive and MIDI PC Send, and moved to Page 2. In addition, you may choose whether Helix sends or receives MIDI PC (program change) messages to/from MIDI, USB, both, or neither - Clear Bypass Assignment: Individual blocks bypass assignments can now be cleared. From the Bypass Assign screen, select the block whose bypass assignment(s) you wish to clear. Press ACTION and then Knob 1 (Clear Assignments). - Line 6 Allure Pack IRs: Line 6 has created a pack of five user impulse responses for use with Helix or any other modeler or software that supports them. Download the free Allure Pack here: www.line6.com/allure Improvements/Changes - Optimized GUI engine speeds up navigation and model selection - Receive MIDI Clock and Send MIDI Clock have also been added to the Tempo panel shortcut. At any time, touch TAP to open the Tempo panel. - When slaved to external MIDI clock, TAPs scribble strip text grays out and its switch LED ring flashes blue - Reverb > Plate, Room, Chamber, Hall, Echo, Tile, Cave, Ducking, and Octo have all been optimized to be less DSP-intensive - Pitch > Pitch Wham, Twin Harmony, Simple Pitch, Dual Pitch, and 3 OSC Synth have all been optimized to be less DSP-intensive - Non-selected Pedal Edit parameter switches now reflect dim block color - Inactive Looper function switches now appear as dim white - Additions to and improvements made to the existing factory preset bundle Bug Fixes - In very rare cases, corrupted presets containing a Volume/Pan > Volume Pedal block can cause volume to drop to 0% - FIXED - Certain Roland keyboards constantly spit out active sensing MIDI messages (with no way to disable them), which could affect Helix's MIDI transmission - FIXED - The Channel Volume taper for the Archetype amp model was incorrect - FIXED - Many other minor bug fixes and optimizations Known Issues - If a Variax guitar is connected to Helix, MIDI channel 16 should never be used, as channel 16 is how Variax Workbench communicates with the guitar. This is by design. On a related note, Variax Workbench should never be used while MIDI tracks are armed or playing back in your DAW - In rare cases, Helix may freeze when very rapidly changing presets while receiving MIDI clock - Helixs blue TAP LED flashes but tempo is not actually synced unless an audio device is selected in Ableton Live - Subtle stepping may be heard when adjusting the main VOLUME knob while audio is present - If a user fails to read and follow the update instructions, Helix will engage Snapshot 2 in preset 8 Templates > 32D every day at 4:30 AM]]> 2017-03-30 11:56:35 Helix Rack 2.20 07d9434 Helix_FLOOR_v2_20_0_bundle.hxf Obsidian 7000 (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Darkglass Electronics® Microtubes B7K Ultra bass preamp/overdrive/EQ - Distortion > Clawthorn Drive (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Wounded Paw Battering Ram bass overdrive - Dynamics > 3-Band Comp (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original multiband compressor - Dynamics > Autoswell (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original - Modulation > PlastiChorus (Mono, Stereo), based on* the modded Arion SCH-Z chorus - Delay > Vintage Swell (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original - Delay > Adriatic Swell (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original - Pitch/Synth > 3 Note Generator (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original - Pitch/Synth > 4 OSC Generator (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original NOTE: As 3 Note Generator and 4 OSC Generator make sound without any instrument connected, their blocks are turned off by default. Press BYPASS to turn them on. * All product names are trademarks of their respective owners, which are in no way associated or affiliated with Line 6. New Features - Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo > Receive MIDI Clock: Helix can now synchronize its time-based effects (such as delay and modulation) to incoming MIDI clock from external DAW software, drum machines, keyboard workstations, or other modelers. Select Off (Helix ignores MIDI clock), MIDI (Helix responds to clock received at its MIDI IN jack), USB (Helix responds to clock received via USB), or Auto (Helix uses its internal tempo generator until receiving clock from either MIDI or USB) - Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo > Send MIDI Clock: Helix can now transmit MIDI clock to synchronize the tempo of external pedals, rack gear, and software. Select Off (Helix does not transmit clock), MIDI (Helix transmits clock from only the MIDI OUT jack), USB (Helix transmits clock only via USB), or MIDI+USB (Helix transmits clock from both MIDI and USB) - Variax Workbench HD Support: Variax can now communicate directly with Variax Workbench HD software (Mac/PC) through Helix via USB. IMPORTANT! Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo > MIDI over USB must be set to On. In addition, you MUST update Variax Workbench HD to version 2.13, available here: http://line6.com/software Windows users must also download the Helix USB driver, version 1.85, available here: https://line6.com/software/readeula.html?rid=7381 IMPORTANT! Variax Workbench uses MIDI channel 16. When connecting to Variax Workbench via Helix's USB port, do not assign Helix or any of Helix's Command Center messages to MIDI channel 16 or Omni (which includes channel 16). - Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo > MIDI PC Send/Receive has been split into two separate parameters: MIDI PC Receive and MIDI PC Send, and moved to Page 2. In addition, you may choose whether Helix sends or receives MIDI PC (program change) messages to/from MIDI, USB, both, or neither - Clear Bypass Assignment: Individual blocks bypass assignments can now be cleared. From the Bypass Assign screen, select the block whose bypass assignment(s) you wish to clear. Press ACTION and then Knob 1 (Clear Assignments). - Line 6 Allure Pack IRs: Line 6 has created a pack of five user impulse responses for use with Helix or any other modeler or software that supports them. Download the free Allure Pack here: www.line6.com/allure Improvements/Changes - Optimized GUI engine speeds up navigation and model selection - Receive MIDI Clock and Send MIDI Clock have also been added to the Tempo panel shortcut. At any time, touch TAP to open the Tempo panel. - When slaved to external MIDI clock, TAPs scribble strip text grays out and its switch LED ring flashes blue - Reverb > Plate, Room, Chamber, Hall, Echo, Tile, Cave, Ducking, and Octo have all been optimized to be less DSP-intensive - Pitch > Pitch Wham, Twin Harmony, Simple Pitch, Dual Pitch, and 3 OSC Synth have all been optimized to be less DSP-intensive - Non-selected Pedal Edit parameter switches now reflect dim block color - Inactive Looper function switches now appear as dim white - Additions to and improvements made to the existing factory preset bundle Bug Fixes - In very rare cases, corrupted presets containing a Volume/Pan > Volume Pedal block can cause volume to drop to 0% - FIXED - Certain Roland keyboards constantly spit out active sensing MIDI messages (with no way to disable them), which could affect Helix's MIDI transmission - FIXED - The Channel Volume taper for the Archetype amp model was incorrect - FIXED - Many other minor bug fixes and optimizations Known Issues - If a Variax guitar is connected to Helix, MIDI channel 16 should never be used, as channel 16 is how Variax Workbench communicates with the guitar. This is by design. On a related note, Variax Workbench should never be used while MIDI tracks are armed or playing back in your DAW - In rare cases, Helix may freeze when very rapidly changing presets while receiving MIDI clock - Helixs blue TAP LED flashes but tempo is not actually synced unless an audio device is selected in Ableton Live - Subtle stepping may be heard when adjusting the main VOLUME knob while audio is present - If a user fails to read and follow the update instructions, Helix will engage Snapshot 2 in preset 8 Templates > 32D every day at 4:30 AM]]> 2017-03-30 11:56:55 Helix 2.20 07d9434 Helix_LT_v2_20_0_bundle.hxf Obsidian 7000 (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Darkglass Electronics® Microtubes B7K Ultra bass preamp/overdrive/EQ - Distortion > Clawthorn Drive (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Wounded Paw Battering Ram bass overdrive - Dynamics > 3-Band Comp (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original multiband compressor - Dynamics > Autoswell (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original - Modulation > PlastiChorus (Mono, Stereo), based on* the modded Arion SCH-Z chorus - Delay > Vintage Swell (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original - Delay > Adriatic Swell (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original - Pitch/Synth > 3 Note Generator (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original - Pitch/Synth > 4 OSC Generator (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original NOTE: As 3 Note Generator and 4 OSC Generator make sound without any instrument connected, their blocks are turned off by default. Press BYPASS to turn them on. * All product names are trademarks of their respective owners, which are in no way associated or affiliated with Line 6. New Features - Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo > Receive MIDI Clock: Helix can now synchronize its time-based effects (such as delay and modulation) to incoming MIDI clock from external DAW software, drum machines, keyboard workstations, or other modelers. Select Off (Helix ignores MIDI clock), MIDI (Helix responds to clock received at its MIDI IN jack), USB (Helix responds to clock received via USB), or Auto (Helix uses its internal tempo generator until receiving clock from either MIDI or USB) - Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo > Send MIDI Clock: Helix can now transmit MIDI clock to synchronize the tempo of external pedals, rack gear, and software. Select Off (Helix does not transmit clock), MIDI (Helix transmits clock from only the MIDI OUT jack), USB (Helix transmits clock only via USB), or MIDI+USB (Helix transmits clock from both MIDI and USB) - Variax Workbench HD Support: Variax can now communicate directly with Variax Workbench HD software (Mac/PC) through Helix via USB. IMPORTANT! Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo > MIDI over USB must be set to On. In addition, you MUST update Variax Workbench HD to version Workbench HD to version 2.13, available here: http://line6.com/software Windows users must also download the Helix USB driver, version 1.85, available here: https://line6.com/software/readeula.html?rid=7381 IMPORTANT! Variax Workbench uses MIDI channel 16. When connecting to Variax Workbench via Helix's USB port, do not assign Helix or any of Helix's Command Center messages to MIDI channel 16 or Omni (which includes channel 16). - Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo > MIDI PC Send/Receive has been split into two separate parametersMIDI PC Receive and MIDI PC Send and moved to Page 2. In addition, you may choose whether Helix sends or receives MIDI PC (program change) messages to/from MIDI, USB, both, or neither - Clear Bypass Assignment: Individual blocks bypass assignments can now be cleared. From the Bypass Assign screen, select the block whose bypass assignment(s) you wish to clear. Press ACTION and then Knob 1 (Clear Assignments). - Line 6 Allure Pack IRs: Line 6 has created a pack of five user impulse responses for use with Helix or any other modeler or software that supports them. Download the free Allure Pack here: www.line6.com/allure Improvements/Changes - Optimized GUI engine speeds up navigation and model selection - Receive MIDI Clock and Send MIDI Clock have also been added to the Tempo panel shortcut. At any time, touch TAP to open the Tempo panel. - When slaved to external MIDI clock, TAPs scribble strip text grays out and its switch LED ring flashes blue - Reverb > Plate, Room, Chamber, Hall, Echo, Tile, Cave, Ducking, and Octo have all been optimized to be less DSP-intensive - Pitch > Pitch Wham, Twin Harmony, Simple Pitch, Dual Pitch, and 3 OSC Synth have all been optimized to be less DSP-intensive - Non-selected Pedal Edit parameter switches now reflect dim block color - Inactive Looper function switches now appear as dim white - Additions to and improvements made to the existing factory preset bundle Bug Fixes - In very rare cases, corrupted presets containing a Volume/Pan > Volume Pedal block can cause volume to drop to 0% - FIXED - Certain Roland keyboards constantly spit out active sensing MIDI messages (with no way to disable them), which could affect Helix's MIDI transmission - FIXED - The Channel Volume taper for the Archetype amp model was incorrect - FIXED - Many other minor bug fixes and optimizations Known Issues - If a Variax guitar is connected to Helix, MIDI channel 16 should never be used, as channel 16 is how Variax Workbench communicates with the guitar. This is by design. On a related note, Variax Workbench should never be used while MIDI tracks are armed or playing back in your DAW - In rare cases, Helix may freeze when very rapidly changing presets while receiving MIDI clock - Additional MIDI Clock optimization and stability improvements forthcoming - If a user fails to read and follow the update instructions, Helix will engage Snapshot 2 in preset 8 Templates > 32D every day at 4:30 AM ]]> 2017-04-03 15:00:43 Helix LT 2.22 TylerVariax_2.22.vxf 2017-04-05 13:26:25 James Tyler Variax Variax Shuriken Variax Standard 2.21 61d1df5 Helix_FLOOR_v2_21_0_bundle.hxf 3 Note Generator and 4 OSC Generators behind-the-scenes Trails parameter was disabled, making it appear as if the Decay parameter was broken - FIXED - Distortion > Stereo > Clawthorn drive appeared slightly right of center - FIXED - Engaging/bypassing a block from a Stomp switch was slower than normal - FIXED - Turning the large Volume knob resulted in audible stepping while audio was active - FIXED - In rare cases, changing cab mic models while Helix is synced to incoming MIDI clock could result in brief UI lockup - FIXED - In rare cases, Helix could freeze when navigating the model list while receiving many tempo changes via MIDI clock - FIXED - In rare cases, pressing a Stomp mode footswitch could transmit a single MIDI Clock pulse - FIXED - In rare cases, Helix could freeze when accessing Global Settings while receiving MIDI Clock via USB - FIXED - Helix Rack/Control only: If an expression pedal is connected to Helix Control with its position set to heel down, its Global Settings > Pedals > Polarity is set to Inverted, and its Global Settings > Pedal > Pedal Position is set to Global, an audible blip can occur on preset load - FIXED - In rare cases, Helix can become unresponsive after copying specific block types onto another -FIXED - In rare cases, multiple bypass assigned footswitches with custom names can have bypass states swapped upon preset import - FIXED - Other bug fixes and optimizations Known Issues - If a Variax guitar is connected to Helix, MIDI channel 16 should never be used, as channel 16 is how Variax Workbench communicates with the guitar. This is by design. On a related note, Variax Workbench should never be used while MIDI tracks are armed or playing back in your DAW - If Helix is set to a preset with a Pitch/Synth > Generator block on before beginning the firmware update process, a short burst of audio may be heard after presets are rebuilt - If a user fails to read and follow the update instructions, Helix will add nine additional steps to the update process, one of which involves a shot of cheap mezcal]]> 2017-04-27 13:40:07 Helix 2.21 61d1df5 Helix_RACK_v2_21_0_bundle.hxf 3 Note Generator and 4 OSC Generators behind-the-scenes Trails parameter was disabled, making it appear as if the Decay parameter was broken - FIXED - Distortion > Stereo > Clawthorn drive appeared slightly right of center - FIXED - Engaging/bypassing a block from a Stomp switch was slower than normal - FIXED - Turning the large Volume knob resulted in audible stepping while audio was active - FIXED - In rare cases, changing cab mic models while Helix is synced to incoming MIDI clock could result in brief UI lockup - FIXED - In rare cases, Helix could freeze when navigating the model list while receiving many tempo changes via MIDI clock - FIXED - In rare cases, pressing a Stomp mode footswitch could transmit a single MIDI Clock pulse - FIXED - In rare cases, Helix could freeze when accessing Global Settings while receiving MIDI Clock via USB - FIXED - Helix Rack/Control only: If an expression pedal is connected to Helix Control with its position set to heel down, its Global Settings > Pedals > Polarity is set to Inverted, and its Global Settings > Pedal > Pedal Position is set to Global, an audible blip can occur on preset load - FIXED - In rare cases, multiple bypass assigned footswitches with custom names can have bypass states swapped upon preset import - FIXED - In rare cases, Helix can become unresponsive after copying specific block types onto another - FIXED - Other bug fixes and optimizations Known Issues - If a Variax guitar is connected to Helix, MIDI channel 16 should never be used, as channel 16 is how Variax Workbench communicates with the guitar. This is by design. On a related note, Variax Workbench should never be used while MIDI tracks are armed or playing back in your DAW - If Helix is set to a preset with a Pitch/Synth > Generator block on before beginning the firmware update process, a short burst of audio may be heard after presets are rebuilt - If a user fails to read and follow the update instructions, Helix will add nine additional steps to the update process, one of which involves a shot of cheap mezcal]]> 2017-04-27 13:40:33 Helix Rack 2.21 61d1df5 Helix_LT_v2_21_0_bundle.hxf 3 Note Generator and 4 OSC Generators behind-the-scenes Trails parameter was disabled, making it appear as if the Decay parameter was broken - FIXED - Distortion > Stereo > Clawthorn drive appeared slightly right of center - FIXED - Engaging/bypassing a block from a Stomp switch was slower than normal - FIXED - Turning the large Volume knob resulted in audible stepping while audio was active - FIXED - In rare cases, changing cab mic models while Helix is synced to incoming MIDI clock could result in brief UI lockup - FIXED - In rare cases, Helix could freeze when navigating the model list while receiving many tempo changes via MIDI clock - FIXED - In rare cases, pressing a Stomp mode footswitch could transmit a single MIDI Clock pulse - FIXED - In rare cases, Helix could freeze when accessing Global Settings while receiving MIDI Clock via USB - FIXED - Helix Rack/Control only: If an expression pedal is connected to Helix Control with its position set to heel down, its Global Settings > Pedals > Polarity is set to Inverted, and its Global Settings > Pedal > Pedal Position is set to Global, an audible blip can occur on preset load - FIXED - In rare cases, multiple bypass assigned footswitches with custom names can have bypass states swapped upon preset import - FIXED - In rare cases, Helix can become unresponsive after copying specific block types onto another - FIXED - Other bug fixes and optimizations Known Issues - If a Variax guitar is connected to Helix, MIDI channel 16 should never be used, as channel 16 is how Variax Workbench communicates with the guitar. This is by design. On a related note, Variax Workbench should never be used while MIDI tracks are armed or playing back in your DAW - If Helix is set to a preset with a Pitch/Synth > Generator block on before beginning the firmware update process, a short burst of audio may be heard after presets are rebuilt - If a user fails to read and follow the update instructions, Helix will add nine additional steps to the update process, one of which involves a shot of cheap mezcal]]> 2017-04-27 13:46:47 Helix LT 1.02.00 Fbv3_v1_02_00.hxf 2017-05-01 11:11:52 FBV3 1.30.00 Firehawk_FX_v1_30_00.tmf 2017-05-01 11:12:34 Firehawk FX 1.30.00 Firehawk_1500_v1_30_00.tmf 2017-05-01 11:12:37 Firehawk 1500 2.60.0 ToneMatch_v2_60_0.tmf 2017-05-16 12:00:00 AMPLIFi 150 AMPLIFi 75 2.60.0 ToneMatchDio_v2_60_00.tmf 2017-05-16 12:00:00 AMPLIFi 30 2.60.0 ToneMatchFloor_v2_60_0.tmf 2017-05-16 12:00:00 AMPLIFi FX100 2.61.00 ToneMatchDesktop_v2_61_00.tmf 2017-06-29 13:24:23 AMPLIFi TT 2.30 6c64116 HELIX_Floor_f045daafb_bundle.hxf Kinky Boost (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Xotic® EP Booster - Distortion > Thrifter Fuzz (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original - Dynamics > Kinky Comp (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Xotic® SP Compressor - Modulation > Bleat Chop Trem (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Lightfoot Labs© Goatkeeper - Modulation > Double Take (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original doubler - Delay > Cosmos Echo (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Roland® RE-201 Space Echo - Volume/Pan > Stereo Width (Stereo), Line 6 Original utility to collapse stereo paths * All product names are trademarks of their respective owners, which are in no way associated or affiliated with Line 6. New Features - Support for HX EditHelix, Helix Rack/Control, and Helix LT now work with the new HX Edit application (Mac/PC) - Full State Backup and RestoreHelix supports the all-new HX Edit applications ability to perform full-state backup and restore. IMPORTANT! You MUST be running Helix firmware 2.20 or higher to use full state backup and restore! In HX Edit, from the File pulldown menu, select Create Backup Click [Create Backup] to confirm. To restore from a backup, from the File pulldown menu, select Restore From Backup From the Backup File pulldown, select the desired backup and click [Restore Backup]. You may choose to restore any combination of 8 setlists, IRs (including the index order), and/or Global Settings. - Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo > Duplicate PC SendBefore 2.30, Helix would purposely omit MIDI PC messages with an identical value as the previous PC message. You may now choose to send duplicate PC messages - LFO resetStepping on TAP once now resets any LFO-based effects, such as tremolos and rotary speakers - Support for Variax Shuriken banksWhen a Variax Shuriken is connected, Helixs Input > Multi and Input > Variax blocks will reflect the proper factory bank names. These bank names are retained until a James Tyler Variax or Variax Standard is connected Improvements/Changes - The Distortion > Obsidian 7000 model has been tweaked to sound and feel even more like the original Bug Fixes - Turning the Cali IV Rhythm 1 models Master knob down can occasionally cause an increase in output volume -FIXED - When UK 846 and Teardrop 310 wah models Level and Mix parameters are set to 0, ~3dB of gain can be added -FIXED - Pitch blocks Interval parameters may not be properly restored after exporting and then importing a preset -FIXED - MIDI clock could become unstable for a brief time after adjusting certain parameters on the Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo page - FIXED - In the Command Center, if an Ext Amp message is assigned to a footswitch, Ext Amp messages assigned to Instant commands may not restore properly -FIXED - General stability improvements - Other minor bug fixes and optimizations Known Issues - In rare cases, MIDI note commands set to momentary can switch to latching - If its Mid and Bass parameters are set to 0.0, the Cali IV Lead Amp/Amp+Cab model sometimes exhibits a decrease in gain - If snapshot names have been cleared, preset names can sometimes appear blank when switching from Snapshot footswitch mode to Preset footswitch mode]]> 2017-11-21 15:23:48 Helix 2.30 6c64116 HELIX_Rack_f045daafb_bundle.hxf Kinky Boost (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Xotic® EP Booster - Distortion > Thrifter Fuzz (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original - Dynamics > Kinky Comp (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Xotic® SP Compressor - Modulation > Bleat Chop Trem (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Lightfoot Labs© Goatkeeper - Modulation > Double Take (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original doubler - Delay > Cosmos Echo (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Roland® RE-201 Space Echo - Volume/Pan > Stereo Width (Stereo), Line 6 Original utility to collapse stereo paths * All product names are trademarks of their respective owners, which are in no way associated or affiliated with Line 6. New Features - Support for HX EditHelix, Helix Rack/Control, and Helix LT now work with the new HX Edit application (Mac/PC) - Full State Backup and RestoreHelix supports the all-new HX Edit applications ability to perform full-state backup and restore. IMPORTANT! You MUST be running Helix firmware 2.20 or higher to use full state backup and restore! In HX Edit, from the File pulldown menu, select Create Backup Click [Create Backup] to confirm. To restore from a backup, from the File pulldown menu, select Restore From Backup From the Backup File pulldown, select the desired backup and click [Restore Backup]. You may choose to restore any combination of 8 setlists, IRs (including the index order), and/or Global Settings. - Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo > Duplicate PC SendBefore 2.30, Helix would purposely omit MIDI PC messages with an identical value as the previous PC message. You may now choose to send duplicate PC messages - LFO resetStepping on TAP once now resets any LFO-based effects, such as tremolos and rotary speakers - Support for Variax Shuriken banksWhen a Variax Shuriken is connected, Helixs Input > Multi and Input > Variax blocks will reflect the proper factory bank names. These bank names are retained until a James Tyler Variax or Variax Standard is connected Improvements/Changes - The Distortion > Obsidian 7000 model has been tweaked to sound and feel even more like the original Bug Fixes - Turning the Cali IV Rhythm 1 models Master knob down can occasionally cause an increase in output volume -FIXED - When UK 846 and Teardrop 310 wah models Level and Mix parameters are set to 0, ~3dB of gain can be added -FIXED - Pitch blocks Interval parameters may not be properly restored after exporting and then importing a preset -FIXED - MIDI clock could become unstable for a brief time after adjusting certain parameters on the Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo page - FIXED - In the Command Center, if an Ext Amp message is assigned to a footswitch, Ext Amp messages assigned to Instant commands may not restore properly -FIXED - General stability improvements - Other minor bug fixes and optimizations Known Issues - In rare cases, MIDI note commands set to momentary can switch to latching - If its Mid and Bass parameters are set to 0.0, the Cali IV Lead Amp/Amp+Cab model sometimes exhibits a decrease in gain - If snapshot names have been cleared, preset names can sometimes appear blank when switching from Snapshot footswitch mode to Preset footswitch mode ]]> 2017-11-21 15:24:04 Helix Rack 2.30 6c64116 HELIX_LT_f045daafb_bundle.hxf Kinky Boost (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Xotic® EP Booster - Distortion > Thrifter Fuzz (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original - Dynamics > Kinky Comp (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Xotic® SP Compressor - Modulation > Bleat Chop Trem (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Lightfoot Labs© Goatkeeper - Modulation > Double Take (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original doubler - Delay > Cosmos Echo (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Roland® RE-201 Space Echo - Volume/Pan > Stereo Width (Stereo), Line 6 Original utility to collapse stereo paths * All product names are trademarks of their respective owners, which are in no way associated or affiliated with Line 6. New Features - Support for HX EditHelix, Helix Rack/Control, and Helix LT now work with the new HX Edit application (Mac/PC) - Full State Backup and RestoreHelix supports the all-new HX Edit applications ability to perform full-state backup and restore. IMPORTANT! You MUST be running Helix firmware 2.20 or higher to use full state backup and restore! In HX Edit, from the File pulldown menu, select Create Backup Click [Create Backup] to confirm. To restore from a backup, from the File pulldown menu, select Restore From Backup From the Backup File pulldown, select the desired backup and click [Restore Backup]. You may choose to restore any combination of 8 setlists, IRs (including the index order), and/or Global Settings. - Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo > Duplicate PC SendBefore 2.30, Helix would purposely omit MIDI PC messages with an identical value as the previous PC message. You may now choose to send duplicate PC messages - LFO resetStepping on TAP once now resets any LFO-based effects, such as tremolos and rotary speakers - Support for Variax Shuriken banksWhen a Variax Shuriken is connected, Helixs Input > Multi and Input > Variax blocks will reflect the proper factory bank names. These bank names are retained until a James Tyler Variax or Variax Standard is connected Improvements/Changes - The Distortion > Obsidian 7000 model has been tweaked to sound and feel even more like the original Bug Fixes - Turning the Cali IV Rhythm 1 models Master knob down can occasionally cause an increase in output volume -FIXED - When UK 846 and Teardrop 310 wah models Level and Mix parameters are set to 0, ~3dB of gain can be added -FIXED - Pitch blocks Interval parameters may not be properly restored after exporting and then importing a preset -FIXED - MIDI clock could become unstable for a brief time after adjusting certain parameters on the Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo page - FIXED - In the Command Center, if an Ext Amp message is assigned to a footswitch, Ext Amp messages assigned to Instant commands may not restore properly -FIXED - General stability improvements - Other minor bug fixes and optimizations Known Issues - In rare cases, MIDI note commands set to momentary can switch to latching - If its Mid and Bass parameters are set to 0.0, the Cali IV Lead Amp/Amp+Cab model sometimes exhibits a decrease in gain - If snapshot names have been cleared, preset names can sometimes appear blank when switching from Snapshot footswitch mode to Preset footswitch mode ]]> 2017-11-21 15:24:15 Helix LT 2.50 fe6e8c1f7 Helix_F15_v2_50_0_bundle.hxf Multi Pass Delay (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original bandpass-filtered multitap delay - Reverb > Glitz Verb (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original - Reverb > Ganymede (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original - Reverb > Searchlights (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original - Reverb > Plateau (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original - Reverb > Double Tank (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original New Features - HX Edit support: HX Effects can now utilize the HX Edit application as a preset librarian and IR loader. Full preset editing capability is coming to HX Edit spring of 2018 - IR Support: HX Effects can now load user and third-party Impulse Response (IR) files via the HX Edit application Improvements/Changes - 12 of Helix's 18 reverbs originally appeared in M-Class processors. As such, they've been moved into the new Legacy subcategory within the reverb list - Optimized preset load time - Optimized Preset and 4 Switch Stomp Mode - Optimized Factory Presets - Inclusion and optimization of all M Class FX models Bug Fixes - General stability improvements - Other minor bug fixes and optimizations Known Issues - Restoring a backup while HX Effects is in Preset Mode causes scribble strips to quickly run through upper presets (Windows only) - MIDI Program Change 0 is sent out via MIDI Din on power up of the device - Stomp mode does not automatically appear after loading a preset from HX Edit when preset mode is set to momentary on device - Looper playback can stop after switching between presets that have different Looper Signal Flow position - Slight thump heard when loading Kinky Boost, Thrifter Fuzz, and Industrial Fuzz - M Class Delays can make warble noise when adjusting time parameters - Slight warble in audio can occur when changing the path of a Delay block in Signal Flow ]]> 2018-01-25 16:44:25 HX Effects 2.50 83f1d58 Helix_FLOOR_v2_50_0_bundle.hxf Multi Pass (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original bandpass-filtered multitap delay Reverb > Glitz (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original Reverb > Ganymede (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original Reverb > Searchlights (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original Reverb > Plateaux (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original Reverb > Double Tank (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original New Legacy Effects Models (77) Helix Floor, Rack/Control, and LT now include a library of effects from M13, M9, M5, DL4, DM4, FM4, and MM4. These appear in a new "Legacy" subcategory in the model list. Distortion > Tube Drive Distortion > Screamer Distortion > Overdrive Distortion > Classic Dist Distortion > Heavy Dist Distortion > Colordrive Distortion > Buzz Saw Distortion > Facial Fuzz Distortion > Jumbo Fuzz Distortion > Fuzz Pi Distortion > Jet Fuzz Distortion > Line 6 Drive Distortion > Line 6 Distortion Distortion > Sub Oct Fuzz Distortion > Octave Fuzz Dynamics > Tube Comp Dynamics > Red Comp Dynamics > Blue Comp Dynamics > Blue Comp Treb Dynamics > Vetta Comp Dynamics > Vetta Juice Dynamics > Boost Comp Modulation > Pattern Tremolo Modulation > Panner Modulation > Bias Tremolo Modulation > Opto Tremolo Modulation > Script Phase Modulation > Panned Phaser Modulation > Barberpole Modulation > Dual Phaser Modulation > U-Vibe Modulation > Phaser Modulation > Pitch Vibrato Modulation > Dimension Modulation > Analog Chorus Modulation > Tri Chorus Modulation > Analog Flanger Modulation > Jet Flanger Modulation > AC Flanger Modulation > 80A Flanger Modulation > Frequency Shift Modulation > Ring Modulator Modulation > Rotary Drum Modulation > Rotary Drm/Horn Delay > Ping Pong Delay > Dynamic Delay > Stereo Delay > Digital Delay > Dig w/ Mod Delay > Reverse Delay > Lo Res Delay > Tube Echo Delay > Tape Echo Delay > Sweep Echo Delay > Echo Platter Delay > Analog Echo Delay > Analog w/ Mod Delay > Auto-Volume Echo Delay > Multi-Head Pitch/Synth > Bass Octaver Pitch/Synth > Smart Harmony Pitch/Synth > Octi Synth Pitch/Synth > Synth O Matic Pitch/Synth > Attack Synth Pitch/Synth > Synth String Pitch/Synth > Growler Filter > Voice Box Filter > V Tron Filter > Q Filter Filter > Seeker Filter > Obi Wah Filter > Tron Up Filter > Tron Down Filter > Throbber Filter > Slow Filter Filter > Spin Cycle Filter > Comet Trails Improvements/Changes - 12 of Helix's 17 reverbs originally appeared in M-Class processors and Verbzilla. As such, they've been moved into the new Legacy subcategory within the Reverb category - Helix's tempo no longer responds to pressing TAP at tempi lower than 40.0 BPM (Beats Per Minute). This is to ensure that multiple fast tap entries are recognized properly, as previously, they could be seen as one really slow tap entry. You may still manually select a tempo all the way down to 20.0 BPM and your presets can still be saved with tempi down to 20.0 BPM - just touch TAP and turn Knob 6 (BPM) Bug Fixes In some cases, when Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo > Duplicate PC Send was set to "Off," duplicate PC messages could still be sent - FIXED In rare cases, MIDI note commands set to momentary could switch to latching - FIXED If its Mid and Bass parameters are set to 0.0, the Cali IV Lead Amp/Amp+Cab model could sometimes exhibit a decrease in gain - FIXED If snapshot names have been cleared, preset names could sometimes appear blank when switching from Snapshot footswitch mode to Preset footswitch mode - FIXED Helix LT: After restoring Global Settings from HX Edit, the EXP 1/2 LEDs could become responsive - FIXED Quickly switching between snapshots could cause Command Center > CC Toggle messages to send incorrect MIDI CC data - FIXED Known Issues Shuriken bank names only appear after connecting a Shuriken Variax guitar to Helix and opening Variax Workbench HD software When using two 1024 IR's in a preset, moving the upper IR block before or after a pre/post split block can change the sonic character of the IR block In rare cases, pitch artifacts may be heard on selected delay blocks when the Time parameter is set to Note Sync values higher than 1/2 Triplet ]]> 2018-02-07 13:15:04 Helix 2.50 83f1d58 Helix_LT_v2_50_0_bundle.hxf Multi Pass (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original bandpass-filtered multitap delay Reverb > Glitz (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original Reverb > Ganymede (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original Reverb > Searchlights (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original Reverb > Plateaux (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original Reverb > Double Tank (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original New Legacy Effects Models (77) Helix Floor, Rack/Control, and LT now include a library of effects from M13, M9, M5, DL4, DM4, FM4, and MM4. These appear in a new "Legacy" subcategory in the model list. Distortion > Tube Drive Distortion > Screamer Distortion > Overdrive Distortion > Classic Dist Distortion > Heavy Dist Distortion > Colordrive Distortion > Buzz Saw Distortion > Facial Fuzz Distortion > Jumbo Fuzz Distortion > Fuzz Pi Distortion > Jet Fuzz Distortion > Line 6 Drive Distortion > Line 6 Distortion Distortion > Sub Oct Fuzz Distortion > Octave Fuzz Dynamics > Tube Comp Dynamics > Red Comp Dynamics > Blue Comp Dynamics > Blue Comp Treb Dynamics > Vetta Comp Dynamics > Vetta Juice Dynamics > Boost Comp Modulation > Pattern Tremolo Modulation > Panner Modulation > Bias Tremolo Modulation > Opto Tremolo Modulation > Script Phase Modulation > Panned Phaser Modulation > Barberpole Modulation > Dual Phaser Modulation > U-Vibe Modulation > Phaser Modulation > Pitch Vibrato Modulation > Dimension Modulation > Analog Chorus Modulation > Tri Chorus Modulation > Analog Flanger Modulation > Jet Flanger Modulation > AC Flanger Modulation > 80A Flanger Modulation > Frequency Shift Modulation > Ring Modulator Modulation > Rotary Drum Modulation > Rotary Drm/Horn Delay > Ping Pong Delay > Dynamic Delay > Stereo Delay > Digital Delay > Dig w/ Mod Delay > Reverse Delay > Lo Res Delay > Tube Echo Delay > Tape Echo Delay > Sweep Echo Delay > Echo Platter Delay > Analog Echo Delay > Analog w/ Mod Delay > Auto-Volume Echo Delay > Multi-Head Pitch/Synth > Bass Octaver Pitch/Synth > Smart Harmony Pitch/Synth > Octi Synth Pitch/Synth > Synth O Matic Pitch/Synth > Attack Synth Pitch/Synth > Synth String Pitch/Synth > Growler Filter > Voice Box Filter > V Tron Filter > Q Filter Filter > Seeker Filter > Obi Wah Filter > Tron Up Filter > Tron Down Filter > Throbber Filter > Slow Filter Filter > Spin Cycle Filter > Comet Trails Improvements/Changes - 12 of Helix's 17 reverbs originally appeared in M-Class processors and Verbzilla. As such, they've been moved into the new Legacy subcategory within the Reverb category - Helix's tempo no longer responds to pressing TAP at tempi lower than 40.0 BPM (Beats Per Minute). This is to ensure that multiple fast tap entries are recognized properly, as previously, they could be seen as one really slow tap entry. You may still manually select a tempo all the way down to 20.0 BPM and your presets can still be saved with tempi down to 20.0 BPM - just touch TAP and turn Knob 6 (BPM) Bug Fixes In some cases, when Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo > Duplicate PC Send was set to "Off," duplicate PC messages could still be sent - FIXED In rare cases, MIDI note commands set to momentary could switch to latching - FIXED If its Mid and Bass parameters are set to 0.0, the Cali IV Lead Amp/Amp+Cab model could sometimes exhibit a decrease in gain - FIXED If snapshot names have been cleared, preset names could sometimes appear blank when switching from Snapshot footswitch mode to Preset footswitch mode - FIXED Helix LT: After restoring Global Settings from HX Edit, the EXP 1/2 LEDs could become responsive - FIXED Quickly switching between snapshots could cause Command Center > CC Toggle messages to send incorrect MIDI CC data - FIXED Known Issues Shuriken bank names only appear after connecting a Shuriken Variax guitar to Helix and opening Variax Workbench HD software When using two 1024 IR's in a preset, moving the upper IR block before or after a pre/post split block can change the sonic character of the IR block In rare cases, pitch artifacts may be heard on selected delay blocks when the Time parameter is set to Note Sync values higher than 1/2 Triplet ]]> 2018-02-07 13:16:00 Helix LT 2.50 83f1d58 Helix_RACK_v2_50_0_bundle.hxf Multi Pass (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original bandpass-filtered multitap delay Reverb > Glitz (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original Reverb > Ganymede (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original Reverb > Searchlights (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original Reverb > Plateaux (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original Reverb > Double Tank (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original New Legacy Effects Models (77) Helix Floor, Rack/Control, and LT now include a library of effects from M13, M9, M5, DL4, DM4, FM4, and MM4. These appear in a new "Legacy" subcategory in the model list. Distortion > Tube Drive Distortion > Screamer Distortion > Overdrive Distortion > Classic Dist Distortion > Heavy Dist Distortion > Colordrive Distortion > Buzz Saw Distortion > Facial Fuzz Distortion > Jumbo Fuzz Distortion > Fuzz Pi Distortion > Jet Fuzz Distortion > Line 6 Drive Distortion > Line 6 Distortion Distortion > Sub Oct Fuzz Distortion > Octave Fuzz Dynamics > Tube Comp Dynamics > Red Comp Dynamics > Blue Comp Dynamics > Blue Comp Treb Dynamics > Vetta Comp Dynamics > Vetta Juice Dynamics > Boost Comp Modulation > Pattern Tremolo Modulation > Panner Modulation > Bias Tremolo Modulation > Opto Tremolo Modulation > Script Phase Modulation > Panned Phaser Modulation > Barberpole Modulation > Dual Phaser Modulation > U-Vibe Modulation > Phaser Modulation > Pitch Vibrato Modulation > Dimension Modulation > Analog Chorus Modulation > Tri Chorus Modulation > Analog Flanger Modulation > Jet Flanger Modulation > AC Flanger Modulation > 80A Flanger Modulation > Frequency Shift Modulation > Ring Modulator Modulation > Rotary Drum Modulation > Rotary Drm/Horn Delay > Ping Pong Delay > Dynamic Delay > Stereo Delay > Digital Delay > Dig w/ Mod Delay > Reverse Delay > Lo Res Delay > Tube Echo Delay > Tape Echo Delay > Sweep Echo Delay > Echo Platter Delay > Analog Echo Delay > Analog w/ Mod Delay > Auto-Volume Echo Delay > Multi-Head Pitch/Synth > Bass Octaver Pitch/Synth > Smart Harmony Pitch/Synth > Octi Synth Pitch/Synth > Synth O Matic Pitch/Synth > Attack Synth Pitch/Synth > Synth String Pitch/Synth > Growler Filter > Voice Box Filter > V Tron Filter > Q Filter Filter > Seeker Filter > Obi Wah Filter > Tron Up Filter > Tron Down Filter > Throbber Filter > Slow Filter Filter > Spin Cycle Filter > Comet Trails Improvements/Changes - 12 of Helix's 17 reverbs originally appeared in M-Class processors and Verbzilla. As such, they've been moved into the new Legacy subcategory within the Reverb category - Helix's tempo no longer responds to pressing TAP at tempi lower than 40.0 BPM (Beats Per Minute). This is to ensure that multiple fast tap entries are recognized properly, as previously, they could be seen as one really slow tap entry. You may still manually select a tempo all the way down to 20.0 BPM and your presets can still be saved with tempi down to 20.0 BPM - just touch TAP and turn Knob 6 (BPM) Bug Fixes In some cases, when Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo > Duplicate PC Send was set to "Off," duplicate PC messages could still be sent - FIXED In rare cases, MIDI note commands set to momentary could switch to latching - FIXED If its Mid and Bass parameters are set to 0.0, the Cali IV Lead Amp/Amp+Cab model could sometimes exhibit a decrease in gain - FIXED If snapshot names have been cleared, preset names could sometimes appear blank when switching from Snapshot footswitch mode to Preset footswitch mode - FIXED Helix LT: After restoring Global Settings from HX Edit, the EXP 1/2 LEDs could become responsive - FIXED Quickly switching between snapshots could cause Command Center > CC Toggle messages to send incorrect MIDI CC data - FIXED Known Issues Shuriken bank names only appear after connecting a Shuriken Variax guitar to Helix and opening Variax Workbench HD software When using two 1024 IR's in a preset, moving the upper IR block before or after a pre/post split block can change the sonic character of the IR block In rare cases, pitch artifacts may be heard on selected delay blocks when the Time parameter is set to Note Sync values higher than 1/2 Triplet ]]> 2018-02-07 13:16:18 Helix Rack 2.53 fb468aa Helix_LT_v2_53_0_bundle.hxf 2018-03-01 13:02:04 Helix LT 2.53 fb468aa Helix_FLOOR_v2_53_0_bundle.hxf 2018-03-01 13:02:12 Helix 2.53 fb468aa Helix_RACK_v2_53_0_bundle.hxf 2018-03-01 13:02:37 Helix Rack 2.54 9efa95c Helix_FLOOR_v2_54_0_bundle.hxf 2018-03-22 11:27:23 Helix 2.54 9efa95c Helix_RACK_v2_54_0_bundle.hxf 2018-03-22 12:20:23 Helix Rack 2.54 9efa95c Helix_LT_v2_54_0_bundle.hxf 2018-03-22 12:20:37 Helix LT 2.54 e30616db3 HX_EFFECTS_v2.54.0_bundle.hxf 2018-03-22 12:20:49 HX Effects 1.00.1 a41_1.00.1.svu 2018-04-23 10:21:19 Spider V 20 1.00.00 a40_1.00.0.svu 2018-04-26 13:21:31 Powercab 112 Plus 2.23 TylerVariax_2.23.vxf 2018-04-26 14:33:04 James Tyler Variax Variax Shuriken Variax Standard 1.01.00 a40_1.01.0.svu 2018-06-19 11:27:09 Powercab 112 Plus 2.60 293b3b7d8 HX EFFECTS_v2_60_0_bundle.hxf Deranged Master (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Dallas Rangemaster Treble Booster - WARNING! Like the real thing, this model can take your head off! Works best before a distorted amp Distortion > Deez One Vintage (Mono, Stereo), based on* the BOSS© DS-1 distortion pedal (classic Made-in-Japan version) Distortion > Deez One Mod (Mono, Stereo), based on* the BOSS© DS-1 distortion pedal (Keeley mod version) Looper > 1 Switch Looper (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 original (doesn't leave Stomp mode) * All product names are trademarks of their respective owners, which are in no way associated or affiliated with Line 6. Using the 1 Switch Looper: Add a Looper > 1 Switch Looper block to your preset and assign it to a stomp footswitch. (Adding a 1 Switch Looper to HX Effects from Stomp view automatically assigns it to the selected footswitch.) Press the 1 Switch Looper switch. The LED lights red, indicating the loop is recording. Press the 1 Switch Looper switch again. The LED lights green, indicating the loop is playing back. Press the 1 Switch Looper switch again. The LED lights amber, indicating the loop is in overdub mode. Subsequent presses of the switch toggle between play and overdub mode. While the 1 Switch Looper is in play or overdub mode, press and hold the switch for 1 second. The most recent recording is undone. Holding the switch again will redo the recording. On Helix, Helix Rack/Control, and HX Effects, UNDO or REDO briefly appears on the scribble strip. On Helix LT, UNDO or REDO briefly appears in Performance view. Quickly double-press the 1 Switch Looper switch. Playback/recording stops and the LED lights white, indicating a loop is in memory. While Looper playback/recording is stopped, press and hold the switch. The recording is deleted and the LED lights dim white. Improvements/Changes The most recent new HX Reverb models have been tweaked to sound notably wetter (see Known Issues below) When changing the Time parameter, Legacy delay models now exhibit a more organic behavior (more like DL4 and Echo Pro) The Looper block is now called 6 Switch Looper (see Known Issues below) Synchronizing to incoming MIDI clock has been improved The Mix parameter defaults of both mono and stereo HX Reverbs are now consistent When loading a preset, its default MIDI program change message would be transmitted after the preset is loaded and any Instant commands were sent. This PC message is now sent immediately when the preset is selected Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: Shuriken Variax bank names now appear in the Input > Multi and Input > Variax block without requiring connection to Variax Workbench HX Effects only: On the Signal Flow page, if the Split block is selected and bypassed, it now appears with a different icon than when its enabled Many under-the-hood improvements Bug Fixes The Filter > Legacy > Obi Wah model is mono (should be stereo) - FIXED Modulation > Legacy > Analog Chorus > Mode parameter was mislabeled CH Vib - FIXED Pitch/Synth > Legacy > Smart Harmony > Key parameter was mislabeled V1 Key - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: After selecting a different preset, the Tempo > Preset BPM value display would not be updated - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: While the Looper (now 6 Switch Looper) is in playback mode, the LED on FS9 (Play/Stop) will go dim when exiting and then returning to Looper view - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: When the Tuner > Output routing is set to USB 5/6, the audio can instead be routed to USB 3/4 - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: If an Input block on Path 2A or 2B is set to None, its Input gate remains active if previously engaged - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: If Global Settings > EXP Pedals > EXP 1 Polarity is set to Inverted, EXP 2 Polarity could be affected - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: If a single Stomp mode footswitch is assigned to a block bypass and more than one parameter assignment, repeatedly touching the switch may not cycle through all assignments - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: Saving a preset with a Command Center Note On command can reset the note value to C-1 when quickly changing snapshots - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: In some cases, Command Center CC Toggle messages are not sent when selecting snapshots - FIXED Helix Rack/Control only: In rare cases, if the current preset in Helix Rack is particularly DSP-intensive and an expression pedal is connected to Helix Control, recalling a different preset or snapshot can cause Helix Control to freeze - FIXED Helix Rack/Control only: In rare cases, while quickly navigating presets, the preset name displayed on Helix Rack can sometimes not match that on Helix Control - FIXED HX Effects only: The Delay > Stereo > Multi Pass block in some factory presets appeared only with the left channel active - FIXED HX Effects only: Looper (now 6 Switch Looper) playback/recording can sometimes stop when changing presets, even if the target preset has the same type of looper (mono or stereo) - FIXED HX Effects only: In some cases, the Looper (now 6 Switch Looper) can continue to play when selecting an empty preset with no Looper block - FIXED HX Effects only: Selecting the Distortion > Thrifter Fuzz model can result in a brief thump accompanied by a high whine - FIXED HX Effects only: If a controller is assigned to a Modulation > Pattern Trem block parameter and the min value is greater than the max value, moving the controller can cause HX Effects to freeze - FIXED HX Effects only: Under rare, specific circumstances, parameters assigned to Note values could sometimes reset when recalling snapshots - FIXED HX Effects only: Loading certain presets can cause some model blocks to appear as None blocks - FIXED HX Effects only: Copying and pasting a block with many controller assignments can delete all controller assignments (and cause subsequent errors) after saving and then recalling the preset - FIXED HX Effects only: When Global Settings > Switches > Stomp mode is set to 4 Switches, the Looper (now 6 Switch Looper) could sometimes fail to display Record and Undo switches - FIXED HX Effects only: After a factory reset, recording a loop and then saving the preset could result in the loop being cleared - FIXED HX Effects only: The Split blocks bypass state could sometimes not be recalled via snapshots - FIXED HX Effects only: Receiving MIDI CC69 messages to recall snapshots can sometimes result in unpredictable block bypass states - FIXED HX Effects only: Attempting to assign a block to a footswitch that already has eight assignments can result in clearing one or more original assignments - FIXED HX Effects only: In rare cases, assigning the same EXP pedal to the same parameter twice in a row via Learn Controller can cause a scribble strips contents to disappear FIXED HX Effects only: Adjusting a parameter with an expression pedal while holding TAP/TUNER can result in the blocks parameters appearing in Tuner view - FIXED HX Effects only: When receiving an MIDI CC52, CC53, or CC54 message, HX Effects does not respond as expected - FIXED HX Effects only: When a Send 1/2 Output block is selected, parameters in the Controller Assign are incorrect - FIXED HX Effects only: After assigning a controller to the Pitch/Synth > Simple Pitch > Interval parameter, it appears as -2147483 in parameter spill view - FIXED HX Effects only: Certain parameters with both positive and negative values can sometimes cause the Controller Assign menus Min Value and Max Value parameter sliders to not reflect the correct value - FIXED HX Effects only: After assigning a footswitch to parameter control via Controller Assigns FS3 (Learn), relearning a MIDI CC message results in HX Effects automatically applying CC4, regardless of the CC# received - FIXED HX Effects only: Looper (now 6 Switch Looper) Undo function would not undo the most recent overdub - FIXED HX Effects only: While performing a Factory Reset, turning knobs 1-3 could cause Global Settings to appear above Footswitch 2 - FIXED HX Effects only: If a Wah block is changed to a Looper block, the Loopers Playback parameter is automatically assigned to EXP 2 - FIXED HX Effects only: After clearing three or more Command Center assignments, all saved Command Center snapshot data can be inadvertently cleared - FIXED HX Effects only: In rare cases, duplicate Command Center Instant commands can be transmitted when selecting snapshots - FIXED HX Effects only: When Global Settings > Pedals > EXP 1 Position or EXP 2 Position is set to Global, expression position may not always affect parameters globally - FIXED HX Effects only: After saving a preset, HX Effects would sometimes not display the most recently accessed block on a footswitch assigned to multiple blocks - FIXED HX Effects only: When the Tuner output is set to Send 1/2, signal flow audio sent to Send 1/2 can be muted - FIXED HX Effects only: In rare, specific circumstances, Command Center MIDI Bank/Prog and CC values can be inadvertently altered when changing snapshots - FIXED HX Effects only: Assigning 11 (!) parameters to a single controller, copying/pasting the block, and then moving the controller can cause HX Effects to freeze - FIXED HX Effects only: If the Mixer block is moved to Path B, moving the block would cause its parameters above Footswitch 3 to disappear - FIXED HX Effects only: While in the Save Preset menu, touching the TAP/TUNER switch to open the Tempo Panel will reset any recent custom name or save destination - FIXED HX Effects only: In some cases, manually setting a Wah, Volume, or Pitch Whams switch assignment can result in odd parameter slider behavior - FIXED HX Effects only: In the Command Center, any Bank/Prog messages CC00, CC32, and Prog parameters could not contain have a value of 0 - FIXED HX Effects only: If a block has a dual-state parameter assigned to a different footswitch, copying and pasting the block to another switch can fail to display white controller nodes and sometimes may freeze the UI - FIXED HX Effects only: Receiving a MIDI CC68 message does not open and close the Tuner view - FIXED HX Effects only: In some cases, Send 1/2 & Main L/R Pan and Level parameter settings are reflected across preset changes - FIXED HX Effects only: Snapshot names can sometimes fail to appear on the scribble strips - FIXED HX Effects only: EXP 1 and 2 would behave as if it was set to Per Preset, even when set to Global - FIXED Many other minor bug fixes and optimizations Known Issues As the new HX Reverb models have been tweaked to sound notably wetter, any existing user presets that use these models will sound different. Although Helix and HX hardware has the ability to compensate for changes made to models when rebuilding presets (and one of our goals is to rarely if ever cause audible changes to existing user presets), the improvements made to the reverb blocks unfortunately cannot be compensated for Existing user presets containing Helixs classic Looper block will continue to read Looper instead of 6 Switch-Looper until the model is changed and the preset is re-saved. This is normal and does not affect operation In rare cases, pitch artifacts may be heard on selected delay blocks when the Time parameter is set to Note Sync values higher than 1/2 Triplet ]]> 2018-07-02 12:27:30 HX Effects 2.60 41ed83b Helix_RACK_v2_60_0_bundle.hxf Deranged Master (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Dallas Rangemaster Treble Booster - WARNING! Like the real thing, this model can take your head off! Works best before a distorted amp Distortion > Deez One Vintage (Mono, Stereo), based on* the BOSS© DS-1 distortion pedal (classic Made-in-Japan version) Distortion > Deez One Mod (Mono, Stereo), based on* the BOSS© DS-1 distortion pedal (Keeley mod version) Looper > 1 Switch Looper (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 original (doesn't leave Stomp mode) * All product names are trademarks of their respective owners, which are in no way associated or affiliated with Line 6. Using the 1 Switch Looper: Add a Looper > 1 Switch Looper block to your preset and assign it to a stomp footswitch. (Adding a 1 Switch Looper to HX Effects from Stomp view automatically assigns it to the selected footswitch.) Press the 1 Switch Looper switch. The LED lights red, indicating the loop is recording. Press the 1 Switch Looper switch again. The LED lights green, indicating the loop is playing back. Press the 1 Switch Looper switch again. The LED lights amber, indicating the loop is in overdub mode. Subsequent presses of the switch toggle between play and overdub mode. While the 1 Switch Looper is in play or overdub mode, press and hold the switch for 1 second. The most recent recording is undone. Holding the switch again will redo the recording. On Helix, Helix Rack/Control, and HX Effects, UNDO or REDO briefly appears on the scribble strip. On Helix LT, UNDO or REDO briefly appears in Performance view. Quickly double-press the 1 Switch Looper switch. Playback/recording stops and the LED lights white, indicating a loop is in memory. While Looper playback/recording is stopped, press and hold the switch. The recording is deleted and the LED lights dim white. Improvements/Changes The most recent new HX Reverb models have been tweaked to sound notably wetter (see Known Issues below) When changing the Time parameter, Legacy delay models now exhibit a more organic behavior (more like DL4 and Echo Pro) The Looper block is now called 6 Switch Looper (see Known Issues below) Synchronizing to incoming MIDI clock has been improved The Mix parameter defaults of both mono and stereo HX Reverbs are now consistent When loading a preset, its default MIDI program change message would be transmitted after the preset is loaded and any Instant commands were sent. This PC message is now sent immediately when the preset is selected Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: Shuriken Variax bank names now appear in the Input > Multi and Input > Variax block without requiring connection to Variax Workbench HX Effects only: On the Signal Flow page, if the Split block is selected and bypassed, it now appears with a different icon than when its enabled Many under-the-hood improvements Bug Fixes The Filter > Legacy > Obi Wah model is mono (should be stereo) - FIXED Modulation > Legacy > Analog Chorus > Mode parameter was mislabeled CH Vib - FIXED Pitch/Synth > Legacy > Smart Harmony > Key parameter was mislabeled V1 Key - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: After selecting a different preset, the Tempo > Preset BPM value display would not be updated - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: While the Looper (now 6 Switch Looper) is in playback mode, the LED on FS9 (Play/Stop) will go dim when exiting and then returning to Looper view - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: When the Tuner > Output routing is set to USB 5/6, the audio can instead be routed to USB 3/4 - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: If an Input block on Path 2A or 2B is set to None, its Input gate remains active if previously engaged - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: If Global Settings > EXP Pedals > EXP 1 Polarity is set to Inverted, EXP 2 Polarity could be affected - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: If a single Stomp mode footswitch is assigned to a block bypass and more than one parameter assignment, repeatedly touching the switch may not cycle through all assignments - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: Saving a preset with a Command Center Note On command can reset the note value to C-1 when quickly changing snapshots - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: In some cases, Command Center CC Toggle messages are not sent when selecting snapshots - FIXED Helix Rack/Control only: In rare cases, if the current preset in Helix Rack is particularly DSP-intensive and an expression pedal is connected to Helix Control, recalling a different preset or snapshot can cause Helix Control to freeze - FIXED Helix Rack/Control only: In rare cases, while quickly navigating presets, the preset name displayed on Helix Rack can sometimes not match that on Helix Control - FIXED HX Effects only: The Delay > Stereo > Multi Pass block in some factory presets appeared only with the left channel active - FIXED HX Effects only: Looper (now 6 Switch Looper) playback/recording can sometimes stop when changing presets, even if the target preset has the same type of looper (mono or stereo) - FIXED HX Effects only: In some cases, the Looper (now 6 Switch Looper) can continue to play when selecting an empty preset with no Looper block - FIXED HX Effects only: Selecting the Distortion > Thrifter Fuzz model can result in a brief thump accompanied by a high whine - FIXED HX Effects only: If a controller is assigned to a Modulation > Pattern Trem block parameter and the min value is greater than the max value, moving the controller can cause HX Effects to freeze - FIXED HX Effects only: Under rare, specific circumstances, parameters assigned to Note values could sometimes reset when recalling snapshots - FIXED HX Effects only: Loading certain presets can cause some model blocks to appear as None blocks - FIXED HX Effects only: Copying and pasting a block with many controller assignments can delete all controller assignments (and cause subsequent errors) after saving and then recalling the preset - FIXED HX Effects only: When Global Settings > Switches > Stomp mode is set to 4 Switches, the Looper (now 6 Switch Looper) could sometimes fail to display Record and Undo switches - FIXED HX Effects only: After a factory reset, recording a loop and then saving the preset could result in the loop being cleared - FIXED HX Effects only: The Split blocks bypass state could sometimes not be recalled via snapshots - FIXED HX Effects only: Receiving MIDI CC69 messages to recall snapshots can sometimes result in unpredictable block bypass states - FIXED HX Effects only: Attempting to assign a block to a footswitch that already has eight assignments can result in clearing one or more original assignments - FIXED HX Effects only: In rare cases, assigning the same EXP pedal to the same parameter twice in a row via Learn Controller can cause a scribble strips contents to disappear FIXED HX Effects only: Adjusting a parameter with an expression pedal while holding TAP/TUNER can result in the blocks parameters appearing in Tuner view - FIXED HX Effects only: When receiving an MIDI CC52, CC53, or CC54 message, HX Effects does not respond as expected - FIXED HX Effects only: When a Send 1/2 Output block is selected, parameters in the Controller Assign are incorrect - FIXED HX Effects only: After assigning a controller to the Pitch/Synth > Simple Pitch > Interval parameter, it appears as -2147483 in parameter spill view - FIXED HX Effects only: Certain parameters with both positive and negative values can sometimes cause the Controller Assign menus Min Value and Max Value parameter sliders to not reflect the correct value - FIXED HX Effects only: After assigning a footswitch to parameter control via Controller Assigns FS3 (Learn), relearning a MIDI CC message results in HX Effects automatically applying CC4, regardless of the CC# received - FIXED HX Effects only: Looper (now 6 Switch Looper) Undo function would not undo the most recent overdub - FIXED HX Effects only: While performing a Factory Reset, turning knobs 1-3 could cause Global Settings to appear above Footswitch 2 - FIXED HX Effects only: If a Wah block is changed to a Looper block, the Loopers Playback parameter is automatically assigned to EXP 2 - FIXED HX Effects only: After clearing three or more Command Center assignments, all saved Command Center snapshot data can be inadvertently cleared - FIXED HX Effects only: In rare cases, duplicate Command Center Instant commands can be transmitted when selecting snapshots - FIXED HX Effects only: When Global Settings > Pedals > EXP 1 Position or EXP 2 Position is set to Global, expression position may not always affect parameters globally - FIXED HX Effects only: After saving a preset, HX Effects would sometimes not display the most recently accessed block on a footswitch assigned to multiple blocks - FIXED HX Effects only: When the Tuner output is set to Send 1/2, signal flow audio sent to Send 1/2 can be muted - FIXED HX Effects only: In rare, specific circumstances, Command Center MIDI Bank/Prog and CC values can be inadvertently altered when changing snapshots - FIXED HX Effects only: Assigning 11 (!) parameters to a single controller, copying/pasting the block, and then moving the controller can cause HX Effects to freeze - FIXED HX Effects only: If the Mixer block is moved to Path B, moving the block would cause its parameters above Footswitch 3 to disappear - FIXED HX Effects only: While in the Save Preset menu, touching the TAP/TUNER switch to open the Tempo Panel will reset any recent custom name or save destination - FIXED HX Effects only: In some cases, manually setting a Wah, Volume, or Pitch Whams switch assignment can result in odd parameter slider behavior - FIXED HX Effects only: In the Command Center, any Bank/Prog messages CC00, CC32, and Prog parameters could not contain have a value of 0 - FIXED HX Effects only: If a block has a dual-state parameter assigned to a different footswitch, copying and pasting the block to another switch can fail to display white controller nodes and sometimes may freeze the UI - FIXED HX Effects only: Receiving a MIDI CC68 message does not open and close the Tuner view - FIXED HX Effects only: In some cases, Send 1/2 & Main L/R Pan and Level parameter settings are reflected across preset changes - FIXED HX Effects only: Snapshot names can sometimes fail to appear on the scribble strips - FIXED HX Effects only: EXP 1 and 2 would behave as if it was set to Per Preset, even when set to Global - FIXED Many other minor bug fixes and optimizations Known Issues As the new HX Reverb models have been tweaked to sound notably wetter, any existing user presets that use these models will sound different. Although Helix and HX hardware has the ability to compensate for changes made to models when rebuilding presets (and one of our goals is to rarely if ever cause audible changes to existing user presets), the improvements made to the reverb blocks unfortunately cannot be compensated for Existing user presets containing Helixs classic Looper block will continue to read Looper instead of 6 Switch-Looper until the model is changed and the preset is re-saved. This is normal and does not affect operation In rare cases, pitch artifacts may be heard on selected delay blocks when the Time parameter is set to Note Sync values higher than 1/2 Triplet ]]> 2018-07-02 12:27:44 Helix Rack 2.60 41ed83b Helix_FLOOR_v2_60_0_bundle.hxf Deranged Master (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Dallas Rangemaster Treble Booster - WARNING! Like the real thing, this model can take your head off! Works best before a distorted amp Distortion > Deez One Vintage (Mono, Stereo), based on* the BOSS© DS-1 distortion pedal (classic Made-in-Japan version) Distortion > Deez One Mod (Mono, Stereo), based on* the BOSS© DS-1 distortion pedal (Keeley mod version) Looper > 1 Switch Looper (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 original (doesn't leave Stomp mode) * All product names are trademarks of their respective owners, which are in no way associated or affiliated with Line 6. Using the 1 Switch Looper: Add a Looper > 1 Switch Looper block to your preset and assign it to a stomp footswitch. (Adding a 1 Switch Looper to HX Effects from Stomp view automatically assigns it to the selected footswitch.) Press the 1 Switch Looper switch. The LED lights red, indicating the loop is recording. Press the 1 Switch Looper switch again. The LED lights green, indicating the loop is playing back. Press the 1 Switch Looper switch again. The LED lights amber, indicating the loop is in overdub mode. Subsequent presses of the switch toggle between play and overdub mode. While the 1 Switch Looper is in play or overdub mode, press and hold the switch for 1 second. The most recent recording is undone. Holding the switch again will redo the recording. On Helix, Helix Rack/Control, and HX Effects, UNDO or REDO briefly appears on the scribble strip. On Helix LT, UNDO or REDO briefly appears in Performance view. Quickly double-press the 1 Switch Looper switch. Playback/recording stops and the LED lights white, indicating a loop is in memory. While Looper playback/recording is stopped, press and hold the switch. The recording is deleted and the LED lights dim white. Improvements/Changes The most recent new HX Reverb models have been tweaked to sound notably wetter (see Known Issues below) When changing the Time parameter, Legacy delay models now exhibit a more organic behavior (more like DL4 and Echo Pro) The Looper block is now called 6 Switch Looper (see Known Issues below) Synchronizing to incoming MIDI clock has been improved The Mix parameter defaults of both mono and stereo HX Reverbs are now consistent When loading a preset, its default MIDI program change message would be transmitted after the preset is loaded and any Instant commands were sent. This PC message is now sent immediately when the preset is selected Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: Shuriken Variax bank names now appear in the Input > Multi and Input > Variax block without requiring connection to Variax Workbench HX Effects only: On the Signal Flow page, if the Split block is selected and bypassed, it now appears with a different icon than when its enabled Many under-the-hood improvements Bug Fixes The Filter > Legacy > Obi Wah model is mono (should be stereo) - FIXED Modulation > Legacy > Analog Chorus > Mode parameter was mislabeled CH Vib - FIXED Pitch/Synth > Legacy > Smart Harmony > Key parameter was mislabeled V1 Key - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: After selecting a different preset, the Tempo > Preset BPM value display would not be updated - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: While the Looper (now 6 Switch Looper) is in playback mode, the LED on FS9 (Play/Stop) will go dim when exiting and then returning to Looper view - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: When the Tuner > Output routing is set to USB 5/6, the audio can instead be routed to USB 3/4 - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: If an Input block on Path 2A or 2B is set to None, its Input gate remains active if previously engaged - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: If Global Settings > EXP Pedals > EXP 1 Polarity is set to Inverted, EXP 2 Polarity could be affected - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: If a single Stomp mode footswitch is assigned to a block bypass and more than one parameter assignment, repeatedly touching the switch may not cycle through all assignments - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: Saving a preset with a Command Center Note On command can reset the note value to C-1 when quickly changing snapshots - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: In some cases, Command Center CC Toggle messages are not sent when selecting snapshots - FIXED Helix Rack/Control only: In rare cases, if the current preset in Helix Rack is particularly DSP-intensive and an expression pedal is connected to Helix Control, recalling a different preset or snapshot can cause Helix Control to freeze - FIXED Helix Rack/Control only: In rare cases, while quickly navigating presets, the preset name displayed on Helix Rack can sometimes not match that on Helix Control - FIXED HX Effects only: The Delay > Stereo > Multi Pass block in some factory presets appeared only with the left channel active - FIXED HX Effects only: Looper (now 6 Switch Looper) playback/recording can sometimes stop when changing presets, even if the target preset has the same type of looper (mono or stereo) - FIXED HX Effects only: In some cases, the Looper (now 6 Switch Looper) can continue to play when selecting an empty preset with no Looper block - FIXED HX Effects only: Selecting the Distortion > Thrifter Fuzz model can result in a brief thump accompanied by a high whine - FIXED HX Effects only: If a controller is assigned to a Modulation > Pattern Trem block parameter and the min value is greater than the max value, moving the controller can cause HX Effects to freeze - FIXED HX Effects only: Under rare, specific circumstances, parameters assigned to Note values could sometimes reset when recalling snapshots - FIXED HX Effects only: Loading certain presets can cause some model blocks to appear as None blocks - FIXED HX Effects only: Copying and pasting a block with many controller assignments can delete all controller assignments (and cause subsequent errors) after saving and then recalling the preset - FIXED HX Effects only: When Global Settings > Switches > Stomp mode is set to 4 Switches, the Looper (now 6 Switch Looper) could sometimes fail to display Record and Undo switches - FIXED HX Effects only: After a factory reset, recording a loop and then saving the preset could result in the loop being cleared - FIXED HX Effects only: The Split blocks bypass state could sometimes not be recalled via snapshots - FIXED HX Effects only: Receiving MIDI CC69 messages to recall snapshots can sometimes result in unpredictable block bypass states - FIXED HX Effects only: Attempting to assign a block to a footswitch that already has eight assignments can result in clearing one or more original assignments - FIXED HX Effects only: In rare cases, assigning the same EXP pedal to the same parameter twice in a row via Learn Controller can cause a scribble strips contents to disappear FIXED HX Effects only: Adjusting a parameter with an expression pedal while holding TAP/TUNER can result in the blocks parameters appearing in Tuner view - FIXED HX Effects only: When receiving an MIDI CC52, CC53, or CC54 message, HX Effects does not respond as expected - FIXED HX Effects only: When a Send 1/2 Output block is selected, parameters in the Controller Assign are incorrect - FIXED HX Effects only: After assigning a controller to the Pitch/Synth > Simple Pitch > Interval parameter, it appears as -2147483 in parameter spill view - FIXED HX Effects only: Certain parameters with both positive and negative values can sometimes cause the Controller Assign menus Min Value and Max Value parameter sliders to not reflect the correct value - FIXED HX Effects only: After assigning a footswitch to parameter control via Controller Assigns FS3 (Learn), relearning a MIDI CC message results in HX Effects automatically applying CC4, regardless of the CC# received - FIXED HX Effects only: Looper (now 6 Switch Looper) Undo function would not undo the most recent overdub - FIXED HX Effects only: While performing a Factory Reset, turning knobs 1-3 could cause Global Settings to appear above Footswitch 2 - FIXED HX Effects only: If a Wah block is changed to a Looper block, the Loopers Playback parameter is automatically assigned to EXP 2 - FIXED HX Effects only: After clearing three or more Command Center assignments, all saved Command Center snapshot data can be inadvertently cleared - FIXED HX Effects only: In rare cases, duplicate Command Center Instant commands can be transmitted when selecting snapshots - FIXED HX Effects only: When Global Settings > Pedals > EXP 1 Position or EXP 2 Position is set to Global, expression position may not always affect parameters globally - FIXED HX Effects only: After saving a preset, HX Effects would sometimes not display the most recently accessed block on a footswitch assigned to multiple blocks - FIXED HX Effects only: When the Tuner output is set to Send 1/2, signal flow audio sent to Send 1/2 can be muted - FIXED HX Effects only: In rare, specific circumstances, Command Center MIDI Bank/Prog and CC values can be inadvertently altered when changing snapshots - FIXED HX Effects only: Assigning 11 (!) parameters to a single controller, copying/pasting the block, and then moving the controller can cause HX Effects to freeze - FIXED HX Effects only: If the Mixer block is moved to Path B, moving the block would cause its parameters above Footswitch 3 to disappear - FIXED HX Effects only: While in the Save Preset menu, touching the TAP/TUNER switch to open the Tempo Panel will reset any recent custom name or save destination - FIXED HX Effects only: In some cases, manually setting a Wah, Volume, or Pitch Whams switch assignment can result in odd parameter slider behavior - FIXED HX Effects only: In the Command Center, any Bank/Prog messages CC00, CC32, and Prog parameters could not contain have a value of 0 - FIXED HX Effects only: If a block has a dual-state parameter assigned to a different footswitch, copying and pasting the block to another switch can fail to display white controller nodes and sometimes may freeze the UI - FIXED HX Effects only: Receiving a MIDI CC68 message does not open and close the Tuner view - FIXED HX Effects only: In some cases, Send 1/2 & Main L/R Pan and Level parameter settings are reflected across preset changes - FIXED HX Effects only: Snapshot names can sometimes fail to appear on the scribble strips - FIXED HX Effects only: EXP 1 and 2 would behave as if it was set to Per Preset, even when set to Global - FIXED Many other minor bug fixes and optimizations Known Issues As the new HX Reverb models have been tweaked to sound notably wetter, any existing user presets that use these models will sound different. Although Helix and HX hardware has the ability to compensate for changes made to models when rebuilding presets (and one of our goals is to rarely if ever cause audible changes to existing user presets), the improvements made to the reverb blocks unfortunately cannot be compensated for Existing user presets containing Helixs classic Looper block will continue to read Looper instead of 6 Switch-Looper until the model is changed and the preset is re-saved. This is normal and does not affect operation In rare cases, pitch artifacts may be heard on selected delay blocks when the Time parameter is set to Note Sync values higher than 1/2 Triplet ]]> 2018-07-02 12:27:59 Helix 2.60 41ed83b Helix_LT_v2_60_0_bundle.hxf Deranged Master (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Dallas Rangemaster Treble Booster - WARNING! Like the real thing, this model can take your head off! Works best before a distorted amp Distortion > Deez One Vintage (Mono, Stereo), based on* the BOSS© DS-1 distortion pedal (classic Made-in-Japan version) Distortion > Deez One Mod (Mono, Stereo), based on* the BOSS© DS-1 distortion pedal (Keeley mod version) Looper > 1 Switch Looper (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 original (doesn't leave Stomp mode) * All product names are trademarks of their respective owners, which are in no way associated or affiliated with Line 6. Using the 1 Switch Looper: Add a Looper > 1 Switch Looper block to your preset and assign it to a stomp footswitch. (Adding a 1 Switch Looper to HX Effects from Stomp view automatically assigns it to the selected footswitch.) Press the 1 Switch Looper switch. The LED lights red, indicating the loop is recording. Press the 1 Switch Looper switch again. The LED lights green, indicating the loop is playing back. Press the 1 Switch Looper switch again. The LED lights amber, indicating the loop is in overdub mode. Subsequent presses of the switch toggle between play and overdub mode. While the 1 Switch Looper is in play or overdub mode, press and hold the switch for 1 second. The most recent recording is undone. Holding the switch again will redo the recording. On Helix, Helix Rack/Control, and HX Effects, UNDO or REDO briefly appears on the scribble strip. On Helix LT, UNDO or REDO briefly appears in Performance view. Quickly double-press the 1 Switch Looper switch. Playback/recording stops and the LED lights white, indicating a loop is in memory. While Looper playback/recording is stopped, press and hold the switch. The recording is deleted and the LED lights dim white. Improvements/Changes The most recent new HX Reverb models have been tweaked to sound notably wetter (see Known Issues below) When changing the Time parameter, Legacy delay models now exhibit a more organic behavior (more like DL4 and Echo Pro) The Looper block is now called 6 Switch Looper (see Known Issues below) Synchronizing to incoming MIDI clock has been improved The Mix parameter defaults of both mono and stereo HX Reverbs are now consistent When loading a preset, its default MIDI program change message would be transmitted after the preset is loaded and any Instant commands were sent. This PC message is now sent immediately when the preset is selected Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: Shuriken Variax bank names now appear in the Input > Multi and Input > Variax block without requiring connection to Variax Workbench HX Effects only: On the Signal Flow page, if the Split block is selected and bypassed, it now appears with a different icon than when its enabled Many under-the-hood improvements Bug Fixes The Filter > Legacy > Obi Wah model is mono (should be stereo) - FIXED Modulation > Legacy > Analog Chorus > Mode parameter was mislabeled CH Vib - FIXED Pitch/Synth > Legacy > Smart Harmony > Key parameter was mislabeled V1 Key - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: After selecting a different preset, the Tempo > Preset BPM value display would not be updated - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: While the Looper (now 6 Switch Looper) is in playback mode, the LED on FS9 (Play/Stop) will go dim when exiting and then returning to Looper view - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: When the Tuner > Output routing is set to USB 5/6, the audio can instead be routed to USB 3/4 - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: If an Input block on Path 2A or 2B is set to None, its Input gate remains active if previously engaged - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: If Global Settings > EXP Pedals > EXP 1 Polarity is set to Inverted, EXP 2 Polarity could be affected - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: If a single Stomp mode footswitch is assigned to a block bypass and more than one parameter assignment, repeatedly touching the switch may not cycle through all assignments - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: Saving a preset with a Command Center Note On command can reset the note value to C-1 when quickly changing snapshots - FIXED Helix, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT only: In some cases, Command Center CC Toggle messages are not sent when selecting snapshots - FIXED Helix Rack/Control only: In rare cases, if the current preset in Helix Rack is particularly DSP-intensive and an expression pedal is connected to Helix Control, recalling a different preset or snapshot can cause Helix Control to freeze - FIXED Helix Rack/Control only: In rare cases, while quickly navigating presets, the preset name displayed on Helix Rack can sometimes not match that on Helix Control - FIXED HX Effects only: The Delay > Stereo > Multi Pass block in some factory presets appeared only with the left channel active - FIXED HX Effects only: Looper (now 6 Switch Looper) playback/recording can sometimes stop when changing presets, even if the target preset has the same type of looper (mono or stereo) - FIXED HX Effects only: In some cases, the Looper (now 6 Switch Looper) can continue to play when selecting an empty preset with no Looper block - FIXED HX Effects only: Selecting the Distortion > Thrifter Fuzz model can result in a brief thump accompanied by a high whine - FIXED HX Effects only: If a controller is assigned to a Modulation > Pattern Trem block parameter and the min value is greater than the max value, moving the controller can cause HX Effects to freeze - FIXED HX Effects only: Under rare, specific circumstances, parameters assigned to Note values could sometimes reset when recalling snapshots - FIXED HX Effects only: Loading certain presets can cause some model blocks to appear as None blocks - FIXED HX Effects only: Copying and pasting a block with many controller assignments can delete all controller assignments (and cause subsequent errors) after saving and then recalling the preset - FIXED HX Effects only: When Global Settings > Switches > Stomp mode is set to 4 Switches, the Looper (now 6 Switch Looper) could sometimes fail to display Record and Undo switches - FIXED HX Effects only: After a factory reset, recording a loop and then saving the preset could result in the loop being cleared - FIXED HX Effects only: The Split blocks bypass state could sometimes not be recalled via snapshots - FIXED HX Effects only: Receiving MIDI CC69 messages to recall snapshots can sometimes result in unpredictable block bypass states - FIXED HX Effects only: Attempting to assign a block to a footswitch that already has eight assignments can result in clearing one or more original assignments - FIXED HX Effects only: In rare cases, assigning the same EXP pedal to the same parameter twice in a row via Learn Controller can cause a scribble strips contents to disappear FIXED HX Effects only: Adjusting a parameter with an expression pedal while holding TAP/TUNER can result in the blocks parameters appearing in Tuner view - FIXED HX Effects only: When receiving an MIDI CC52, CC53, or CC54 message, HX Effects does not respond as expected - FIXED HX Effects only: When a Send 1/2 Output block is selected, parameters in the Controller Assign are incorrect - FIXED HX Effects only: After assigning a controller to the Pitch/Synth > Simple Pitch > Interval parameter, it appears as -2147483 in parameter spill view - FIXED HX Effects only: Certain parameters with both positive and negative values can sometimes cause the Controller Assign menus Min Value and Max Value parameter sliders to not reflect the correct value - FIXED HX Effects only: After assigning a footswitch to parameter control via Controller Assigns FS3 (Learn), relearning a MIDI CC message results in HX Effects automatically applying CC4, regardless of the CC# received - FIXED HX Effects only: Looper (now 6 Switch Looper) Undo function would not undo the most recent overdub - FIXED HX Effects only: While performing a Factory Reset, turning knobs 1-3 could cause Global Settings to appear above Footswitch 2 - FIXED HX Effects only: If a Wah block is changed to a Looper block, the Loopers Playback parameter is automatically assigned to EXP 2 - FIXED HX Effects only: After clearing three or more Command Center assignments, all saved Command Center snapshot data can be inadvertently cleared - FIXED HX Effects only: In rare cases, duplicate Command Center Instant commands can be transmitted when selecting snapshots - FIXED HX Effects only: When Global Settings > Pedals > EXP 1 Position or EXP 2 Position is set to Global, expression position may not always affect parameters globally - FIXED HX Effects only: After saving a preset, HX Effects would sometimes not display the most recently accessed block on a footswitch assigned to multiple blocks - FIXED HX Effects only: When the Tuner output is set to Send 1/2, signal flow audio sent to Send 1/2 can be muted - FIXED HX Effects only: In rare, specific circumstances, Command Center MIDI Bank/Prog and CC values can be inadvertently altered when changing snapshots - FIXED HX Effects only: Assigning 11 (!) parameters to a single controller, copying/pasting the block, and then moving the controller can cause HX Effects to freeze - FIXED HX Effects only: If the Mixer block is moved to Path B, moving the block would cause its parameters above Footswitch 3 to disappear - FIXED HX Effects only: While in the Save Preset menu, touching the TAP/TUNER switch to open the Tempo Panel will reset any recent custom name or save destination - FIXED HX Effects only: In some cases, manually setting a Wah, Volume, or Pitch Whams switch assignment can result in odd parameter slider behavior - FIXED HX Effects only: In the Command Center, any Bank/Prog messages CC00, CC32, and Prog parameters could not contain have a value of 0 - FIXED HX Effects only: If a block has a dual-state parameter assigned to a different footswitch, copying and pasting the block to another switch can fail to display white controller nodes and sometimes may freeze the UI - FIXED HX Effects only: Receiving a MIDI CC68 message does not open and close the Tuner view - FIXED HX Effects only: In some cases, Send 1/2 & Main L/R Pan and Level parameter settings are reflected across preset changes - FIXED HX Effects only: Snapshot names can sometimes fail to appear on the scribble strips - FIXED HX Effects only: EXP 1 and 2 would behave as if it was set to Per Preset, even when set to Global - FIXED Many other minor bug fixes and optimizations Known Issues As the new HX Reverb models have been tweaked to sound notably wetter, any existing user presets that use these models will sound different. Although Helix and HX hardware has the ability to compensate for changes made to models when rebuilding presets (and one of our goals is to rarely if ever cause audible changes to existing user presets), the improvements made to the reverb blocks unfortunately cannot be compensated for Existing user presets containing Helixs classic Looper block will continue to read Looper instead of 6 Switch-Looper until the model is changed and the preset is re-saved. This is normal and does not affect operation In rare cases, pitch artifacts may be heard on selected delay blocks when the Time parameter is set to Note Sync values higher than 1/2 Triplet ]]> 2018-07-02 12:28:17 Helix LT 2.70 35792afdf HELIX_Rack_v2.70.0_35792afdf_bundle.hxf together to open the Tuner screen - HX Stomp onlyShortcut: Press ACTION and Preferences > Snapshot Edits value BUG FIXES Helix Floor, Rack, LT only - A couple of amp models (including Cali Texas Ch 2) have their polarity reversed. When combined with another amp in parallel, this could cause phase cancellation. NOTE: This may affect the sound of some presets, especially if you swapped the polarity of Path B in the mixer block -  FIXED Helix Floor, Rack, LT only - Amp > Cali Texas Ch 1 could gradually decrease in level when Mid and/or Bass parameters are set to 0.0  - FIXED Helix Floor, Rack, LT only - Delay models with two Time parameters could sometimes reset note divisions when changing snapshots - FIXED HX Effects only - Clearing or cutting a block on Path B from HX Edit could sometimes HX Effects to freeze when in stomp footswitch mode - FIXED HX Effects only - Switching from a preset with a Split > Crossover block to a preset with a Split > A/B block could sometimes cause HX Effects to freeze - FIXED HX Effects only - When EXP Position is set to Global, the expression pedal's position could not be recalled immediately after switching presets, which could cause undesired signals to pass through - FIXED HX Effects only - In rare cases, exiting the Tuner could sometimes slightly adjust signal level and tone - FIXED HX Effects only - When connecting both left and right inputs, exiting the tuner could sometimes cause the right side of certain effects blocks to not be heard - FIXED HX Effects only - In very rare cases, engaging a certain combination of footswitches while connected to HX Edit and then power cycling HX Effects could clear certain blocks - FIXED HX Effects only - From HX Edit, copying and pasting an Output block over itself could sometimes paste Mixer parameters - FIXED HX Effects only - Switching Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo > Tempo Select values while transmitting MIDI clock could sometimes result in sending incorrect tempi - FIXED HX Effects only - After resetting Global Settings, Tap Tempo could become unresponsive while receiving MIDI Clock - FIXED HX Effects only - HX Edit would not reflect the Looper > 1 Switch Looper's bypass status - FIXED HX Effects only - Mixer parameter values could inadvertently be copied into new empty presets - FIXED HX Effects only - Quickly changing snapshots from HX Edit could sometimes cause hardware and software to disconnect - FIXED Helix Native only - Control/Command-click on parameter slider would not always snap to the hardware's default value - FIXED **Many other minor bug fixes and improvements** KNOWN ISSUES *IMPORTANT: The three new tuner types only appear for those registered users who didn't complain incessantly about Helix's previous tuner on social media. For those who did complain (AND WE KNOW WHO YOU ARE), the new tuner will be unlocked once you perform ONE of the following: 1. Post a photo of yourself on the Helix Facebook Group with the "><" logo written on your forehead in black Sharpie (washable magic marker is acceptable). The admins have been given the authority to unlock units with flagged serial numbers; assuming business hours, please allow 1-2 hours for the new tuner page to be unlocked (NOTE: You may have to restart Helix/HX for the new tuner page to appear) 2. Post a meme of Arnold Schwarzenegger from Kindergarten Cop yelling "IT'S NOT A TUNAAHH!" on either the Line 6 Helix or The Gear Page > Digital and Modeling Gear forum. Be sure to use the proper Impact font. Memes will not be judged for their artistic merit, although the spelling must be correct. Again, admins have been given the authority to unlock units with flagged serial numbers 3. If you'd prefer to participate silently, you may instead manually rename 47 presets "Patience is Key" (NOTE: Will not work from HX Edit; nor can you just copy one "Patience is Key" preset into 46 additional locations. You must manually rename each one. Once all 47 presets have been named correctly, the inspector [or FS5 on HX Effects] will read "Tuners unlocked!") - HX Effects only - When Tuner Type is set to "Strobe" and your string is waaay out of tune, the graphic tuner nodes may appear a bit glitchy - HX Effects only - In rare cases, moving an Impulse Response block from Path A to Path B can cause a second IR block to reset its impulse selection - Importing bundles containing Marketplace assets can take notably longer - When manually engaging a rebuild presets command (holding FS1+2 or FS2+3), Helix can appear to freeze even though it doesn't. Wait 15-20 seconds for the rebuild to complete and all is well - Loading a Distortion > Kinky Boost block can sometimes result in an audible thump - HX Edit currently only supports one or two Helix or HX devices connected at the same time (true multi-device support is forthcoming) Wait, are you serious about the sharpie forehead, Schwarzenegger meme, and renaming 47 presets thing? No. This is why you always read the entire release notes ]]> 2018-10-17 09:11:02 Helix Rack 2.70 35792afdf HELIX_LT_v2.70.0_35792afdf_bundle.hxf together to open the Tuner screen - HX Stomp onlyShortcut: Press ACTION and Preferences > Snapshot Edits value BUG FIXES Helix Floor, Rack, LT only - A couple of amp models (including Cali Texas Ch 2) have their polarity reversed. When combined with another amp in parallel, this could cause phase cancellation. NOTE: This may affect the sound of some presets, especially if you swapped the polarity of Path B in the mixer block -  FIXED Helix Floor, Rack, LT only - Amp > Cali Texas Ch 1 could gradually decrease in level when Mid and/or Bass parameters are set to 0.0  - FIXED Helix Floor, Rack, LT only - Delay models with two Time parameters could sometimes reset note divisions when changing snapshots - FIXED HX Effects only - Clearing or cutting a block on Path B from HX Edit could sometimes HX Effects to freeze when in stomp footswitch mode - FIXED HX Effects only - Switching from a preset with a Split > Crossover block to a preset with a Split > A/B block could sometimes cause HX Effects to freeze - FIXED HX Effects only - When EXP Position is set to Global, the expression pedal's position could not be recalled immediately after switching presets, which could cause undesired signals to pass through - FIXED HX Effects only - In rare cases, exiting the Tuner could sometimes slightly adjust signal level and tone - FIXED HX Effects only - When connecting both left and right inputs, exiting the tuner could sometimes cause the right side of certain effects blocks to not be heard - FIXED HX Effects only - In very rare cases, engaging a certain combination of footswitches while connected to HX Edit and then power cycling HX Effects could clear certain blocks - FIXED HX Effects only - From HX Edit, copying and pasting an Output block over itself could sometimes paste Mixer parameters - FIXED HX Effects only - Switching Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo > Tempo Select values while transmitting MIDI clock could sometimes result in sending incorrect tempi - FIXED HX Effects only - After resetting Global Settings, Tap Tempo could become unresponsive while receiving MIDI Clock - FIXED HX Effects only - HX Edit would not reflect the Looper > 1 Switch Looper's bypass status - FIXED HX Effects only - Mixer parameter values could inadvertently be copied into new empty presets - FIXED HX Effects only - Quickly changing snapshots from HX Edit could sometimes cause hardware and software to disconnect - FIXED Helix Native only - Control/Command-click on parameter slider would not always snap to the hardware's default value - FIXED **Many other minor bug fixes and improvements** KNOWN ISSUES *IMPORTANT: The three new tuner types only appear for those registered users who didn't complain incessantly about Helix's previous tuner on social media. For those who did complain (AND WE KNOW WHO YOU ARE), the new tuner will be unlocked once you perform ONE of the following: 1. Post a photo of yourself on the Helix Facebook Group with the "><" logo written on your forehead in black Sharpie (washable magic marker is acceptable). The admins have been given the authority to unlock units with flagged serial numbers; assuming business hours, please allow 1-2 hours for the new tuner page to be unlocked (NOTE: You may have to restart Helix/HX for the new tuner page to appear) 2. Post a meme of Arnold Schwarzenegger from Kindergarten Cop yelling "IT'S NOT A TUNAAHH!" on either the Line 6 Helix or The Gear Page > Digital and Modeling Gear forum. Be sure to use the proper Impact font. Memes will not be judged for their artistic merit, although the spelling must be correct. Again, admins have been given the authority to unlock units with flagged serial numbers 3. If you'd prefer to participate silently, you may instead manually rename 47 presets "Patience is Key" (NOTE: Will not work from HX Edit; nor can you just copy one "Patience is Key" preset into 46 additional locations. You must manually rename each one. Once all 47 presets have been named correctly, the inspector [or FS5 on HX Effects] will read "Tuners unlocked!") - HX Effects only - When Tuner Type is set to "Strobe" and your string is waaay out of tune, the graphic tuner nodes may appear a bit glitchy - HX Effects only - In rare cases, moving an Impulse Response block from Path A to Path B can cause a second IR block to reset its impulse selection - Importing bundles containing Marketplace assets can take notably longer - When manually engaging a rebuild presets command (holding FS1+2 or FS2+3), Helix can appear to freeze even though it doesn't. Wait 15-20 seconds for the rebuild to complete and all is well - Loading a Distortion > Kinky Boost block can sometimes result in an audible thump - HX Edit currently only supports one or two Helix or HX devices connected at the same time (true multi-device support is forthcoming) Wait, are you serious about the sharpie forehead, Schwarzenegger meme, and renaming 47 presets thing? No. This is why you always read the entire release notes ]]> 2018-10-17 10:05:13 Helix LT 2.70 44c7b39dd HX_Effects_v2.70.0_44c7b39dd_bundle.hxf together to open the Tuner screen - HX Stomp onlyShortcut: Press ACTION and Preferences > Snapshot Edits value BUG FIXES Helix Floor, Rack, LT only - A couple of amp models (including Cali Texas Ch 2) have their polarity reversed. When combined with another amp in parallel, this could cause phase cancellation. NOTE: This may affect the sound of some presets, especially if you swapped the polarity of Path B in the mixer block -  FIXED Helix Floor, Rack, LT only - Amp > Cali Texas Ch 1 could gradually decrease in level when Mid and/or Bass parameters are set to 0.0  - FIXED Helix Floor, Rack, LT only - Delay models with two Time parameters could sometimes reset note divisions when changing snapshots - FIXED HX Effects only - Clearing or cutting a block on Path B from HX Edit could sometimes HX Effects to freeze when in stomp footswitch mode - FIXED HX Effects only - Switching from a preset with a Split > Crossover block to a preset with a Split > A/B block could sometimes cause HX Effects to freeze - FIXED HX Effects only - When EXP Position is set to Global, the expression pedal's position could not be recalled immediately after switching presets, which could cause undesired signals to pass through - FIXED HX Effects only - In rare cases, exiting the Tuner could sometimes slightly adjust signal level and tone - FIXED HX Effects only - When connecting both left and right inputs, exiting the tuner could sometimes cause the right side of certain effects blocks to not be heard - FIXED HX Effects only - In very rare cases, engaging a certain combination of footswitches while connected to HX Edit and then power cycling HX Effects could clear certain blocks - FIXED HX Effects only - From HX Edit, copying and pasting an Output block over itself could sometimes paste Mixer parameters - FIXED HX Effects only - Switching Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo > Tempo Select values while transmitting MIDI clock could sometimes result in sending incorrect tempi - FIXED HX Effects only - After resetting Global Settings, Tap Tempo could become unresponsive while receiving MIDI Clock - FIXED HX Effects only - HX Edit would not reflect the Looper > 1 Switch Looper's bypass status - FIXED HX Effects only - Mixer parameter values could inadvertently be copied into new empty presets - FIXED HX Effects only - Quickly changing snapshots from HX Edit could sometimes cause hardware and software to disconnect - FIXED Helix Native only - Control/Command-click on parameter slider would not always snap to the hardware's default value - FIXED **Many other minor bug fixes and improvements** KNOWN ISSUES *IMPORTANT: The three new tuner types only appear for those registered users who didn't complain incessantly about Helix's previous tuner on social media. For those who did complain (AND WE KNOW WHO YOU ARE), the new tuner will be unlocked once you perform ONE of the following: 1. Post a photo of yourself on the Helix Facebook Group with the "><" logo written on your forehead in black Sharpie (washable magic marker is acceptable). The admins have been given the authority to unlock units with flagged serial numbers; assuming business hours, please allow 1-2 hours for the new tuner page to be unlocked (NOTE: You may have to restart Helix/HX for the new tuner page to appear) 2. Post a meme of Arnold Schwarzenegger from Kindergarten Cop yelling "IT'S NOT A TUNAAHH!" on either the Line 6 Helix or The Gear Page > Digital and Modeling Gear forum. Be sure to use the proper Impact font. Memes will not be judged for their artistic merit, although the spelling must be correct. Again, admins have been given the authority to unlock units with flagged serial numbers 3. If you'd prefer to participate silently, you may instead manually rename 47 presets "Patience is Key" (NOTE: Will not work from HX Edit; nor can you just copy one "Patience is Key" preset into 46 additional locations. You must manually rename each one. Once all 47 presets have been named correctly, the inspector [or FS5 on HX Effects] will read "Tuners unlocked!") - HX Effects only - When Tuner Type is set to "Strobe" and your string is waaay out of tune, the graphic tuner nodes may appear a bit glitchy - HX Effects only - In rare cases, moving an Impulse Response block from Path A to Path B can cause a second IR block to reset its impulse selection - Importing bundles containing Marketplace assets can take notably longer - When manually engaging a rebuild presets command (holding FS1+2 or FS2+3), Helix can appear to freeze even though it doesn't. Wait 15-20 seconds for the rebuild to complete and all is well - Loading a Distortion > Kinky Boost block can sometimes result in an audible thump - HX Edit currently only supports one or two Helix or HX devices connected at the same time (true multi-device support is forthcoming) Wait, are you serious about the sharpie forehead, Schwarzenegger meme, and renaming 47 presets thing? No. This is why you always read the entire release notes ]]> 2018-10-17 10:05:33 HX Effects 2.70 2ea74cec8 HX_Stomp_v2.70.0_2ea74cec8_bundle.hxf together to open the Tuner screen - HX Stomp onlyShortcut: Press ACTION and Preferences > Snapshot Edits value BUG FIXES Helix Floor, Rack, LT only - A couple of amp models (including Cali Texas Ch 2) have their polarity reversed. When combined with another amp in parallel, this could cause phase cancellation. NOTE: This may affect the sound of some presets, especially if you swapped the polarity of Path B in the mixer block -  FIXED Helix Floor, Rack, LT only - Amp > Cali Texas Ch 1 could gradually decrease in level when Mid and/or Bass parameters are set to 0.0  - FIXED Helix Floor, Rack, LT only - Delay models with two Time parameters could sometimes reset note divisions when changing snapshots - FIXED HX Effects only - Clearing or cutting a block on Path B from HX Edit could sometimes HX Effects to freeze when in stomp footswitch mode - FIXED HX Effects only - Switching from a preset with a Split > Crossover block to a preset with a Split > A/B block could sometimes cause HX Effects to freeze - FIXED HX Effects only - When EXP Position is set to Global, the expression pedal's position could not be recalled immediately after switching presets, which could cause undesired signals to pass through - FIXED HX Effects only - In rare cases, exiting the Tuner could sometimes slightly adjust signal level and tone - FIXED HX Effects only - When connecting both left and right inputs, exiting the tuner could sometimes cause the right side of certain effects blocks to not be heard - FIXED HX Effects only - In very rare cases, engaging a certain combination of footswitches while connected to HX Edit and then power cycling HX Effects could clear certain blocks - FIXED HX Effects only - From HX Edit, copying and pasting an Output block over itself could sometimes paste Mixer parameters - FIXED HX Effects only - Switching Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo > Tempo Select values while transmitting MIDI clock could sometimes result in sending incorrect tempi - FIXED HX Effects only - After resetting Global Settings, Tap Tempo could become unresponsive while receiving MIDI Clock - FIXED HX Effects only - HX Edit would not reflect the Looper > 1 Switch Looper's bypass status - FIXED HX Effects only - Mixer parameter values could inadvertently be copied into new empty presets - FIXED HX Effects only - Quickly changing snapshots from HX Edit could sometimes cause hardware and software to disconnect - FIXED Helix Native only - Control/Command-click on parameter slider would not always snap to the hardware's default value - FIXED **Many other minor bug fixes and improvements** KNOWN ISSUES *IMPORTANT: The three new tuner types only appear for those registered users who didn't complain incessantly about Helix's previous tuner on social media. For those who did complain (AND WE KNOW WHO YOU ARE), the new tuner will be unlocked once you perform ONE of the following: 1. Post a photo of yourself on the Helix Facebook Group with the "><" logo written on your forehead in black Sharpie (washable magic marker is acceptable). The admins have been given the authority to unlock units with flagged serial numbers; assuming business hours, please allow 1-2 hours for the new tuner page to be unlocked (NOTE: You may have to restart Helix/HX for the new tuner page to appear) 2. Post a meme of Arnold Schwarzenegger from Kindergarten Cop yelling "IT'S NOT A TUNAAHH!" on either the Line 6 Helix or The Gear Page > Digital and Modeling Gear forum. Be sure to use the proper Impact font. Memes will not be judged for their artistic merit, although the spelling must be correct. Again, admins have been given the authority to unlock units with flagged serial numbers 3. If you'd prefer to participate silently, you may instead manually rename 47 presets "Patience is Key" (NOTE: Will not work from HX Edit; nor can you just copy one "Patience is Key" preset into 46 additional locations. You must manually rename each one. Once all 47 presets have been named correctly, the inspector [or FS5 on HX Effects] will read "Tuners unlocked!") - HX Effects only - When Tuner Type is set to "Strobe" and your string is waaay out of tune, the graphic tuner nodes may appear a bit glitchy - HX Effects only - In rare cases, moving an Impulse Response block from Path A to Path B can cause a second IR block to reset its impulse selection - Importing bundles containing Marketplace assets can take notably longer - When manually engaging a rebuild presets command (holding FS1+2 or FS2+3), Helix can appear to freeze even though it doesn't. Wait 15-20 seconds for the rebuild to complete and all is well - Loading a Distortion > Kinky Boost block can sometimes result in an audible thump - HX Edit currently only supports one or two Helix or HX devices connected at the same time (true multi-device support is forthcoming) Wait, are you serious about the sharpie forehead, Schwarzenegger meme, and renaming 47 presets thing? No. This is why you always read the entire release notes ]]> 2018-10-17 10:05:41 HX Stomp 2.70 35792afdf HELIX_Floor_v2.70.0_35792afdf_bundle.hxf together to open the Tuner screen - HX Stomp onlyShortcut: Press ACTION and Preferences > Snapshot Edits value BUG FIXES Helix Floor, Rack, LT only - A couple of amp models (including Cali Texas Ch 2) have their polarity reversed. When combined with another amp in parallel, this could cause phase cancellation. NOTE: This may affect the sound of some presets, especially if you swapped the polarity of Path B in the mixer block -  FIXED Helix Floor, Rack, LT only - Amp > Cali Texas Ch 1 could gradually decrease in level when Mid and/or Bass parameters are set to 0.0  - FIXED Helix Floor, Rack, LT only - Delay models with two Time parameters could sometimes reset note divisions when changing snapshots - FIXED HX Effects only - Clearing or cutting a block on Path B from HX Edit could sometimes HX Effects to freeze when in stomp footswitch mode - FIXED HX Effects only - Switching from a preset with a Split > Crossover block to a preset with a Split > A/B block could sometimes cause HX Effects to freeze - FIXED HX Effects only - When EXP Position is set to Global, the expression pedal's position could not be recalled immediately after switching presets, which could cause undesired signals to pass through - FIXED HX Effects only - In rare cases, exiting the Tuner could sometimes slightly adjust signal level and tone - FIXED HX Effects only - When connecting both left and right inputs, exiting the tuner could sometimes cause the right side of certain effects blocks to not be heard - FIXED HX Effects only - In very rare cases, engaging a certain combination of footswitches while connected to HX Edit and then power cycling HX Effects could clear certain blocks - FIXED HX Effects only - From HX Edit, copying and pasting an Output block over itself could sometimes paste Mixer parameters - FIXED HX Effects only - Switching Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo > Tempo Select values while transmitting MIDI clock could sometimes result in sending incorrect tempi - FIXED HX Effects only - After resetting Global Settings, Tap Tempo could become unresponsive while receiving MIDI Clock - FIXED HX Effects only - HX Edit would not reflect the Looper > 1 Switch Looper's bypass status - FIXED HX Effects only - Mixer parameter values could inadvertently be copied into new empty presets - FIXED HX Effects only - Quickly changing snapshots from HX Edit could sometimes cause hardware and software to disconnect - FIXED Helix Native only - Control/Command-click on parameter slider would not always snap to the hardware's default value - FIXED **Many other minor bug fixes and improvements** KNOWN ISSUES *IMPORTANT: The three new tuner types only appear for those registered users who didn't complain incessantly about Helix's previous tuner on social media. For those who did complain (AND WE KNOW WHO YOU ARE), the new tuner will be unlocked once you perform ONE of the following: 1. Post a photo of yourself on the Helix Facebook Group with the "><" logo written on your forehead in black Sharpie (washable magic marker is acceptable). The admins have been given the authority to unlock units with flagged serial numbers; assuming business hours, please allow 1-2 hours for the new tuner page to be unlocked (NOTE: You may have to restart Helix/HX for the new tuner page to appear) 2. Post a meme of Arnold Schwarzenegger from Kindergarten Cop yelling "IT'S NOT A TUNAAHH!" on either the Line 6 Helix or The Gear Page > Digital and Modeling Gear forum. Be sure to use the proper Impact font. Memes will not be judged for their artistic merit, although the spelling must be correct. Again, admins have been given the authority to unlock units with flagged serial numbers 3. If you'd prefer to participate silently, you may instead manually rename 47 presets "Patience is Key" (NOTE: Will not work from HX Edit; nor can you just copy one "Patience is Key" preset into 46 additional locations. You must manually rename each one. Once all 47 presets have been named correctly, the inspector [or FS5 on HX Effects] will read "Tuners unlocked!") - HX Effects only - When Tuner Type is set to "Strobe" and your string is waaay out of tune, the graphic tuner nodes may appear a bit glitchy - HX Effects only - In rare cases, moving an Impulse Response block from Path A to Path B can cause a second IR block to reset its impulse selection - Importing bundles containing Marketplace assets can take notably longer - When manually engaging a rebuild presets command (holding FS1+2 or FS2+3), Helix can appear to freeze even though it doesn't. Wait 15-20 seconds for the rebuild to complete and all is well - Loading a Distortion > Kinky Boost block can sometimes result in an audible thump - HX Edit currently only supports one or two Helix or HX devices connected at the same time (true multi-device support is forthcoming) Wait, are you serious about the sharpie forehead, Schwarzenegger meme, and renaming 47 presets thing? No. This is why you always read the entire release notes ]]> 2018-10-17 10:11:58 Helix 2.71 a18071524 HX_Effects_v2.71.0-rc2_a18071524_bundle.hxf Kinky Boost block can sometimes result in an audible thump ]]> 2018-11-27 11:33:38 HX Effects 2.71 d3a402a78 HX_Stomp_v2.71.0-rc2_d3a402a78_bundle.hxf Kinky Boost block can sometimes result in an audible thump]]> 2018-11-27 11:33:45 HX Stomp 2.71 9d66a1f58 HELIX_Rack_v2.71.0_9d66a1f58_bundle.hxf 2018-12-05 11:33:49 Helix Rack 2.71 9d66a1f58 HELIX_Floor_v2.71.0_9d66a1f58_bundle.hxf 2018-12-05 12:03:53 Helix 2.71 9d66a1f58 HELIX_LT_v2.71.0_9d66a1f58_bundle.hxf 2018-12-05 12:05:04 Helix LT 1.00.3 a41_1.00.3.svu 2019-01-30 12:00:00 Spider V 20 2.00.1 a40_2.00.1.svu Multi or Output > Digital block, press PAGE> once. Powercab remote parameters appear. Turn Knob 1 (Powercab Remote) to select: Off - No remote control of Powercab Plus parameters, but audio is still active Per Preset - Powercab Plus parameters are stored and recalled with the Helix preset Global - Powercab Plus parameters are stored and recalled globally Turn Knob 3 (Speaker Select) to select which speaker(s) youd like to control. If you have a single Powercab 112 Plus, leave this set to Speaker 1+2." Input 2 Mode: USB Input 2 is routed only to the USB 1/2 input directly and can be used with guitar amp modeling software like Helix Native. Be sure to enable input monitoring in your DAW software and arm the track for recording. To use speaker modeling or User IRs from the output of the DAW, also set USB Mode to "Processed". This mode is intended for the use of Powercab Plus as a traditional audio interface. Plug your guitar or line level feed into Input 2 and you can use a DAW or audio software to process your signal. For example, this mode could be for processing the guitar signal with the Helix Native plug-in, which then plays back through the Powercab Plus amplifier and speaker(s). This could be done with or without speaker/IR processing, depending on the Powercab Plus USB Mode global setting. This method does add some round trip latency and will depend on your computer processing power and buffer settings. Improvements: Improved Line 6 Link stability and daisy-chain detection. New global settings for MIDI - please refer to the new Powercab Pilot's Guide for full description. MIDI Receive (Off, PC+CC, PC Only, CC Only) - Determines whether or not Powercab changes presets or parameters in response to incoming MIDI Program Change (PC) messages, MIDI Control Change (CC) messages, both, or neither. MIDI Send (Off, PC) - Determines whether or not MIDI PC messages are transmitted whenever a local PC change event occurs (when a preset change is made on the Powercab). MIDI Over USB - (Off, On) - Determines whether or not MIDI data is received and sent over USB. Bug Fixes: MIDI Clock is properly handled and passed to MIDI Thru. MIDI Active Sense is properly handled. KEMPER users should still power on and fully boot up the Kemper first before turning on Powercab 112 Plus when MIDI is connected. Want to learn more about Powercab? Join the Powercab community at https://www.facebook.com/groups/powercab/. U.S. Registered Trademarks *All product names used within this document are trademarks of their respective owners, which are in no way associated or affiliated with Line 6. These trademarks of other manufacturers are used solely to identify the products of those manufacturers whose tones and sounds were studied during Line 6s sound model development. Celestion is a registered trademark of KH Technology Corp. Eminence, Swamp Thang, and Cannabis Rex are trademarks or registered trademarks of Eminence Speaker, LLC. Marshall is a registered trademark of Marshall Amplification Plc. Jensen is a registered trademark of Electronics Trademark Holding Company LLC. Vox is a registered trademark of Vox R&D Limited. EVH is a registered trademark of E.L.V.H., Inc. Electro-Voice is a registered trademark of Electro-Voice, Inc. Mesa/Boogie is a registered trademark of Mesa/Boogie, Ltd. Fender is a registered trademark of Fender Musical Instruments Corp. Kemper is a trademark of Kemper GmbH.]]> 2019-07-18 09:00:55 Powercab 112 Plus 2.80 HELIX_LT_v2.80-rc4_61df28d38_bundle.hxf Dhyana Drive (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Hermida Zendrive Distortion > Heir Apparent (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Analogman Prince of Tone (basically half a King of Tone) Distortion > Tone Sovereign (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Analogman King of Tone V4 (basically two Prince of Tones in one) Distortion > ZeroAmp Bass DI (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Tech 21® SansAmp Bass Driver DI V1 Distortion > Ampeg Scrambler (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Ampeg® Scrambler Bass Overdrive Filter > Asheville Pattrn (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Moog® Moogerfooger® MF-105M MIDI MuRF Filter (with both MuRF and Bass MuRF voicings) EQ > Low/High Shelf (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original EQ > Tilt (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original. Tilt is a subtle 6dB EQ that boosts high frequencies while simultaneously attenuating low frequencies (or vice versa). Great for quickly making tones a bit brighter or darker. The Center Freq parameter sets the frequency around which the boost and cut pivot. NOTE: All product names used in this document are trademarks of their respective owners and neither Yamaha Guitar Group nor Line 6 are associated or affiliated with them. These trademarks appear solely to identify products whose tones and sounds were studied by Line 6 during sound model development. New Features in 2.80 NOTE: For additional information on Helix Native 1.80 or HX Edit 2.80, check out the latest Helix Native and HX Edit Pilot's Guides, which are automatically installed with the new 1.80/2.80 software. Hotkeys Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, HX Effects IMPORTANT! The first time you update Helix/HX to 2.80, your Mac or PC may ask what kind of keyboard you have connected. Just ignore this and close the window. The Command Center can now send QWERTY hotkeys (keyboard shortcuts with or without modifiers such as Shift, Control, Option/Alt, and Command) to your Mac, PC, or iOS device via USB. You can now control virtually any software ever made, including DAWs, looping software, DJ software, media players, lighting software, video software, browsers, or video games... with your feet... or when assigned to an Instant command, from any preset or snapshot recall. 1. From the Command Center menu, select a footswitch or Instant command and turn Knob 1 (Command) to select Hotkey. 2. Turn knobs 2-5 to select the desired keystroke. If the keystroke doesn't have modifiers, leave knobs 2, 3, and 4 set to None." TIP: It's much faster and easier to program keystrokes from HX Edit 2.80. Open the Command Center window, select a footswitch or Instant command, and from the Command pull-down menu, select "Hotkey." Click the small keypad icon and simply enter the keystroke from your computer keyboard. Don't forget to customize the switch label! NOTE: Just like a normal computer keyboard, hotkeys won't work unless the software or app you want to control is in focus. Hotkey Templates Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, HX Effects To get you started with hotkeys, we've provided the following template presets in 2.80: Cubase Pro Tools (Mac) Pro Tools (PC) Logic/GarageBand Ableton Live (Mac) Ableton Live (PC) Reaper (Mac) Reaper (PC) StudioOne Cakewalk MainStage QLab YouTube iTunes Spotify (Mac) Spotify (PC) Apple Keynote First-person shooter video games Most software has dozens if not hundreds of available hotkeys; feel free to swap ours out with the ones you use the most. With clever choices and a bit of finesse, you may be able to run a recording session (or elaborate live show with lighting and video cues) without ever touching a mouse or keyboard. Depending on your type of Helix/HX product, follow the procedure below: Helix Floor/Rack/LT Press the PRESET knob, move the joystick left to select the Setlist column, select 8 TEMPLATES, and press the joystick. Hotkey templates begin at 06A. HX Effects Press MODE to select Preset mode and turn the Big Knob. Hotkey templates begin at 16A. NOTE: Updating the firmware does not automatically load any new presets or the hotkey templates; you must manually load them. See "STEP 5 Loading the 2.80 Factory Presets/Templates" above. Variax String Level: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT Helix can now remotely adjust the level of individual guitar strings on a connected Shuriken Variax, JTV, or Variax Standard. TIP: Just like with any amp, cab, or effect parameter, Variax String Level can be quickly assigned to footswitches or Snapshots. "Wait. You mean I can turn off the top three strings for the verse (Snapshot 1) and bring them back in for the chorus (Snapshot 2)? And if the high E is too shrill I can back its volume down to 85%?" Yes. "That's pretty nuts." Yes it is. 1. Select the Input > Multi or Input > Variax block and press PAGE > three times. 2. Turn Knobs 1-6 to adjust each strings level. 3. If you want to set a particular string's level separately for each snapshot, press and turn the string's knob. The value will turn white and appear in brackets. NOTE: Assigning a continuous controller (such as an expression pedal or slider on your MIDI controller) is not recommended, as it may result in minor pops and clicks; this is due to limitations in Variax DSP, not Helix. Powercab Plus Remote: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT IMPORTANT! You must also update Powercab Plus! It must be running firmware 2.0 or higher. Helix can now remotely adjust parameters in one or two L6 LINK-connected Powercab Plus modeling speaker cabs. When one Powercab Plus is connected via L6 LINK (110-ohm AES/EBU cable), it receives a mono signal from Helix; when two Powercab Plus amps are daisy-chained via L6 LINK, the first cab in the chain receives the left signal and the second cab receives the right signal. TIP: Just like with any amp, cab, or effect parameter, Powercab Plus parameters can be quickly assigned to footswitches or Snapshots. 1. Select the Output > Multi or Output > Digital block and press PAGE > once. 2. Turn Knob 1 (Powercab Remote) to select "Per Preset" or "Global." If you don't plan on changing Powercab parameters along with Helix presets, choose "Global." 3. Turn Knob 2 (Powercab Mode) to select the desired type of Powercab mode: Flat, Speaker, or IR. Note that certain parameters will gray out depending on the mode chosen. 4. Turn Knob 4 (Speaker Select) to specify which Powercab you want to control Powercab 1, Powercab 2, or both Powercabs simultaneously ("1+2 Link"). Normally, you should leave this set to "1+2 Link," which edits both Powercabs simultaneously, to maintain phase coherence. Flat Voicing when Powercab Mode is set to "Flat," determines the type of speaker voicing. Speaker Type when Powercab Mode is set to "Speaker," determines the current speaker model. Speaker DI Mic when Powercab Mode is set to "Speaker," determines the mic model used on Powercab's XLR output(s). Speaker Mic Dist when Powercab Mode is set to "Speaker," determines the mic distance used on Powercab's XLR output(s). Speaker User IR when Powercab Mode is set to "User IR," selects the impulse response used. Speaker Low Cut applies a Low Cut filter to Powercab Plus for minimizing low end rumble. Speaker Hi Cut applies a High Cut filter to Powercab Plus for minimizing high end harshness. Speaker Level applies a level trim. Speaker Color lets you choose the LED ring color on any connected Powercab(s). NOTE: For more information on Powercab Plus, see the Powercab Plus Pilot's Guide. DT50/DT25 Remote: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, HX Edit Helix can now remotely adjust the real tube topology settings and other parameters in one or two L6 LINK-connected DT25 or DT50 amplifiers. When one DT25 or DT50 is connected via L6 LINK (110-ohm AES/EBU cable), it receives a mono signal from Helix; when two DT250 or DT50 amplifiers are daisy-chained via L6 LINK, the first cab in the chain receives the left signal and the second cab receives the right signal. TIP: Just like with any amp, cab, or effect parameter, DT parameters can be quickly assigned to footswitches or Snapshots. 1. From the Output > Multi or Output > Digital block, press PAGE > three times. 2. Turn Knob 1 (DT 25/50 Remote) to select "Per Preset" or "Global." If you don't plan on changing DT topology settings along with Helix presets, choose "Global." 3. Turn Knob 2 (DT Select) to specify which DT amp you want to controlDT 1, DT 2, or both DT amps simultaneously ("1+2 Link"). Normally, you should leave this set to "1+2 Link," which edits both DT amps simultaneously, to maintain phase coherence. DT Channel When set to Channel A, the DT switches to Channel A and its preamp is bypassed for when using a preamp model in Helix. When set to Channel B, the DT switches to Channel B and its preamp is activated. TIP: Assign a stomp footswitch (or snapshots) to simultaneously bypass a Helix preamp block AND switch a connected DT amp to Channel B. This gives you a wider variety of tones in the same preset, without the DSP overhead required to run two simultaneous Preamp blocks. DT Topology Changes the DT amp's negative feedback loop topology. Choose "I (Tight)" for behavior reminiscent of the great American Blackface amps of the 60s, choose "II (Loose)" for dialing in echoes of classic British amps, choose "III (ZNF)" for a very open or dynamic feeling amp, or choose "IV (Resonant)" to add low frequency resonance that pairs well with high gain tones. DT Power Amp Sets the DT amp's operating class, wattage, and bias type. Choose "Class A" for more dynamics with greater touch sensitivity; choose "Class AB" for greater headroom and power. DT Tube Config Changes the configuration of the DT's power tubes. Chose "Pentode" for clear and commanding tone; choose "Triode" for quieter and rounder sounds with a more vintage feel. DT Reverb Turns the DT amp's built-in spring reverb on and off. DT Rev Mix Determines the amount of built-in spring reverb. DT 12AX7 Boost (DT50 only) When Low Volume Mode is off, applies a volume boost DT. Feedback Cap (DT50 only) Sets the DT amp's feedback capacitor type. DT B+ Voltage (DT50 only) Sets the DT amp's phase inverter B+ voltage. NOTE: For more information on DT amps, see the DT25 Pilot's Guide or the DT50 Pilot's Guide. Snapshot Bypass: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, Helix Native, HX Effects, HX Stomp, HX Edit There may be situations where you don't want Helix's snapshots to control a particular block's bypass state; that is, you'd prefer to turn it on and off manually. For example, you may want manual control of a boost pedal at any time without worrying about whether a particular snapshot might turn it on or off. Depending on your type of Helix/HX product, follow the procedure below: Helix Floor/Rack/LT Select a processing block, press ACTION, and set Knob 5 (Snapshot Bypass) to "Off" to disable snapshot control of that block's bypass state. HX Effects Select a processing block, press ACTION, and press the "Snapshot Bypass" switch to disable snapshot control of that block's bypass state. HX Stomp From Edit view, select a processing block, press ACTION, press PAGE >, and set Knob 3 (Snapshot Bypass) to "Off" to disable snapshot control of that block's bypass state. Helix Native/HX Edit Right-click (Mac: control-click) on a processing block and uncheck "Snapshot Bypass." Alternatively, right-click (Mac: control-click) the Bypass button to uncheck "Snapshot Bypass." Hardware Compatibility Mode: Helix Native Helix Native can now reflect the signal flow and model set of all Helix and HX hardware devices, so transferring presets to and from your DAW is even easier. In addition, Hardware Compatibility can be disabled entirely, so the simultaneous model count is now limited only by the speed of your computer. 1. Open any instance of Helix Native within your DAW and click the gear icon in the lower left corner to open the Preferences window. 2. Click the Hardware Compatibility tab. 3. From the "Current Hardware Compatibility Mode" pull-down menu, select one of the following options: Off Disables Hardware Compatibility and lets you add as many blocks (of any type) as your computer's horsepower will allow. Choose this setting if you don't own any Helix or HX hardware. Helix Floor/LT/Rack (the default) Configures Helix Native such that any presets made can be easily loaded into Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, or Helix LT. HX Effects Configures Helix Native such that any presets made can be easily loaded into HX Effects. In this mode, no Amp or Cab models will be available. HX Stomp Configures Helix Native such that any presets made can be easily loaded into HX Stomp. 4. Click OK. Depending on the current Hardware Compatibility Mode, Helix Native may repopulate the preset list to reflect that of the selected hardware. For example, if you choose "HX Stomp," HX Stomp's factory presets will appear and the signal flow will be limited to six blocks. 5. Click "Set as Default" to ensure any new instances of Helix Native open in the selected mode. IMPORTANT! Each Hardware Compatibility Mode incorporates its own, independent preset library. Therefore, you will see the Helix Native preset library automatically repopulate to reflect that of the selected hardware. Helix/HX Preset Sharing: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, Helix Native, HX Effects, HX Stomp, HX Edit All Helix and HX hardware and software now live within the same ecosystem. Using multiple windows within HX Edit and/or multiple instances of the Helix Native plug-in, both blocks and entire presets can be freely dragged and dropped or copied and pasted between units. Aside from the obvious caveats below, all Helix and HX products can now share the same content. IMPORTANT! Due to the vast differences in how Helix/HX products manage controllers, snapshots, and Command Center messages, there is no guarantee that every single tiny detail of a preset will translate properly. You can now drag/drop, copy/paste, or otherwise load: HX Effects or HX Stomp presets into Helix Floor/Rack/LT and Helix Native. If an HX Effects preset has 9 blocks, the ninth block will be routed to Path 2. Helix Floor/Rack/LT, Helix Native, or HX Stomp presets into HX Effects. However, there are caveats. To avoid an error message, the source preset must: Contain 9 or fewer blocks. Not contain any Amp+Cab, Amp, Preamp, or Cab blocks. Contain no more than one Split and Merge block. Fit within one path worth of DSP processing. Helix Floor/Rack/LT, Helix Native, or HX Effects presets into HX Stomp. However, there are caveats. To avoid an error message, the source preset must: Contain 6 or fewer blocks. Contain no more than one Split and Merge block Fit within one path worth of DSP processing. Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects, or HX Stomp presets into Helix Native NOTE: A dialog box will appear if the source preset cannot be accommodated by the current Hardware Compatibility Mode (see above). At this point, you may choose to switch the current Hardware Compatibility Mode to that of the source preset, or attempt to translate the preset into the current Hardware Compatibility Mode, given the caveats above. See the Helix Native Pilot's Guide for more information. Click the question mark icon in the lower left corner of the plug-in. Undo/Redo: Helix Native, HX Edit Both the Helix Native plug-in and HX Edit now support multiple levels of undo/redo. 1. Click the Undo button to undo the most recent edit. 2. Click the Redo button to redo the most recent undo. MIDI Learn: Helix Native (Helix Floor, Helix Rack, Helix LT, HX Effects, and HX Stomp already have this feature) Helix Native can now learn an incoming MIDI CC message and automatically assign it to a parameter. 1. Right-click on a parameter and select Controller > MIDI Learn. A small brain icon flashes. If you change your mind, click the icon to cancel. 2. Send Helix Native a MIDI CC message. The parameter is automatically assigned to it. TIP: In Helix Native, right-click (Mac: control-click) on a processing block to open a pull-down that lets you manually assign a MIDI CC to block bypass. Right-click (Mac: control-click) on a parameter slider to open a pull-down menu that lets you manually assign a MIDI CC to parameter control. NOTE: Not all DAW software automatically routes incoming MIDI data through to any plug-in, especially those instantiated as an insert on an audio track. See your DAW's documentation for more information. The new MIDI In indicator in the lower right corner flashes if Helix Native receives MIDI data. Hands-free Pedal Edit for Input/Output Blocks: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT In addition to Amp, Effect, Cab, IR, Split, and Mixer parameters, Input and Output Block parameters can also now be edited with your feet, including the new Variax String Level, Powercab Plus remote, and DT25/DT50 remote parameters. 1. Press and hold MODE to enter Pedal Edit Mode. The switches flash. 2. If necessary, press MORE one or more times to view additional blocks and press the Input 1A (or 1B, 2A, or 2B) or Output 1A (or 1B, 2A, or 2B) footswitch. If the block has more than one page of parameters, press FS8 () until you find the parameter. 3. Press the footswitch displaying the parameter you want to adjust and use an expression pedal to adjust the parameter. For fine adjustment, press FS10 (VALUE) and FS11 (VALUE+). Hold FS10 (VALUE) or FS11 (VALUE +) for faster adjustments. 4. When finished, press FS12 (EXIT). If you want to save any changes made to the preset, hold FS12 (EXIT) for two seconds. Snapshot Reselect: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, Helix Native, HX Effects, HX Stomp Currently, pressing the currently active Snapshot switch will reload the stored state of that snapshot. With 2.80, you can now choose to instead toggle between it and the previously selected snapshot. For example, if you're on Snapshot 2 and switch to Snapshot 8, pressing the Snapshot 8 footswitch will seamlessly toggle between Snapshot 8 and Snapshot 2. From the Global Settings > Preferences menu, turn Snapshot Reselect to choose "Reload" or "Toggle Prev." "Reload" remains the default. Stomp Select: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT (parameter is already in HX Effects and HX Stomp) Currently, briefly touching a stomp footswitch jumps to select its assigned items' parameters; it's a super fast and simple way to navigate your various amps and effects. For those neanderthals of you who play barefoot, you can disable this functionality from Global Settings > Footswitches > Touch Select. With 2.80, this parameter has now changed to Stomp Select, and lets you choose whether touching a switch, pressing a switch, or both instantly jumps to display the assigned items' parameters. Depending on your type of Helix/HX product, follow the procedure below: Helix Floor/Rack/LT From the Global Settings > Footswitches menu, turn Knob 1 (Stomp Select) to choose "None," "Touch," "Press," or "Touch+Press." "Touch" remains the default. HX Effects/HX StompFrom the Global Settings > Footswitches menu, turn Knob 1 (Stomp Select) to choose "Touch," "Press," or "Both." "Touch" remains the default. Swap Up/Down Switches: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, HX Effects Some users have requested the ability to press the DOWN switch to select the next bank, preset, or snapshot. With 2.80, Up and Down can be swapped: From the Global Settings > Footswitches menu, turn [Swap Up/Down] to choose "Off" (normal) or "On" (reversed). SHORTCUT: Touch (but don't press) the Up and Down switches together for one second, and then press Knob 6 [FS6 on HX Effects] (OK). The up and down switches are now swapped. Turn Joystick to Select Blocks: Helix Floor, Helix Rack, Helix LT Currently, turning the joystick encoder scrolls through available models for the selected block. With 2.80, you can now choose to instead turn the joystick to quickly move across the signal flow. From the Global Settings > Preferences menu, turn Knob 5 (Joystick Encoder) to choose "Model" or "Selection." "Model" remains the default. SHORTCUT: Pressing and turning the joystick will provide the opposite setting; that is, when set to "Model", press and turn the joystick to quickly move across the signal flow. When set to "Selection," press and turn the joystick to scroll through available models for the selected block. Tempo Indicator: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control Press TAP/TUNER two or more times to enter a new tempo. The TAP/TUNER scribble strip briefly displays the entered tempo. SHORTCUT: To fine-tune the tempo, briefly touch the TAP/TUNER switch. The Tempo panel opens. Turn Knob 6 (BPM) to manually set the tempo. Pedal Position Indicator: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control A new Global Settings > Displays > Pedal Position Display parameter lets you determine whether the scribble strip above the expression pedal temporarily displays the expression pedal position ("Temporary") or remains visible ("Persistent"). Move the built-in expression pedal. The EXP scribble strip displays a position indicator (0 ~ 100%). Helix Native Pricing: Helix Native It's not technically a feature, but Helix Native is now $99.99 US for all registered owners of Helix Floor, Helix Rack, Helix LT, HX Effects, and HX Stomp ($300 off). Helix Native brings the amps, cabs, effects, and IR loading from Helix to your Mac or PC's recording software without the need for time-consuming re-amping. Depending on your computer's horsepower, you may be able to add an entire Helix's worth of processing to multiple guitar, bass, synth, vocal, drum, bus, slide whistle, and nose flute tracks. Helix Native along with Helix hardware is also an immeasurably helpful tool when trying to rebuild studio tones for your tour, or tones built on the road for the next record. What used to take weeks (or hiring an expensive programmer) now takes seconds. Other Changes and Improvements in 2.80 The Global Settings > Preferences > Tap Tempo Pitch (Authentic, Transparent) setting now also affects tempo changes taking place across snapshot changes, not just when pressing the TAP switch. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, Helix Native, HX Effects, HX Stomp) On a Cab > Dual block, changing the first cab no longer changes the second cab. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, Helix Native, HX Edit [feature is already in HX Stomp]) Page indication has changed from small colored dots to the right of the inspector to a scrolling inspector header line (similar to the one in HX Stomp). This allows Impulse Response blocks to display longer IR names. Oh yeah speaking of which... (Helix Floor/Rack/LT) Impulse Response blocks now display as many IR file name characters as will fit in the inspector header. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, Helix Native) In previous versions, only the last value would be recalled via Snapshots (example: In Program messages, only the PC value could change). With 2.80, all values are recalled via Snapshots (example: In Hotkey messages, all modifiers and the keystroke can change, so each snapshot could have different sets of key commands). (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects) Additional values have been added to recall snapshots remotely via MIDI. CC69 Value 8 will select the next snapshot and Value 9 will select the previous snapshot. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, Helix Native, HX Effects [feature is already in HX Stomp]) Command Center > CC Toggle, CV Toggle (Helix Floor only), and Amp Control messages have an additional Type parameter that lets one determine whether the footswitch is latching or momentary. Previously, you would have to assign a processing block (set to momentary) to the same footswitch to make the Command Center message momentary. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects) An additional "None" value has been added to Command Center > Instant > Amp Control messages. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects) The "Pac Man" shortcut where moving the joystick right from the Output block jumps to the Input block (and vice versa) now also works when moving the joystick up and down. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT) On the Save Preset, Rename Preset, Rename Snapshot, Rename Setlist, and Customize screens, moving the joystick right from the last character jumps to the first (and vice versa). (Helix Floor/Rack/LT [feature is already in HX Stomp and HX Effects]) The boot screen now displays a red progress bar. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT [feature is already in HX Stomp]) While in the Command Center menu, pressing SAVE twice to save a preset no longer exits you all the way to the Home screen. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects) Pressing Up and Down together from Snapshot mode now exits to the previous mode (same as pressing EXIT). (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects) Turning the PRESET knob past the last preset in each setlist now jumps back to the beginning of the setlist (and vice versa). (Helix Floor/Rack/LT [feature is already in HX Stomp and HX Effects]) A small indicator in the lower right corner of the plug-in window flashes whenever a MIDI message is received. (Helix Native) Automation and MIDI/controller assignments can now be managed together from the Automation/Controller Assign tab. (Helix Native, HX Edit) Blocks assigned to controllers or automation now display their category name in brackets. Parameters assigned to controllers or automation display a small icon to the left of their parameter sliders. In addition, pop-up menus now display controller or automation assignments, if any. (Helix Native, HX Edit) From the Controller/Automation tab, right-click (Mac: control-click) an assignment to open a pull-down menu, letting you clear one or all assignments. (Helix Native, HX Edit [feature is already in Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects, and HX Stomp]) The Preferences menu in HX Edit now lets you set FS3, FS4, and FS5 functions. (HX Edit [feature is already in HX Stomp]) A new "Restore Factory Settings" button has been added to the bottom of the Preferences window. (Helix Native, HX Edit [feature is already in Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects, and HX Stomp]) In HX Edit, snapshots can now be selected while the Command Center window is open. In HX Edit, the parameter tab will now be in sync with the Helix display for Amp+Cab and Cab > Dual blocks. When a Shuriken Variax is connected, HX Edit now displays its bank names properly. Wow, you're still reading this? Congratulations; you're way cooler and better looking than other Helix/HX owners. Celebrate your superiority with some delicious tacos. As Ampeg is now Line 6's sister company, all pre-2.80 Ampeg models have been renamed: Amp > Bass > Tuck n' Go is now called "Ampeg B-15NF" Amp > Bass > SV Beast Nrm is now called "Ampeg SVT Nrm" Amp > Bass > SV Beast Brt is now called "Ampeg SVT Brt" Cab > 1x15 Tuck n' Go is now called "1x15 Ampeg B-15" Cab > 4x10 Rhino is now called "4x10 Ampeg HLF" Cab > 8x10 SV Beast is now called "8x10 Ampeg SVT E" Numerous stability and performance improvements Lots of other little things: Bug Fixes in 2.80: On rare occasions, with dirty footswitches, a single press can generate two Command Center messages. We've added a small timeout to ensure this doesn't happen, regardless of the condition of the footswitches. Pressing the Cab > Mic parameter knob now returns the value to default. While HX Edit is running, double-clicking a preset, setlist, or bundle file on the desktop or any finder window will load the file. In HX Edit, background windows now properly reflect the connected state of the device. In HX Edit, preset names are now preserved in setlist, bundle, or backup files if an empty preset was renamed. Many other minor bug fixes: Known Issues in 2.80: Global settings are reset after upgrade to 2.80. BACKUP FIRST! Downgrading to 2.71 or older will erase ALL preset data. The first time you update Helix/HX to 2.80, your Mac or PC may ask what kind of keyboard you have connected. This is due to the new Hotkey feature. Just ignore this and close the window. Assigning a Command Center > Hotkey message to a footswitch that already has a block assigned to it (set to latching, which is the default) will cause the keystroke to be repeatedly sent to your Mac/PC. To avoid this behavior, either assign the Hotkey message to an empty footswitch or set the footswitch's mode to Momentary. The first preset of each setlist is loaded during a restore. The Helix icon may appear during the update and it could stop spinning. This is fine, the update will continue. DT must be on firmware version 2.00 for L6 Link control to function. Powercab 112 Plus must be on firmware version 2.00 or higher for L6 Link control to function. You cannot rename the 1 Switch Looper scribble strip on Rack or Floor. A preset may load blank after dragging a looper block across a split, merge and another block two times. Simply load the preset again and it will load as expected. A brief volume increase can occur at preset load from Powercab while loading presets with different Powercab modes on a Helix device. Undo/Redo does not work when switching between time and note divisions. In HX EDIT, Undo/Redo removes block assignments in certain cases such as moving between paths. Save to Library lists presets in "01A-32D" setlist format regardless of preferences. Helix can become stuck in a footswitch mode when cancelling out of snapshot mode if snapshot mode was entered while banking. Banking and reloading the preset resolves this issue. Helix's display can become non responsive if HX Edit is open when restarting or shutting down a Windows computer. Unplugging and replugging the USB cable resolves this issue. Punch In and Punch Out MMC commands are not functioning. Please use Hotkeys as a temporary workaround. Bank up can occasionally increment by 8 with preset mode switches set to a non-default setting. Helix LT ONLY: XLR Output global setting requires the setting to be adjusted 2x before it takes effect. Helix Rack ONLY: Tuner output USB 5/6 routes audio to XLR, 1/4" and SPDIF.]]> 2019-07-18 09:02:45 Helix LT 2.80 HELIX_Rack_v2.80-rc4_61df28d38_bundle.hxf Dhyana Drive (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Hermida Zendrive Distortion > Heir Apparent (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Analogman Prince of Tone (basically half a King of Tone) Distortion > Tone Sovereign (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Analogman King of Tone V4 (basically two Prince of Tones in one) Distortion > ZeroAmp Bass DI (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Tech 21® SansAmp Bass Driver DI V1 Distortion > Ampeg Scrambler (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Ampeg® Scrambler Bass Overdrive Filter > Asheville Pattrn (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Moog® Moogerfooger® MF-105M MIDI MuRF Filter (with both MuRF and Bass MuRF voicings) EQ > Low/High Shelf (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original EQ > Tilt (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original. Tilt is a subtle 6dB EQ that boosts high frequencies while simultaneously attenuating low frequencies (or vice versa). Great for quickly making tones a bit brighter or darker. The Center Freq parameter sets the frequency around which the boost and cut pivot. NOTE: All product names used in this document are trademarks of their respective owners and neither Yamaha Guitar Group nor Line 6 are associated or affiliated with them. These trademarks appear solely to identify products whose tones and sounds were studied by Line 6 during sound model development. New Features in 2.80 NOTE: For additional information on Helix Native 1.80 or HX Edit 2.80, check out the latest Helix Native and HX Edit Pilot's Guides, which are automatically installed with the new 1.80/2.80 software. Hotkeys Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, HX Effects IMPORTANT! The first time you update Helix/HX to 2.80, your Mac or PC may ask what kind of keyboard you have connected. Just ignore this and close the window. The Command Center can now send QWERTY hotkeys (keyboard shortcuts with or without modifiers such as Shift, Control, Option/Alt, and Command) to your Mac, PC, or iOS device via USB. You can now control virtually any software ever made, including DAWs, looping software, DJ software, media players, lighting software, video software, browsers, or video games... with your feet... or when assigned to an Instant command, from any preset or snapshot recall. 1. From the Command Center menu, select a footswitch or Instant command and turn Knob 1 (Command) to select Hotkey. 2. Turn knobs 2-5 to select the desired keystroke. If the keystroke doesn't have modifiers, leave knobs 2, 3, and 4 set to None." TIP: It's much faster and easier to program keystrokes from HX Edit 2.80. Open the Command Center window, select a footswitch or Instant command, and from the Command pull-down menu, select "Hotkey." Click the small keypad icon and simply enter the keystroke from your computer keyboard. Don't forget to customize the switch label! NOTE: Just like a normal computer keyboard, hotkeys won't work unless the software or app you want to control is in focus. Hotkey Templates Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, HX Effects To get you started with hotkeys, we've provided the following template presets in 2.80: Cubase Pro Tools (Mac) Pro Tools (PC) Logic/GarageBand Ableton Live (Mac) Ableton Live (PC) Reaper (Mac) Reaper (PC) StudioOne Cakewalk MainStage QLab YouTube iTunes Spotify (Mac) Spotify (PC) Apple Keynote First-person shooter video games Most software has dozens if not hundreds of available hotkeys; feel free to swap ours out with the ones you use the most. With clever choices and a bit of finesse, you may be able to run a recording session (or elaborate live show with lighting and video cues) without ever touching a mouse or keyboard. Depending on your type of Helix/HX product, follow the procedure below: Helix Floor/Rack/LT Press the PRESET knob, move the joystick left to select the Setlist column, select 8 TEMPLATES, and press the joystick. Hotkey templates begin at 06A. HX Effects Press MODE to select Preset mode and turn the Big Knob. Hotkey templates begin at 16A. NOTE: Updating the firmware does not automatically load any new presets or the hotkey templates; you must manually load them. See "STEP 5 Loading the 2.80 Factory Presets/Templates" above. Variax String Level: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT Helix can now remotely adjust the level of individual guitar strings on a connected Shuriken Variax, JTV, or Variax Standard. TIP: Just like with any amp, cab, or effect parameter, Variax String Level can be quickly assigned to footswitches or Snapshots. "Wait. You mean I can turn off the top three strings for the verse (Snapshot 1) and bring them back in for the chorus (Snapshot 2)? And if the high E is too shrill I can back its volume down to 85%?" Yes. "That's pretty nuts." Yes it is. 1. Select the Input > Multi or Input > Variax block and press PAGE > three times. 2. Turn Knobs 1-6 to adjust each strings level. 3. If you want to set a particular string's level separately for each snapshot, press and turn the string's knob. The value will turn white and appear in brackets. NOTE: Assigning a continuous controller (such as an expression pedal or slider on your MIDI controller) is not recommended, as it may result in minor pops and clicks; this is due to limitations in Variax DSP, not Helix. Powercab Plus Remote: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT IMPORTANT! You must also update Powercab Plus! It must be running firmware 2.0 or higher. Helix can now remotely adjust parameters in one or two L6 LINK-connected Powercab Plus modeling speaker cabs. When one Powercab Plus is connected via L6 LINK (110-ohm AES/EBU cable), it receives a mono signal from Helix; when two Powercab Plus amps are daisy-chained via L6 LINK, the first cab in the chain receives the left signal and the second cab receives the right signal. TIP: Just like with any amp, cab, or effect parameter, Powercab Plus parameters can be quickly assigned to footswitches or Snapshots. 1. Select the Output > Multi or Output > Digital block and press PAGE > once. 2. Turn Knob 1 (Powercab Remote) to select "Per Preset" or "Global." If you don't plan on changing Powercab parameters along with Helix presets, choose "Global." 3. Turn Knob 2 (Powercab Mode) to select the desired type of Powercab mode: Flat, Speaker, or IR. Note that certain parameters will gray out depending on the mode chosen. 4. Turn Knob 4 (Speaker Select) to specify which Powercab you want to control Powercab 1, Powercab 2, or both Powercabs simultaneously ("1+2 Link"). Normally, you should leave this set to "1+2 Link," which edits both Powercabs simultaneously, to maintain phase coherence. Flat Voicing when Powercab Mode is set to "Flat," determines the type of speaker voicing. Speaker Type when Powercab Mode is set to "Speaker," determines the current speaker model. Speaker DI Mic when Powercab Mode is set to "Speaker," determines the mic model used on Powercab's XLR output(s). Speaker Mic Dist when Powercab Mode is set to "Speaker," determines the mic distance used on Powercab's XLR output(s). Speaker User IR when Powercab Mode is set to "User IR," selects the impulse response used. Speaker Low Cut applies a Low Cut filter to Powercab Plus for minimizing low end rumble. Speaker Hi Cut applies a High Cut filter to Powercab Plus for minimizing high end harshness. Speaker Level applies a level trim. Speaker Color lets you choose the LED ring color on any connected Powercab(s). NOTE: For more information on Powercab Plus, see the Powercab Plus Pilot's Guide. DT50/DT25 Remote: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, HX Edit Helix can now remotely adjust the real tube topology settings and other parameters in one or two L6 LINK-connected DT25 or DT50 amplifiers. When one DT25 or DT50 is connected via L6 LINK (110-ohm AES/EBU cable), it receives a mono signal from Helix; when two DT250 or DT50 amplifiers are daisy-chained via L6 LINK, the first cab in the chain receives the left signal and the second cab receives the right signal. TIP: Just like with any amp, cab, or effect parameter, DT parameters can be quickly assigned to footswitches or Snapshots. 1. From the Output > Multi or Output > Digital block, press PAGE > three times. 2. Turn Knob 1 (DT 25/50 Remote) to select "Per Preset" or "Global." If you don't plan on changing DT topology settings along with Helix presets, choose "Global." 3. Turn Knob 2 (DT Select) to specify which DT amp you want to controlDT 1, DT 2, or both DT amps simultaneously ("1+2 Link"). Normally, you should leave this set to "1+2 Link," which edits both DT amps simultaneously, to maintain phase coherence. DT Channel When set to Channel A, the DT switches to Channel A and its preamp is bypassed for when using a preamp model in Helix. When set to Channel B, the DT switches to Channel B and its preamp is activated. TIP: Assign a stomp footswitch (or snapshots) to simultaneously bypass a Helix preamp block AND switch a connected DT amp to Channel B. This gives you a wider variety of tones in the same preset, without the DSP overhead required to run two simultaneous Preamp blocks. DT Topology Changes the DT amp's negative feedback loop topology. Choose "I (Tight)" for behavior reminiscent of the great American Blackface amps of the 60s, choose "II (Loose)" for dialing in echoes of classic British amps, choose "III (ZNF)" for a very open or dynamic feeling amp, or choose "IV (Resonant)" to add low frequency resonance that pairs well with high gain tones. DT Power Amp Sets the DT amp's operating class, wattage, and bias type. Choose "Class A" for more dynamics with greater touch sensitivity; choose "Class AB" for greater headroom and power. DT Tube Config Changes the configuration of the DT's power tubes. Chose "Pentode" for clear and commanding tone; choose "Triode" for quieter and rounder sounds with a more vintage feel. DT Reverb Turns the DT amp's built-in spring reverb on and off. DT Rev Mix Determines the amount of built-in spring reverb. DT 12AX7 Boost (DT50 only) When Low Volume Mode is off, applies a volume boost DT. Feedback Cap (DT50 only) Sets the DT amp's feedback capacitor type. DT B+ Voltage (DT50 only) Sets the DT amp's phase inverter B+ voltage. NOTE: For more information on DT amps, see the DT25 Pilot's Guide or the DT50 Pilot's Guide. Snapshot Bypass: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, Helix Native, HX Effects, HX Stomp, HX Edit There may be situations where you don't want Helix's snapshots to control a particular block's bypass state; that is, you'd prefer to turn it on and off manually. For example, you may want manual control of a boost pedal at any time without worrying about whether a particular snapshot might turn it on or off. Depending on your type of Helix/HX product, follow the procedure below: Helix Floor/Rack/LT Select a processing block, press ACTION, and set Knob 5 (Snapshot Bypass) to "Off" to disable snapshot control of that block's bypass state. HX Effects Select a processing block, press ACTION, and press the "Snapshot Bypass" switch to disable snapshot control of that block's bypass state. HX Stomp From Edit view, select a processing block, press ACTION, press PAGE >, and set Knob 3 (Snapshot Bypass) to "Off" to disable snapshot control of that block's bypass state. Helix Native/HX Edit Right-click (Mac: control-click) on a processing block and uncheck "Snapshot Bypass." Alternatively, right-click (Mac: control-click) the Bypass button to uncheck "Snapshot Bypass." Hardware Compatibility Mode: Helix Native Helix Native can now reflect the signal flow and model set of all Helix and HX hardware devices, so transferring presets to and from your DAW is even easier. In addition, Hardware Compatibility can be disabled entirely, so the simultaneous model count is now limited only by the speed of your computer. 1. Open any instance of Helix Native within your DAW and click the gear icon in the lower left corner to open the Preferences window. 2. Click the Hardware Compatibility tab. 3. From the "Current Hardware Compatibility Mode" pull-down menu, select one of the following options: Off Disables Hardware Compatibility and lets you add as many blocks (of any type) as your computer's horsepower will allow. Choose this setting if you don't own any Helix or HX hardware. Helix Floor/LT/Rack (the default) Configures Helix Native such that any presets made can be easily loaded into Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, or Helix LT. HX Effects Configures Helix Native such that any presets made can be easily loaded into HX Effects. In this mode, no Amp or Cab models will be available. HX Stomp Configures Helix Native such that any presets made can be easily loaded into HX Stomp. 4. Click OK. Depending on the current Hardware Compatibility Mode, Helix Native may repopulate the preset list to reflect that of the selected hardware. For example, if you choose "HX Stomp," HX Stomp's factory presets will appear and the signal flow will be limited to six blocks. 5. Click "Set as Default" to ensure any new instances of Helix Native open in the selected mode. IMPORTANT! Each Hardware Compatibility Mode incorporates its own, independent preset library. Therefore, you will see the Helix Native preset library automatically repopulate to reflect that of the selected hardware. Helix/HX Preset Sharing: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, Helix Native, HX Effects, HX Stomp, HX Edit All Helix and HX hardware and software now live within the same ecosystem. Using multiple windows within HX Edit and/or multiple instances of the Helix Native plug-in, both blocks and entire presets can be freely dragged and dropped or copied and pasted between units. Aside from the obvious caveats below, all Helix and HX products can now share the same content. IMPORTANT! Due to the vast differences in how Helix/HX products manage controllers, snapshots, and Command Center messages, there is no guarantee that every single tiny detail of a preset will translate properly. You can now drag/drop, copy/paste, or otherwise load: HX Effects or HX Stomp presets into Helix Floor/Rack/LT and Helix Native. If an HX Effects preset has 9 blocks, the ninth block will be routed to Path 2. Helix Floor/Rack/LT, Helix Native, or HX Stomp presets into HX Effects. However, there are caveats. To avoid an error message, the source preset must: Contain 9 or fewer blocks. Not contain any Amp+Cab, Amp, Preamp, or Cab blocks. Contain no more than one Split and Merge block. Fit within one path worth of DSP processing. Helix Floor/Rack/LT, Helix Native, or HX Effects presets into HX Stomp. However, there are caveats. To avoid an error message, the source preset must: Contain 6 or fewer blocks. Contain no more than one Split and Merge block Fit within one path worth of DSP processing. Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects, or HX Stomp presets into Helix Native NOTE: A dialog box will appear if the source preset cannot be accommodated by the current Hardware Compatibility Mode (see above). At this point, you may choose to switch the current Hardware Compatibility Mode to that of the source preset, or attempt to translate the preset into the current Hardware Compatibility Mode, given the caveats above. See the Helix Native Pilot's Guide for more information. Click the question mark icon in the lower left corner of the plug-in. Undo/Redo: Helix Native, HX Edit Both the Helix Native plug-in and HX Edit now support multiple levels of undo/redo. 1. Click the Undo button to undo the most recent edit. 2. Click the Redo button to redo the most recent undo. MIDI Learn: Helix Native (Helix Floor, Helix Rack, Helix LT, HX Effects, and HX Stomp already have this feature) Helix Native can now learn an incoming MIDI CC message and automatically assign it to a parameter. 1. Right-click on a parameter and select Controller > MIDI Learn. A small brain icon flashes. If you change your mind, click the icon to cancel. 2. Send Helix Native a MIDI CC message. The parameter is automatically assigned to it. TIP: In Helix Native, right-click (Mac: control-click) on a processing block to open a pull-down that lets you manually assign a MIDI CC to block bypass. Right-click (Mac: control-click) on a parameter slider to open a pull-down menu that lets you manually assign a MIDI CC to parameter control. NOTE: Not all DAW software automatically routes incoming MIDI data through to any plug-in, especially those instantiated as an insert on an audio track. See your DAW's documentation for more information. The new MIDI In indicator in the lower right corner flashes if Helix Native receives MIDI data. Hands-free Pedal Edit for Input/Output Blocks: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT In addition to Amp, Effect, Cab, IR, Split, and Mixer parameters, Input and Output Block parameters can also now be edited with your feet, including the new Variax String Level, Powercab Plus remote, and DT25/DT50 remote parameters. 1. Press and hold MODE to enter Pedal Edit Mode. The switches flash. 2. If necessary, press MORE one or more times to view additional blocks and press the Input 1A (or 1B, 2A, or 2B) or Output 1A (or 1B, 2A, or 2B) footswitch. If the block has more than one page of parameters, press FS8 () until you find the parameter. 3. Press the footswitch displaying the parameter you want to adjust and use an expression pedal to adjust the parameter. For fine adjustment, press FS10 (VALUE) and FS11 (VALUE+). Hold FS10 (VALUE) or FS11 (VALUE +) for faster adjustments. 4. When finished, press FS12 (EXIT). If you want to save any changes made to the preset, hold FS12 (EXIT) for two seconds. Snapshot Reselect: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, Helix Native, HX Effects, HX Stomp Currently, pressing the currently active Snapshot switch will reload the stored state of that snapshot. With 2.80, you can now choose to instead toggle between it and the previously selected snapshot. For example, if you're on Snapshot 2 and switch to Snapshot 8, pressing the Snapshot 8 footswitch will seamlessly toggle between Snapshot 8 and Snapshot 2. From the Global Settings > Preferences menu, turn Snapshot Reselect to choose "Reload" or "Toggle Prev." "Reload" remains the default. Stomp Select: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT (parameter is already in HX Effects and HX Stomp) Currently, briefly touching a stomp footswitch jumps to select its assigned items' parameters; it's a super fast and simple way to navigate your various amps and effects. For those neanderthals of you who play barefoot, you can disable this functionality from Global Settings > Footswitches > Touch Select. With 2.80, this parameter has now changed to Stomp Select, and lets you choose whether touching a switch, pressing a switch, or both instantly jumps to display the assigned items' parameters. Depending on your type of Helix/HX product, follow the procedure below: Helix Floor/Rack/LT From the Global Settings > Footswitches menu, turn Knob 1 (Stomp Select) to choose "None," "Touch," "Press," or "Touch+Press." "Touch" remains the default. HX Effects/HX StompFrom the Global Settings > Footswitches menu, turn Knob 1 (Stomp Select) to choose "Touch," "Press," or "Both." "Touch" remains the default. Swap Up/Down Switches: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, HX Effects Some users have requested the ability to press the DOWN switch to select the next bank, preset, or snapshot. With 2.80, Up and Down can be swapped: From the Global Settings > Footswitches menu, turn [Swap Up/Down] to choose "Off" (normal) or "On" (reversed). SHORTCUT: Touch (but don't press) the Up and Down switches together for one second, and then press Knob 6 [FS6 on HX Effects] (OK). The up and down switches are now swapped. Turn Joystick to Select Blocks: Helix Floor, Helix Rack, Helix LT Currently, turning the joystick encoder scrolls through available models for the selected block. With 2.80, you can now choose to instead turn the joystick to quickly move across the signal flow. From the Global Settings > Preferences menu, turn Knob 5 (Joystick Encoder) to choose "Model" or "Selection." "Model" remains the default. SHORTCUT: Pressing and turning the joystick will provide the opposite setting; that is, when set to "Model", press and turn the joystick to quickly move across the signal flow. When set to "Selection," press and turn the joystick to scroll through available models for the selected block. Tempo Indicator: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control Press TAP/TUNER two or more times to enter a new tempo. The TAP/TUNER scribble strip briefly displays the entered tempo. SHORTCUT: To fine-tune the tempo, briefly touch the TAP/TUNER switch. The Tempo panel opens. Turn Knob 6 (BPM) to manually set the tempo. Pedal Position Indicator: Helix Floor A new Global Settings > Displays > Pedal Position Display parameter lets you determine whether the scribble strip above the expression pedal temporarily displays the expression pedal position ("Temporary") or remains visible ("Persistent"). Move the built-in expression pedal. The EXP scribble strip displays a position indicator (0 ~ 100%). Helix Native Pricing: Helix Native It's not technically a feature, but Helix Native is now $99.99 US for all registered owners of Helix Floor, Helix Rack, Helix LT, HX Effects, and HX Stomp ($300 off). Helix Native brings the amps, cabs, effects, and IR loading from Helix to your Mac or PC's recording software without the need for time-consuming re-amping. Depending on your computer's horsepower, you may be able to add an entire Helix's worth of processing to multiple guitar, bass, synth, vocal, drum, bus, slide whistle, and nose flute tracks. Helix Native along with Helix hardware is also an immeasurably helpful tool when trying to rebuild studio tones for your tour, or tones built on the road for the next record. What used to take weeks (or hiring an expensive programmer) now takes seconds. Other Changes and Improvements in 2.80 The Global Settings > Preferences > Tap Tempo Pitch (Authentic, Transparent) setting now also affects tempo changes taking place across snapshot changes, not just when pressing the TAP switch. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, Helix Native, HX Effects, HX Stomp) On a Cab > Dual block, changing the first cab no longer changes the second cab. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, Helix Native, HX Edit [feature is already in HX Stomp]) Page indication has changed from small colored dots to the right of the inspector to a scrolling inspector header line (similar to the one in HX Stomp). This allows Impulse Response blocks to display longer IR names. Oh yeah speaking of which... (Helix Floor/Rack/LT) Impulse Response blocks now display as many IR file name characters as will fit in the inspector header. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, Helix Native) In previous versions, only the last value would be recalled via Snapshots (example: In Program messages, only the PC value could change). With 2.80, all values are recalled via Snapshots (example: In Hotkey messages, all modifiers and the keystroke can change, so each snapshot could have different sets of key commands). (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects) Additional values have been added to recall snapshots remotely via MIDI. CC69 Value 8 will select the next snapshot and Value 9 will select the previous snapshot. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, Helix Native, HX Effects [feature is already in HX Stomp]) Command Center > CC Toggle, CV Toggle (Helix Floor only), and Amp Control messages have an additional Type parameter that lets one determine whether the footswitch is latching or momentary. Previously, you would have to assign a processing block (set to momentary) to the same footswitch to make the Command Center message momentary. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects) An additional "None" value has been added to Command Center > Instant > Amp Control messages. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects) The "Pac Man" shortcut where moving the joystick right from the Output block jumps to the Input block (and vice versa) now also works when moving the joystick up and down. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT) On the Save Preset, Rename Preset, Rename Snapshot, Rename Setlist, and Customize screens, moving the joystick right from the last character jumps to the first (and vice versa). (Helix Floor/Rack/LT [feature is already in HX Stomp and HX Effects]) The boot screen now displays a red progress bar. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT [feature is already in HX Stomp]) While in the Command Center menu, pressing SAVE twice to save a preset no longer exits you all the way to the Home screen. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects) Pressing Up and Down together from Snapshot mode now exits to the previous mode (same as pressing EXIT). (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects) Turning the PRESET knob past the last preset in each setlist now jumps back to the beginning of the setlist (and vice versa). (Helix Floor/Rack/LT [feature is already in HX Stomp and HX Effects]) A small indicator in the lower right corner of the plug-in window flashes whenever a MIDI message is received. (Helix Native) Automation and MIDI/controller assignments can now be managed together from the Automation/Controller Assign tab. (Helix Native, HX Edit) Blocks assigned to controllers or automation now display their category name in brackets. Parameters assigned to controllers or automation display a small icon to the left of their parameter sliders. In addition, pop-up menus now display controller or automation assignments, if any. (Helix Native, HX Edit) From the Controller/Automation tab, right-click (Mac: control-click) an assignment to open a pull-down menu, letting you clear one or all assignments. (Helix Native, HX Edit [feature is already in Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects, and HX Stomp]) The Preferences menu in HX Edit now lets you set FS3, FS4, and FS5 functions. (HX Edit [feature is already in HX Stomp]) A new "Restore Factory Settings" button has been added to the bottom of the Preferences window. (Helix Native, HX Edit [feature is already in Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects, and HX Stomp]) In HX Edit, snapshots can now be selected while the Command Center window is open. In HX Edit, the parameter tab will now be in sync with the Helix display for Amp+Cab and Cab > Dual blocks. When a Shuriken Variax is connected, HX Edit now displays its bank names properly. Wow, you're still reading this? Congratulations; you're way cooler and better looking than other Helix/HX owners. Celebrate your superiority with some delicious tacos. As Ampeg is now Line 6's sister company, all pre-2.80 Ampeg models have been renamed: Amp > Bass > Tuck n' Go is now called "Ampeg B-15NF" Amp > Bass > SV Beast Nrm is now called "Ampeg SVT Nrm" Amp > Bass > SV Beast Brt is now called "Ampeg SVT Brt" Cab > 1x15 Tuck n' Go is now called "1x15 Ampeg B-15" Cab > 4x10 Rhino is now called "4x10 Ampeg HLF" Cab > 8x10 SV Beast is now called "8x10 Ampeg SVT E" Numerous stability and performance improvements Lots of other little things: Bug Fixes in 2.80: On rare occasions, with dirty footswitches, a single press can generate two Command Center messages. We've added a small timeout to ensure this doesn't happen, regardless of the condition of the footswitches. Pressing the Cab > Mic parameter knob now returns the value to default. While HX Edit is running, double-clicking a preset, setlist, or bundle file on the desktop or any finder window will load the file. In HX Edit, background windows now properly reflect the connected state of the device. In HX Edit, preset names are now preserved in setlist, bundle, or backup files if an empty preset was renamed. Many other minor bug fixes: Known Issues in 2.80: Global settings are reset after upgrade to 2.80. BACKUP FIRST! Downgrading to 2.71 or older will erase ALL preset data. The first time you update Helix/HX to 2.80, your Mac or PC may ask what kind of keyboard you have connected. This is due to the new Hotkey feature. Just ignore this and close the window. Assigning a Command Center > Hotkey message to a footswitch that already has a block assigned to it (set to latching, which is the default) will cause the keystroke to be repeatedly sent to your Mac/PC. To avoid this behavior, either assign the Hotkey message to an empty footswitch or set the footswitch's mode to Momentary. The first preset of each setlist is loaded during a restore. The Helix icon may appear during the update and it could stop spinning. This is fine, the update will continue. DT must be on firmware version 2.00 for L6 Link control to function. Powercab 112 Plus must be on firmware version 2.00 or higher for L6 Link control to function. You cannot rename the 1 Switch Looper scribble strip on Rack or Floor. A preset may load blank after dragging a looper block across a split, merge and another block two times. Simply load the preset again and it will load as expected. A brief volume increase can occur at preset load from Powercab while loading presets with different Powercab modes on a Helix device. Undo/Redo does not work when switching between time and note divisions. In HX EDIT, Undo/Redo removes block assignments in certain cases such as moving between paths. Save to Library lists presets in "01A-32D" setlist format regardless of preferences. Helix can become stuck in a footswitch mode when cancelling out of snapshot mode if snapshot mode was entered while banking. Banking and reloading the preset resolves this issue. Helix's display can become non responsive if HX Edit is open when restarting or shutting down a Windows computer. Unplugging and replugging the USB cable resolves this issue. Punch In and Punch Out MMC commands are not functioning. Please use Hotkeys as a temporary workaround. Bank up can occasionally increment by 8 with preset mode switches set to a non-default setting. Helix LT ONLY: XLR Output global setting requires the setting to be adjusted 2x before it takes effect. Helix Rack ONLY: Tuner output USB 5/6 routes audio to XLR, 1/4" and SPDIF.]]> 2019-07-18 09:03:17 Helix Rack 2.80 HX_Effects_v2.80-rc4_1f2948832_bundle.hxf Dhyana Drive (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Hermida Zendrive Distortion > Heir Apparent (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Analogman Prince of Tone (basically half a King of Tone) Distortion > Tone Sovereign (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Analogman King of Tone V4 (basically two Prince of Tones in one) Distortion > ZeroAmp Bass DI (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Tech 21® SansAmp Bass Driver DI V1 Distortion > Ampeg Scrambler (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Ampeg® Scrambler Bass Overdrive Filter > Asheville Pattrn (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Moog® Moogerfooger® MF-105M MIDI MuRF Filter (with both MuRF and Bass MuRF voicings) EQ > Low/High Shelf (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original EQ > Tilt (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original. Tilt is a subtle 6dB EQ that boosts high frequencies while simultaneously attenuating low frequencies (or vice versa). Great for quickly making tones a bit brighter or darker. The Center Freq parameter sets the frequency around which the boost and cut pivot. NOTE: All product names used in this document are trademarks of their respective owners and neither Yamaha Guitar Group nor Line 6 are associated or affiliated with them. These trademarks appear solely to identify products whose tones and sounds were studied by Line 6 during sound model development. New Features in 2.80 NOTE: For additional information on Helix Native 1.80 or HX Edit 2.80, check out the latest Helix Native and HX Edit Pilot's Guides, which are automatically installed with the new 1.80/2.80 software. Hotkeys Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, HX Effects IMPORTANT! The first time you update Helix/HX to 2.80, your Mac or PC may ask what kind of keyboard you have connected. Just ignore this and close the window. The Command Center can now send QWERTY hotkeys (keyboard shortcuts with or without modifiers such as Shift, Control, Option/Alt, and Command) to your Mac, PC, or iOS device via USB. You can now control virtually any software ever made, including DAWs, looping software, DJ software, media players, lighting software, video software, browsers, or video games... with your feet... or when assigned to an Instant command, from any preset or snapshot recall. 1. From the Command Center menu, select a footswitch or Instant command and turn Knob 1 (Command) to select Hotkey. 2. Turn knobs 2-5 to select the desired keystroke. If the keystroke doesn't have modifiers, leave knobs 2, 3, and 4 set to None." TIP: It's much faster and easier to program keystrokes from HX Edit 2.80. Open the Command Center window, select a footswitch or Instant command, and from the Command pull-down menu, select "Hotkey." Click the small keypad icon and simply enter the keystroke from your computer keyboard. Don't forget to customize the switch label! NOTE: Just like a normal computer keyboard, hotkeys won't work unless the software or app you want to control is in focus. Hotkey Templates Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, HX Effects To get you started with hotkeys, we've provided the following template presets in 2.80: Cubase Pro Tools (Mac) Pro Tools (PC) Logic/GarageBand Ableton Live (Mac) Ableton Live (PC) Reaper (Mac) Reaper (PC) StudioOne Cakewalk MainStage QLab YouTube iTunes Spotify (Mac) Spotify (PC) Apple Keynote First-person shooter video games Most software has dozens if not hundreds of available hotkeys; feel free to swap ours out with the ones you use the most. With clever choices and a bit of finesse, you may be able to run a recording session (or elaborate live show with lighting and video cues) without ever touching a mouse or keyboard. Depending on your type of Helix/HX product, follow the procedure below: Helix Floor/Rack/LT Press the PRESET knob, move the joystick left to select the Setlist column, select 8 TEMPLATES, and press the joystick. Hotkey templates begin at 06A. HX Effects Press MODE to select Preset mode and turn the Big Knob. Hotkey templates begin at 16A. NOTE: Updating the firmware does not automatically load any new presets or the hotkey templates; you must manually load them. See "STEP 5 Loading the 2.80 Factory Presets/Templates" above. Variax String Level: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT Helix can now remotely adjust the level of individual guitar strings on a connected Shuriken Variax, JTV, or Variax Standard. TIP: Just like with any amp, cab, or effect parameter, Variax String Level can be quickly assigned to footswitches or Snapshots. "Wait. You mean I can turn off the top three strings for the verse (Snapshot 1) and bring them back in for the chorus (Snapshot 2)? And if the high E is too shrill I can back its volume down to 85%?" Yes. "That's pretty nuts." Yes it is. 1. Select the Input > Multi or Input > Variax block and press PAGE > three times. 2. Turn Knobs 1-6 to adjust each strings level. 3. If you want to set a particular string's level separately for each snapshot, press and turn the string's knob. The value will turn white and appear in brackets. NOTE: Assigning a continuous controller (such as an expression pedal or slider on your MIDI controller) is not recommended, as it may result in minor pops and clicks; this is due to limitations in Variax DSP, not Helix. Powercab Plus Remote: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT IMPORTANT! You must also update Powercab Plus! It must be running firmware 2.0 or higher. Helix can now remotely adjust parameters in one or two L6 LINK-connected Powercab Plus modeling speaker cabs. When one Powercab Plus is connected via L6 LINK (110-ohm AES/EBU cable), it receives a mono signal from Helix; when two Powercab Plus amps are daisy-chained via L6 LINK, the first cab in the chain receives the left signal and the second cab receives the right signal. TIP: Just like with any amp, cab, or effect parameter, Powercab Plus parameters can be quickly assigned to footswitches or Snapshots. 1. Select the Output > Multi or Output > Digital block and press PAGE > once. 2. Turn Knob 1 (Powercab Remote) to select "Per Preset" or "Global." If you don't plan on changing Powercab parameters along with Helix presets, choose "Global." 3. Turn Knob 2 (Powercab Mode) to select the desired type of Powercab mode: Flat, Speaker, or IR. Note that certain parameters will gray out depending on the mode chosen. 4. Turn Knob 4 (Speaker Select) to specify which Powercab you want to control Powercab 1, Powercab 2, or both Powercabs simultaneously ("1+2 Link"). Normally, you should leave this set to "1+2 Link," which edits both Powercabs simultaneously, to maintain phase coherence. Flat Voicing when Powercab Mode is set to "Flat," determines the type of speaker voicing. Speaker Type when Powercab Mode is set to "Speaker," determines the current speaker model. Speaker DI Mic when Powercab Mode is set to "Speaker," determines the mic model used on Powercab's XLR output(s). Speaker Mic Dist when Powercab Mode is set to "Speaker," determines the mic distance used on Powercab's XLR output(s). Speaker User IR when Powercab Mode is set to "User IR," selects the impulse response used. Speaker Low Cut applies a Low Cut filter to Powercab Plus for minimizing low end rumble. Speaker Hi Cut applies a High Cut filter to Powercab Plus for minimizing high end harshness. Speaker Level applies a level trim. Speaker Color lets you choose the LED ring color on any connected Powercab(s). NOTE: For more information on Powercab Plus, see the Powercab Plus Pilot's Guide. DT50/DT25 Remote: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, HX Edit Helix can now remotely adjust the real tube topology settings and other parameters in one or two L6 LINK-connected DT25 or DT50 amplifiers. When one DT25 or DT50 is connected via L6 LINK (110-ohm AES/EBU cable), it receives a mono signal from Helix; when two DT250 or DT50 amplifiers are daisy-chained via L6 LINK, the first cab in the chain receives the left signal and the second cab receives the right signal. TIP: Just like with any amp, cab, or effect parameter, DT parameters can be quickly assigned to footswitches or Snapshots. 1. From the Output > Multi or Output > Digital block, press PAGE > three times. 2. Turn Knob 1 (DT 25/50 Remote) to select "Per Preset" or "Global." If you don't plan on changing DT topology settings along with Helix presets, choose "Global." 3. Turn Knob 2 (DT Select) to specify which DT amp you want to controlDT 1, DT 2, or both DT amps simultaneously ("1+2 Link"). Normally, you should leave this set to "1+2 Link," which edits both DT amps simultaneously, to maintain phase coherence. DT Channel When set to Channel A, the DT switches to Channel A and its preamp is bypassed for when using a preamp model in Helix. When set to Channel B, the DT switches to Channel B and its preamp is activated. TIP: Assign a stomp footswitch (or snapshots) to simultaneously bypass a Helix preamp block AND switch a connected DT amp to Channel B. This gives you a wider variety of tones in the same preset, without the DSP overhead required to run two simultaneous Preamp blocks. DT Topology Changes the DT amp's negative feedback loop topology. Choose "I (Tight)" for behavior reminiscent of the great American Blackface amps of the 60s, choose "II (Loose)" for dialing in echoes of classic British amps, choose "III (ZNF)" for a very open or dynamic feeling amp, or choose "IV (Resonant)" to add low frequency resonance that pairs well with high gain tones. DT Power Amp Sets the DT amp's operating class, wattage, and bias type. Choose "Class A" for more dynamics with greater touch sensitivity; choose "Class AB" for greater headroom and power. DT Tube Config Changes the configuration of the DT's power tubes. Chose "Pentode" for clear and commanding tone; choose "Triode" for quieter and rounder sounds with a more vintage feel. DT Reverb Turns the DT amp's built-in spring reverb on and off. DT Rev Mix Determines the amount of built-in spring reverb. DT 12AX7 Boost (DT50 only) When Low Volume Mode is off, applies a volume boost DT. Feedback Cap (DT50 only) Sets the DT amp's feedback capacitor type. DT B+ Voltage (DT50 only) Sets the DT amp's phase inverter B+ voltage. NOTE: For more information on DT amps, see the DT25 Pilot's Guide or the DT50 Pilot's Guide. Snapshot Bypass: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, Helix Native, HX Effects, HX Stomp, HX Edit There may be situations where you don't want Helix's snapshots to control a particular block's bypass state; that is, you'd prefer to turn it on and off manually. For example, you may want manual control of a boost pedal at any time without worrying about whether a particular snapshot might turn it on or off. Depending on your type of Helix/HX product, follow the procedure below: Helix Floor/Rack/LT Select a processing block, press ACTION, and set Knob 5 (Snapshot Bypass) to "Off" to disable snapshot control of that block's bypass state. HX Effects Select a processing block, press ACTION, and press the "Snapshot Bypass" switch to disable snapshot control of that block's bypass state. HX Stomp From Edit view, select a processing block, press ACTION, press PAGE >, and set Knob 3 (Snapshot Bypass) to "Off" to disable snapshot control of that block's bypass state. Helix Native/HX Edit Right-click (Mac: control-click) on a processing block and uncheck "Snapshot Bypass." Alternatively, right-click (Mac: control-click) the Bypass button to uncheck "Snapshot Bypass." Hardware Compatibility Mode: Helix Native Helix Native can now reflect the signal flow and model set of all Helix and HX hardware devices, so transferring presets to and from your DAW is even easier. In addition, Hardware Compatibility can be disabled entirely, so the simultaneous model count is now limited only by the speed of your computer. 1. Open any instance of Helix Native within your DAW and click the gear icon in the lower left corner to open the Preferences window. 2. Click the Hardware Compatibility tab. 3. From the "Current Hardware Compatibility Mode" pull-down menu, select one of the following options: Off Disables Hardware Compatibility and lets you add as many blocks (of any type) as your computer's horsepower will allow. Choose this setting if you don't own any Helix or HX hardware. Helix Floor/LT/Rack (the default) Configures Helix Native such that any presets made can be easily loaded into Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, or Helix LT. HX Effects Configures Helix Native such that any presets made can be easily loaded into HX Effects. In this mode, no Amp or Cab models will be available. HX Stomp Configures Helix Native such that any presets made can be easily loaded into HX Stomp. 4. Click OK. Depending on the current Hardware Compatibility Mode, Helix Native may repopulate the preset list to reflect that of the selected hardware. For example, if you choose "HX Stomp," HX Stomp's factory presets will appear and the signal flow will be limited to six blocks. 5. Click "Set as Default" to ensure any new instances of Helix Native open in the selected mode. IMPORTANT! Each Hardware Compatibility Mode incorporates its own, independent preset library. Therefore, you will see the Helix Native preset library automatically repopulate to reflect that of the selected hardware. Helix/HX Preset Sharing: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, Helix Native, HX Effects, HX Stomp, HX Edit All Helix and HX hardware and software now live within the same ecosystem. Using multiple windows within HX Edit and/or multiple instances of the Helix Native plug-in, both blocks and entire presets can be freely dragged and dropped or copied and pasted between units. Aside from the obvious caveats below, all Helix and HX products can now share the same content. IMPORTANT! Due to the vast differences in how Helix/HX products manage controllers, snapshots, and Command Center messages, there is no guarantee that every single tiny detail of a preset will translate properly. You can now drag/drop, copy/paste, or otherwise load: HX Effects or HX Stomp presets into Helix Floor/Rack/LT and Helix Native. If an HX Effects preset has 9 blocks, the ninth block will be routed to Path 2. Helix Floor/Rack/LT, Helix Native, or HX Stomp presets into HX Effects. However, there are caveats. To avoid an error message, the source preset must: Contain 9 or fewer blocks. Not contain any Amp+Cab, Amp, Preamp, or Cab blocks. Contain no more than one Split and Merge block. Fit within one path worth of DSP processing. Helix Floor/Rack/LT, Helix Native, or HX Effects presets into HX Stomp. However, there are caveats. To avoid an error message, the source preset must: Contain 6 or fewer blocks. Contain no more than one Split and Merge block Fit within one path worth of DSP processing. Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects, or HX Stomp presets into Helix Native NOTE: A dialog box will appear if the source preset cannot be accommodated by the current Hardware Compatibility Mode (see above). At this point, you may choose to switch the current Hardware Compatibility Mode to that of the source preset, or attempt to translate the preset into the current Hardware Compatibility Mode, given the caveats above. See the Helix Native Pilot's Guide for more information. Click the question mark icon in the lower left corner of the plug-in. Undo/Redo: Helix Native, HX Edit Both the Helix Native plug-in and HX Edit now support multiple levels of undo/redo. 1. Click the Undo button to undo the most recent edit. 2. Click the Redo button to redo the most recent undo. MIDI Learn: Helix Native (Helix Floor, Helix Rack, Helix LT, HX Effects, and HX Stomp already have this feature) Helix Native can now learn an incoming MIDI CC message and automatically assign it to a parameter. 1. Right-click on a parameter and select Controller > MIDI Learn. A small brain icon flashes. If you change your mind, click the icon to cancel. 2. Send Helix Native a MIDI CC message. The parameter is automatically assigned to it. TIP: In Helix Native, right-click (Mac: control-click) on a processing block to open a pull-down that lets you manually assign a MIDI CC to block bypass. Right-click (Mac: control-click) on a parameter slider to open a pull-down menu that lets you manually assign a MIDI CC to parameter control. NOTE: Not all DAW software automatically routes incoming MIDI data through to any plug-in, especially those instantiated as an insert on an audio track. See your DAW's documentation for more information. The new MIDI In indicator in the lower right corner flashes if Helix Native receives MIDI data. Hands-free Pedal Edit for Input/Output Blocks: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT In addition to Amp, Effect, Cab, IR, Split, and Mixer parameters, Input and Output Block parameters can also now be edited with your feet, including the new Variax String Level, Powercab Plus remote, and DT25/DT50 remote parameters. 1. Press and hold MODE to enter Pedal Edit Mode. The switches flash. 2. If necessary, press MORE one or more times to view additional blocks and press the Input 1A (or 1B, 2A, or 2B) or Output 1A (or 1B, 2A, or 2B) footswitch. If the block has more than one page of parameters, press FS8 () until you find the parameter. 3. Press the footswitch displaying the parameter you want to adjust and use an expression pedal to adjust the parameter. For fine adjustment, press FS10 (VALUE) and FS11 (VALUE+). Hold FS10 (VALUE) or FS11 (VALUE +) for faster adjustments. 4. When finished, press FS12 (EXIT). If you want to save any changes made to the preset, hold FS12 (EXIT) for two seconds. Snapshot Reselect: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, Helix Native, HX Effects, HX Stomp Currently, pressing the currently active Snapshot switch will reload the stored state of that snapshot. With 2.80, you can now choose to instead toggle between it and the previously selected snapshot. For example, if you're on Snapshot 2 and switch to Snapshot 8, pressing the Snapshot 8 footswitch will seamlessly toggle between Snapshot 8 and Snapshot 2. From the Global Settings > Preferences menu, turn Snapshot Reselect to choose "Reload" or "Toggle Prev." "Reload" remains the default. Stomp Select: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT (parameter is already in HX Effects and HX Stomp) Currently, briefly touching a stomp footswitch jumps to select its assigned items' parameters; it's a super fast and simple way to navigate your various amps and effects. For those neanderthals of you who play barefoot, you can disable this functionality from Global Settings > Footswitches > Touch Select. With 2.80, this parameter has now changed to Stomp Select, and lets you choose whether touching a switch, pressing a switch, or both instantly jumps to display the assigned items' parameters. Depending on your type of Helix/HX product, follow the procedure below: Helix Floor/Rack/LT From the Global Settings > Footswitches menu, turn Knob 1 (Stomp Select) to choose "None," "Touch," "Press," or "Touch+Press." "Touch" remains the default. HX Effects/HX StompFrom the Global Settings > Footswitches menu, turn Knob 1 (Stomp Select) to choose "Touch," "Press," or "Both." "Touch" remains the default. Swap Up/Down Switches: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, HX Effects Some users have requested the ability to press the DOWN switch to select the next bank, preset, or snapshot. With 2.80, Up and Down can be swapped: From the Global Settings > Footswitches menu, turn [Swap Up/Down] to choose "Off" (normal) or "On" (reversed). SHORTCUT: Touch (but don't press) the Up and Down switches together for one second, and then press Knob 6 [FS6 on HX Effects] (OK). The up and down switches are now swapped. Turn Joystick to Select Blocks: Helix Floor, Helix Rack, Helix LT Currently, turning the joystick encoder scrolls through available models for the selected block. With 2.80, you can now choose to instead turn the joystick to quickly move across the signal flow. From the Global Settings > Preferences menu, turn Knob 5 (Joystick Encoder) to choose "Model" or "Selection." "Model" remains the default. SHORTCUT: Pressing and turning the joystick will provide the opposite setting; that is, when set to "Model", press and turn the joystick to quickly move across the signal flow. When set to "Selection," press and turn the joystick to scroll through available models for the selected block. Tempo Indicator: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control Press TAP/TUNER two or more times to enter a new tempo. The TAP/TUNER scribble strip briefly displays the entered tempo. SHORTCUT: To fine-tune the tempo, briefly touch the TAP/TUNER switch. The Tempo panel opens. Turn Knob 6 (BPM) to manually set the tempo. Pedal Position Indicator: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control A new Global Settings > Displays > Pedal Position Display parameter lets you determine whether the scribble strip above the expression pedal temporarily displays the expression pedal position ("Temporary") or remains visible ("Persistent"). Move the built-in expression pedal. The EXP scribble strip displays a position indicator (0 ~ 100%). Helix Native Pricing: Helix Native It's not technically a feature, but Helix Native is now $99.99 US for all registered owners of Helix Floor, Helix Rack, Helix LT, HX Effects, and HX Stomp ($300 off). Helix Native brings the amps, cabs, effects, and IR loading from Helix to your Mac or PC's recording software without the need for time-consuming re-amping. Depending on your computer's horsepower, you may be able to add an entire Helix's worth of processing to multiple guitar, bass, synth, vocal, drum, bus, slide whistle, and nose flute tracks. Helix Native along with Helix hardware is also an immeasurably helpful tool when trying to rebuild studio tones for your tour, or tones built on the road for the next record. What used to take weeks (or hiring an expensive programmer) now takes seconds. Other Changes and Improvements in 2.80 The Global Settings > Preferences > Tap Tempo Pitch (Authentic, Transparent) setting now also affects tempo changes taking place across snapshot changes, not just when pressing the TAP switch. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, Helix Native, HX Effects, HX Stomp) On a Cab > Dual block, changing the first cab no longer changes the second cab. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, Helix Native, HX Edit [feature is already in HX Stomp]) Page indication has changed from small colored dots to the right of the inspector to a scrolling inspector header line (similar to the one in HX Stomp). This allows Impulse Response blocks to display longer IR names. Oh yeah speaking of which... (Helix Floor/Rack/LT) Impulse Response blocks now display as many IR file name characters as will fit in the inspector header. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, Helix Native) In previous versions, only the last value would be recalled via Snapshots (example: In Program messages, only the PC value could change). With 2.80, all values are recalled via Snapshots (example: In Hotkey messages, all modifiers and the keystroke can change, so each snapshot could have different sets of key commands). (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects) Additional values have been added to recall snapshots remotely via MIDI. CC69 Value 8 will select the next snapshot and Value 9 will select the previous snapshot. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, Helix Native, HX Effects [feature is already in HX Stomp]) Command Center > CC Toggle, CV Toggle (Helix Floor only), and Amp Control messages have an additional Type parameter that lets one determine whether the footswitch is latching or momentary. Previously, you would have to assign a processing block (set to momentary) to the same footswitch to make the Command Center message momentary. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects) An additional "None" value has been added to Command Center > Instant > Amp Control messages. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects) The "Pac Man" shortcut where moving the joystick right from the Output block jumps to the Input block (and vice versa) now also works when moving the joystick up and down. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT) On the Save Preset, Rename Preset, Rename Snapshot, Rename Setlist, and Customize screens, moving the joystick right from the last character jumps to the first (and vice versa). (Helix Floor/Rack/LT [feature is already in HX Stomp and HX Effects]) The boot screen now displays a red progress bar. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT [feature is already in HX Stomp]) While in the Command Center menu, pressing SAVE twice to save a preset no longer exits you all the way to the Home screen. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects) Pressing Up and Down together from Snapshot mode now exits to the previous mode (same as pressing EXIT). (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects) Turning the PRESET knob past the last preset in each setlist now jumps back to the beginning of the setlist (and vice versa). (Helix Floor/Rack/LT [feature is already in HX Stomp and HX Effects]) A small indicator in the lower right corner of the plug-in window flashes whenever a MIDI message is received. (Helix Native) Automation and MIDI/controller assignments can now be managed together from the Automation/Controller Assign tab. (Helix Native, HX Edit) Blocks assigned to controllers or automation now display their category name in brackets. Parameters assigned to controllers or automation display a small icon to the left of their parameter sliders. In addition, pop-up menus now display controller or automation assignments, if any. (Helix Native, HX Edit) From the Controller/Automation tab, right-click (Mac: control-click) an assignment to open a pull-down menu, letting you clear one or all assignments. (Helix Native, HX Edit [feature is already in Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects, and HX Stomp]) The Preferences menu in HX Edit now lets you set FS3, FS4, and FS5 functions. (HX Edit [feature is already in HX Stomp]) A new "Restore Factory Settings" button has been added to the bottom of the Preferences window. (Helix Native, HX Edit [feature is already in Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects, and HX Stomp]) In HX Edit, snapshots can now be selected while the Command Center window is open. In HX Edit, the parameter tab will now be in sync with the Helix display for Amp+Cab and Cab > Dual blocks. When a Shuriken Variax is connected, HX Edit now displays its bank names properly. Wow, you're still reading this? Congratulations; you're way cooler and better looking than other Helix/HX owners. Celebrate your superiority with some delicious tacos. As Ampeg is now Line 6's sister company, all pre-2.80 Ampeg models have been renamed: Amp > Bass > Tuck n' Go is now called "Ampeg B-15NF" Amp > Bass > SV Beast Nrm is now called "Ampeg SVT Nrm" Amp > Bass > SV Beast Brt is now called "Ampeg SVT Brt" Cab > 1x15 Tuck n' Go is now called "1x15 Ampeg B-15" Cab > 4x10 Rhino is now called "4x10 Ampeg HLF" Cab > 8x10 SV Beast is now called "8x10 Ampeg SVT E" Numerous stability and performance improvements Lots of other little things: Bug Fixes in 2.80: On rare occasions, with dirty footswitches, a single press can generate two Command Center messages. We've added a small timeout to ensure this doesn't happen, regardless of the condition of the footswitches. Pressing the Cab > Mic parameter knob now returns the value to default. While HX Edit is running, double-clicking a preset, setlist, or bundle file on the desktop or any finder window will load the file. In HX Edit, background windows now properly reflect the connected state of the device. In HX Edit, preset names are now preserved in setlist, bundle, or backup files if an empty preset was renamed. Many other minor bug fixes: Known Issues in 2.80: Global settings are reset after upgrade to 2.80. BACKUP FIRST! Downgrading to 2.71 or older will erase ALL preset data. The first time you update Helix/HX to 2.80, your Mac or PC may ask what kind of keyboard you have connected. This is due to the new Hotkey feature. Just ignore this and close the window. Assigning a Command Center > Hotkey message to a footswitch that already has a block assigned to it (set to latching, which is the default) will cause the keystroke to be repeatedly sent to your Mac/PC. To avoid this behavior, either assign the Hotkey message to an empty footswitch or set the footswitch's mode to Momentary. The first preset of each setlist is loaded during a restore. The Helix icon may appear during the update and it could stop spinning. This is fine, the update will continue. DT must be on 2.00 firmware for L6 Link control to function. You cannot rename the 1 Switch Looper scribble strip on Rack or Floor. A preset may load blank after dragging a looper block across a split, merge and another block two times. Simply load the preset again and it will load as expected. A brief volume increase can occur at preset load from Powercab while loading presets with different Powercab modes on a Helix device. Undo/Redo does not work when switching between time and note divisions. In HX EDIT, Undo/Redo removes block assignments in certain cases such as moving between paths. Save to Library lists presets in "01A-32D" setlist format regardless of preferences. Helix can become stuck in a footswitch mode when cancelling out of snapshot mode if snapshot mode was entered while banking. Banking and reloading the preset resolves this issue. Helix's display can become non responsive if HX Edit is open when restarting or shutting down a Windows computer. Unplugging and replugging the USB cable resolves this issue. Punch In and Punch Out MMC commands are not functioning. Please use Hotkeys as a temporary workaround. Bank up can occasionally increment by 8 with preset mode switches set to a non-default setting. Helix LT ONLY: XLR Output global setting requires the setting to be adjusted 2x before it takes effect. Helix Rack ONLY: Tuner output USB 5/6 routes audio to XLR, 1/4" and SPDIF.]]> 2019-07-18 09:03:25 HX Effects 2.80 HELIX_Floor_v2.80-rc4_61df28d38_bundle.hxf Dhyana Drive (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Hermida Zendrive Distortion > Heir Apparent (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Analogman Prince of Tone (basically half a King of Tone) Distortion > Tone Sovereign (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Analogman King of Tone V4 (basically two Prince of Tones in one) Distortion > ZeroAmp Bass DI (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Tech 21® SansAmp Bass Driver DI V1 Distortion > Ampeg Scrambler (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Ampeg® Scrambler Bass Overdrive Filter > Asheville Pattrn (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Moog® Moogerfooger® MF-105M MIDI MuRF Filter (with both MuRF and Bass MuRF voicings) EQ > Low/High Shelf (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original EQ > Tilt (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original. Tilt is a subtle 6dB EQ that boosts high frequencies while simultaneously attenuating low frequencies (or vice versa). Great for quickly making tones a bit brighter or darker. The Center Freq parameter sets the frequency around which the boost and cut pivot. NOTE: All product names used in this document are trademarks of their respective owners and neither Yamaha Guitar Group nor Line 6 are associated or affiliated with them. These trademarks appear solely to identify products whose tones and sounds were studied by Line 6 during sound model development. New Features in 2.80 NOTE: For additional information on Helix Native 1.80 or HX Edit 2.80, check out the latest Helix Native and HX Edit Pilot's Guides, which are automatically installed with the new 1.80/2.80 software. Hotkeys Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, HX Effects IMPORTANT! The first time you update Helix/HX to 2.80, your Mac or PC may ask what kind of keyboard you have connected. Just ignore this and close the window. The Command Center can now send QWERTY hotkeys (keyboard shortcuts with or without modifiers such as Shift, Control, Option/Alt, and Command) to your Mac, PC, or iOS device via USB. You can now control virtually any software ever made, including DAWs, looping software, DJ software, media players, lighting software, video software, browsers, or video games... with your feet... or when assigned to an Instant command, from any preset or snapshot recall. 1. From the Command Center menu, select a footswitch or Instant command and turn Knob 1 (Command) to select Hotkey. 2. Turn knobs 2-5 to select the desired keystroke. If the keystroke doesn't have modifiers, leave knobs 2, 3, and 4 set to None." TIP: It's much faster and easier to program keystrokes from HX Edit 2.80. Open the Command Center window, select a footswitch or Instant command, and from the Command pull-down menu, select "Hotkey." Click the small keypad icon and simply enter the keystroke from your computer keyboard. Don't forget to customize the switch label! NOTE: Just like a normal computer keyboard, hotkeys won't work unless the software or app you want to control is in focus. Hotkey Templates Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, HX Effects To get you started with hotkeys, we've provided the following template presets in 2.80: Cubase Pro Tools (Mac) Pro Tools (PC) Logic/GarageBand Ableton Live (Mac) Ableton Live (PC) Reaper (Mac) Reaper (PC) StudioOne Cakewalk MainStage QLab YouTube iTunes Spotify (Mac) Spotify (PC) Apple Keynote First-person shooter video games Most software has dozens if not hundreds of available hotkeys; feel free to swap ours out with the ones you use the most. With clever choices and a bit of finesse, you may be able to run a recording session (or elaborate live show with lighting and video cues) without ever touching a mouse or keyboard. Depending on your type of Helix/HX product, follow the procedure below: Helix Floor/Rack/LT Press the PRESET knob, move the joystick left to select the Setlist column, select 8 TEMPLATES, and press the joystick. Hotkey templates begin at 06A. HX Effects Press MODE to select Preset mode and turn the Big Knob. Hotkey templates begin at 16A. NOTE: Updating the firmware does not automatically load any new presets or the hotkey templates; you must manually load them. See "STEP 5 Loading the 2.80 Factory Presets/Templates" above. Variax String Level: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT Helix can now remotely adjust the level of individual guitar strings on a connected Shuriken Variax, JTV, or Variax Standard. TIP: Just like with any amp, cab, or effect parameter, Variax String Level can be quickly assigned to footswitches or Snapshots. "Wait. You mean I can turn off the top three strings for the verse (Snapshot 1) and bring them back in for the chorus (Snapshot 2)? And if the high E is too shrill I can back its volume down to 85%?" Yes. "That's pretty nuts." Yes it is. 1. Select the Input > Multi or Input > Variax block and press PAGE > three times. 2. Turn Knobs 1-6 to adjust each strings level. 3. If you want to set a particular string's level separately for each snapshot, press and turn the string's knob. The value will turn white and appear in brackets. NOTE: Assigning a continuous controller (such as an expression pedal or slider on your MIDI controller) is not recommended, as it may result in minor pops and clicks; this is due to limitations in Variax DSP, not Helix. Powercab Plus Remote: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT IMPORTANT! You must also update Powercab Plus! It must be running firmware 2.0 or higher. Helix can now remotely adjust parameters in one or two L6 LINK-connected Powercab Plus modeling speaker cabs. When one Powercab Plus is connected via L6 LINK (110-ohm AES/EBU cable), it receives a mono signal from Helix; when two Powercab Plus amps are daisy-chained via L6 LINK, the first cab in the chain receives the left signal and the second cab receives the right signal. TIP: Just like with any amp, cab, or effect parameter, Powercab Plus parameters can be quickly assigned to footswitches or Snapshots. 1. Select the Output > Multi or Output > Digital block and press PAGE > once. 2. Turn Knob 1 (Powercab Remote) to select "Per Preset" or "Global." If you don't plan on changing Powercab parameters along with Helix presets, choose "Global." 3. Turn Knob 2 (Powercab Mode) to select the desired type of Powercab mode: Flat, Speaker, or IR. Note that certain parameters will gray out depending on the mode chosen. 4. Turn Knob 4 (Speaker Select) to specify which Powercab you want to control Powercab 1, Powercab 2, or both Powercabs simultaneously ("1+2 Link"). Normally, you should leave this set to "1+2 Link," which edits both Powercabs simultaneously, to maintain phase coherence. Flat Voicing when Powercab Mode is set to "Flat," determines the type of speaker voicing. Speaker Type when Powercab Mode is set to "Speaker," determines the current speaker model. Speaker DI Mic when Powercab Mode is set to "Speaker," determines the mic model used on Powercab's XLR output(s). Speaker Mic Dist when Powercab Mode is set to "Speaker," determines the mic distance used on Powercab's XLR output(s). Speaker User IR when Powercab Mode is set to "User IR," selects the impulse response used. Speaker Low Cut applies a Low Cut filter to Powercab Plus for minimizing low end rumble. Speaker Hi Cut applies a High Cut filter to Powercab Plus for minimizing high end harshness. Speaker Level applies a level trim. Speaker Color lets you choose the LED ring color on any connected Powercab(s). NOTE: For more information on Powercab Plus, see the Powercab Plus Pilot's Guide. DT50/DT25 Remote: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, HX Edit Helix can now remotely adjust the real tube topology settings and other parameters in one or two L6 LINK-connected DT25 or DT50 amplifiers. When one DT25 or DT50 is connected via L6 LINK (110-ohm AES/EBU cable), it receives a mono signal from Helix; when two DT250 or DT50 amplifiers are daisy-chained via L6 LINK, the first cab in the chain receives the left signal and the second cab receives the right signal. TIP: Just like with any amp, cab, or effect parameter, DT parameters can be quickly assigned to footswitches or Snapshots. 1. From the Output > Multi or Output > Digital block, press PAGE > three times. 2. Turn Knob 1 (DT 25/50 Remote) to select "Per Preset" or "Global." If you don't plan on changing DT topology settings along with Helix presets, choose "Global." 3. Turn Knob 2 (DT Select) to specify which DT amp you want to controlDT 1, DT 2, or both DT amps simultaneously ("1+2 Link"). Normally, you should leave this set to "1+2 Link," which edits both DT amps simultaneously, to maintain phase coherence. DT Channel When set to Channel A, the DT switches to Channel A and its preamp is bypassed for when using a preamp model in Helix. When set to Channel B, the DT switches to Channel B and its preamp is activated. TIP: Assign a stomp footswitch (or snapshots) to simultaneously bypass a Helix preamp block AND switch a connected DT amp to Channel B. This gives you a wider variety of tones in the same preset, without the DSP overhead required to run two simultaneous Preamp blocks. DT Topology Changes the DT amp's negative feedback loop topology. Choose "I (Tight)" for behavior reminiscent of the great American Blackface amps of the 60s, choose "II (Loose)" for dialing in echoes of classic British amps, choose "III (ZNF)" for a very open or dynamic feeling amp, or choose "IV (Resonant)" to add low frequency resonance that pairs well with high gain tones. DT Power Amp Sets the DT amp's operating class, wattage, and bias type. Choose "Class A" for more dynamics with greater touch sensitivity; choose "Class AB" for greater headroom and power. DT Tube Config Changes the configuration of the DT's power tubes. Chose "Pentode" for clear and commanding tone; choose "Triode" for quieter and rounder sounds with a more vintage feel. DT Reverb Turns the DT amp's built-in spring reverb on and off. DT Rev Mix Determines the amount of built-in spring reverb. DT 12AX7 Boost (DT50 only) When Low Volume Mode is off, applies a volume boost DT. Feedback Cap (DT50 only) Sets the DT amp's feedback capacitor type. DT B+ Voltage (DT50 only) Sets the DT amp's phase inverter B+ voltage. NOTE: For more information on DT amps, see the DT25 Pilot's Guide or the DT50 Pilot's Guide. Snapshot Bypass: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, Helix Native, HX Effects, HX Stomp, HX Edit There may be situations where you don't want Helix's snapshots to control a particular block's bypass state; that is, you'd prefer to turn it on and off manually. For example, you may want manual control of a boost pedal at any time without worrying about whether a particular snapshot might turn it on or off. Depending on your type of Helix/HX product, follow the procedure below: Helix Floor/Rack/LT Select a processing block, press ACTION, and set Knob 5 (Snapshot Bypass) to "Off" to disable snapshot control of that block's bypass state. HX Effects Select a processing block, press ACTION, and press the "Snapshot Bypass" switch to disable snapshot control of that block's bypass state. HX Stomp From Edit view, select a processing block, press ACTION, press PAGE >, and set Knob 3 (Snapshot Bypass) to "Off" to disable snapshot control of that block's bypass state. Helix Native/HX Edit Right-click (Mac: control-click) on a processing block and uncheck "Snapshot Bypass." Alternatively, right-click (Mac: control-click) the Bypass button to uncheck "Snapshot Bypass." Hardware Compatibility Mode: Helix Native Helix Native can now reflect the signal flow and model set of all Helix and HX hardware devices, so transferring presets to and from your DAW is even easier. In addition, Hardware Compatibility can be disabled entirely, so the simultaneous model count is now limited only by the speed of your computer. 1. Open any instance of Helix Native within your DAW and click the gear icon in the lower left corner to open the Preferences window. 2. Click the Hardware Compatibility tab. 3. From the "Current Hardware Compatibility Mode" pull-down menu, select one of the following options: Off Disables Hardware Compatibility and lets you add as many blocks (of any type) as your computer's horsepower will allow. Choose this setting if you don't own any Helix or HX hardware. Helix Floor/LT/Rack (the default) Configures Helix Native such that any presets made can be easily loaded into Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, or Helix LT. HX Effects Configures Helix Native such that any presets made can be easily loaded into HX Effects. In this mode, no Amp or Cab models will be available. HX Stomp Configures Helix Native such that any presets made can be easily loaded into HX Stomp. 4. Click OK. Depending on the current Hardware Compatibility Mode, Helix Native may repopulate the preset list to reflect that of the selected hardware. For example, if you choose "HX Stomp," HX Stomp's factory presets will appear and the signal flow will be limited to six blocks. 5. Click "Set as Default" to ensure any new instances of Helix Native open in the selected mode. IMPORTANT! Each Hardware Compatibility Mode incorporates its own, independent preset library. Therefore, you will see the Helix Native preset library automatically repopulate to reflect that of the selected hardware. Helix/HX Preset Sharing: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, Helix Native, HX Effects, HX Stomp, HX Edit All Helix and HX hardware and software now live within the same ecosystem. Using multiple windows within HX Edit and/or multiple instances of the Helix Native plug-in, both blocks and entire presets can be freely dragged and dropped or copied and pasted between units. Aside from the obvious caveats below, all Helix and HX products can now share the same content. IMPORTANT! Due to the vast differences in how Helix/HX products manage controllers, snapshots, and Command Center messages, there is no guarantee that every single tiny detail of a preset will translate properly. You can now drag/drop, copy/paste, or otherwise load: HX Effects or HX Stomp presets into Helix Floor/Rack/LT and Helix Native. If an HX Effects preset has 9 blocks, the ninth block will be routed to Path 2. Helix Floor/Rack/LT, Helix Native, or HX Stomp presets into HX Effects. However, there are caveats. To avoid an error message, the source preset must: Contain 9 or fewer blocks. Not contain any Amp+Cab, Amp, Preamp, or Cab blocks. Contain no more than one Split and Merge block. Fit within one path worth of DSP processing. Helix Floor/Rack/LT, Helix Native, or HX Effects presets into HX Stomp. However, there are caveats. To avoid an error message, the source preset must: Contain 6 or fewer blocks. Contain no more than one Split and Merge block Fit within one path worth of DSP processing. Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects, or HX Stomp presets into Helix Native NOTE: A dialog box will appear if the source preset cannot be accommodated by the current Hardware Compatibility Mode (see above). At this point, you may choose to switch the current Hardware Compatibility Mode to that of the source preset, or attempt to translate the preset into the current Hardware Compatibility Mode, given the caveats above. See the Helix Native Pilot's Guide for more information. Click the question mark icon in the lower left corner of the plug-in. Undo/Redo: Helix Native, HX Edit Both the Helix Native plug-in and HX Edit now support multiple levels of undo/redo. 1. Click the Undo button to undo the most recent edit. 2. Click the Redo button to redo the most recent undo. MIDI Learn: Helix Native (Helix Floor, Helix Rack, Helix LT, HX Effects, and HX Stomp already have this feature) Helix Native can now learn an incoming MIDI CC message and automatically assign it to a parameter. 1. Right-click on a parameter and select Controller > MIDI Learn. A small brain icon flashes. If you change your mind, click the icon to cancel. 2. Send Helix Native a MIDI CC message. The parameter is automatically assigned to it. TIP: In Helix Native, right-click (Mac: control-click) on a processing block to open a pull-down that lets you manually assign a MIDI CC to block bypass. Right-click (Mac: control-click) on a parameter slider to open a pull-down menu that lets you manually assign a MIDI CC to parameter control. NOTE: Not all DAW software automatically routes incoming MIDI data through to any plug-in, especially those instantiated as an insert on an audio track. See your DAW's documentation for more information. The new MIDI In indicator in the lower right corner flashes if Helix Native receives MIDI data. Hands-free Pedal Edit for Input/Output Blocks: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT In addition to Amp, Effect, Cab, IR, Split, and Mixer parameters, Input and Output Block parameters can also now be edited with your feet, including the new Variax String Level, Powercab Plus remote, and DT25/DT50 remote parameters. 1. Press and hold MODE to enter Pedal Edit Mode. The switches flash. 2. If necessary, press MORE one or more times to view additional blocks and press the Input 1A (or 1B, 2A, or 2B) or Output 1A (or 1B, 2A, or 2B) footswitch. If the block has more than one page of parameters, press FS8 () until you find the parameter. 3. Press the footswitch displaying the parameter you want to adjust and use an expression pedal to adjust the parameter. For fine adjustment, press FS10 (VALUE) and FS11 (VALUE+). Hold FS10 (VALUE) or FS11 (VALUE +) for faster adjustments. 4. When finished, press FS12 (EXIT). If you want to save any changes made to the preset, hold FS12 (EXIT) for two seconds. Snapshot Reselect: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, Helix Native, HX Effects, HX Stomp Currently, pressing the currently active Snapshot switch will reload the stored state of that snapshot. With 2.80, you can now choose to instead toggle between it and the previously selected snapshot. For example, if you're on Snapshot 2 and switch to Snapshot 8, pressing the Snapshot 8 footswitch will seamlessly toggle between Snapshot 8 and Snapshot 2. From the Global Settings > Preferences menu, turn Snapshot Reselect to choose "Reload" or "Toggle Prev." "Reload" remains the default. Stomp Select: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT (parameter is already in HX Effects and HX Stomp) Currently, briefly touching a stomp footswitch jumps to select its assigned items' parameters; it's a super fast and simple way to navigate your various amps and effects. For those neanderthals of you who play barefoot, you can disable this functionality from Global Settings > Footswitches > Touch Select. With 2.80, this parameter has now changed to Stomp Select, and lets you choose whether touching a switch, pressing a switch, or both instantly jumps to display the assigned items' parameters. Depending on your type of Helix/HX product, follow the procedure below: Helix Floor/Rack/LT From the Global Settings > Footswitches menu, turn Knob 1 (Stomp Select) to choose "None," "Touch," "Press," or "Touch+Press." "Touch" remains the default. HX Effects/HX StompFrom the Global Settings > Footswitches menu, turn Knob 1 (Stomp Select) to choose "Touch," "Press," or "Both." "Touch" remains the default. Swap Up/Down Switches: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, HX Effects Some users have requested the ability to press the DOWN switch to select the next bank, preset, or snapshot. With 2.80, Up and Down can be swapped: From the Global Settings > Footswitches menu, turn [Swap Up/Down] to choose "Off" (normal) or "On" (reversed). SHORTCUT: Touch (but don't press) the Up and Down switches together for one second, and then press Knob 6 [FS6 on HX Effects] (OK). The up and down switches are now swapped. Turn Joystick to Select Blocks: Helix Floor, Helix Rack, Helix LT Currently, turning the joystick encoder scrolls through available models for the selected block. With 2.80, you can now choose to instead turn the joystick to quickly move across the signal flow. From the Global Settings > Preferences menu, turn Knob 5 (Joystick Encoder) to choose "Model" or "Selection." "Model" remains the default. SHORTCUT: Pressing and turning the joystick will provide the opposite setting; that is, when set to "Model", press and turn the joystick to quickly move across the signal flow. When set to "Selection," press and turn the joystick to scroll through available models for the selected block. Tempo Indicator: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control Press TAP/TUNER two or more times to enter a new tempo. The TAP/TUNER scribble strip briefly displays the entered tempo. SHORTCUT: To fine-tune the tempo, briefly touch the TAP/TUNER switch. The Tempo panel opens. Turn Knob 6 (BPM) to manually set the tempo. Pedal Position Indicator: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control A new Global Settings > Displays > Pedal Position Display parameter lets you determine whether the scribble strip above the expression pedal temporarily displays the expression pedal position ("Temporary") or remains visible ("Persistent"). Move the built-in expression pedal. The EXP scribble strip displays a position indicator (0 ~ 100%). Helix Native Pricing: Helix Native It's not technically a feature, but Helix Native is now $99.99 US for all registered owners of Helix Floor, Helix Rack, Helix LT, HX Effects, and HX Stomp ($300 off). Helix Native brings the amps, cabs, effects, and IR loading from Helix to your Mac or PC's recording software without the need for time-consuming re-amping. Depending on your computer's horsepower, you may be able to add an entire Helix's worth of processing to multiple guitar, bass, synth, vocal, drum, bus, slide whistle, and nose flute tracks. Helix Native along with Helix hardware is also an immeasurably helpful tool when trying to rebuild studio tones for your tour, or tones built on the road for the next record. What used to take weeks (or hiring an expensive programmer) now takes seconds. Other Changes and Improvements in 2.80 The Global Settings > Preferences > Tap Tempo Pitch (Authentic, Transparent) setting now also affects tempo changes taking place across snapshot changes, not just when pressing the TAP switch. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, Helix Native, HX Effects, HX Stomp) On a Cab > Dual block, changing the first cab no longer changes the second cab. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, Helix Native, HX Edit [feature is already in HX Stomp]) Page indication has changed from small colored dots to the right of the inspector to a scrolling inspector header line (similar to the one in HX Stomp). This allows Impulse Response blocks to display longer IR names. Oh yeah speaking of which... (Helix Floor/Rack/LT) Impulse Response blocks now display as many IR file name characters as will fit in the inspector header. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, Helix Native) In previous versions, only the last value would be recalled via Snapshots (example: In Program messages, only the PC value could change). With 2.80, all values are recalled via Snapshots (example: In Hotkey messages, all modifiers and the keystroke can change, so each snapshot could have different sets of key commands). (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects) Additional values have been added to recall snapshots remotely via MIDI. CC69 Value 8 will select the next snapshot and Value 9 will select the previous snapshot. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, Helix Native, HX Effects [feature is already in HX Stomp]) Command Center > CC Toggle, CV Toggle (Helix Floor only), and Amp Control messages have an additional Type parameter that lets one determine whether the footswitch is latching or momentary. Previously, you would have to assign a processing block (set to momentary) to the same footswitch to make the Command Center message momentary. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects) An additional "None" value has been added to Command Center > Instant > Amp Control messages. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects) The "Pac Man" shortcut where moving the joystick right from the Output block jumps to the Input block (and vice versa) now also works when moving the joystick up and down. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT) On the Save Preset, Rename Preset, Rename Snapshot, Rename Setlist, and Customize screens, moving the joystick right from the last character jumps to the first (and vice versa). (Helix Floor/Rack/LT [feature is already in HX Stomp and HX Effects]) The boot screen now displays a red progress bar. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT [feature is already in HX Stomp]) While in the Command Center menu, pressing SAVE twice to save a preset no longer exits you all the way to the Home screen. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects) Pressing Up and Down together from Snapshot mode now exits to the previous mode (same as pressing EXIT). (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects) Turning the PRESET knob past the last preset in each setlist now jumps back to the beginning of the setlist (and vice versa). (Helix Floor/Rack/LT [feature is already in HX Stomp and HX Effects]) A small indicator in the lower right corner of the plug-in window flashes whenever a MIDI message is received. (Helix Native) Automation and MIDI/controller assignments can now be managed together from the Automation/Controller Assign tab. (Helix Native, HX Edit) Blocks assigned to controllers or automation now display their category name in brackets. Parameters assigned to controllers or automation display a small icon to the left of their parameter sliders. In addition, pop-up menus now display controller or automation assignments, if any. (Helix Native, HX Edit) From the Controller/Automation tab, right-click (Mac: control-click) an assignment to open a pull-down menu, letting you clear one or all assignments. (Helix Native, HX Edit [feature is already in Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects, and HX Stomp]) The Preferences menu in HX Edit now lets you set FS3, FS4, and FS5 functions. (HX Edit [feature is already in HX Stomp]) A new "Restore Factory Settings" button has been added to the bottom of the Preferences window. (Helix Native, HX Edit [feature is already in Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects, and HX Stomp]) In HX Edit, snapshots can now be selected while the Command Center window is open. In HX Edit, the parameter tab will now be in sync with the Helix display for Amp+Cab and Cab > Dual blocks. When a Shuriken Variax is connected, HX Edit now displays its bank names properly. Wow, you're still reading this? Congratulations; you're way cooler and better looking than other Helix/HX owners. Celebrate your superiority with some delicious tacos. As Ampeg is now Line 6's sister company, all pre-2.80 Ampeg models have been renamed: Amp > Bass > Tuck n' Go is now called "Ampeg B-15NF" Amp > Bass > SV Beast Nrm is now called "Ampeg SVT Nrm" Amp > Bass > SV Beast Brt is now called "Ampeg SVT Brt" Cab > 1x15 Tuck n' Go is now called "1x15 Ampeg B-15" Cab > 4x10 Rhino is now called "4x10 Ampeg HLF" Cab > 8x10 SV Beast is now called "8x10 Ampeg SVT E" Numerous stability and performance improvements Lots of other little things: Bug Fixes in 2.80: On rare occasions, with dirty footswitches, a single press can generate two Command Center messages. We've added a small timeout to ensure this doesn't happen, regardless of the condition of the footswitches. Pressing the Cab > Mic parameter knob now returns the value to default. While HX Edit is running, double-clicking a preset, setlist, or bundle file on the desktop or any finder window will load the file. In HX Edit, background windows now properly reflect the connected state of the device. In HX Edit, preset names are now preserved in setlist, bundle, or backup files if an empty preset was renamed. Many other minor bug fixes: Known Issues in 2.80: Global settings are reset after upgrade to 2.80. BACKUP FIRST! Downgrading to 2.71 or older will erase ALL preset data. The first time you update Helix/HX to 2.80, your Mac or PC may ask what kind of keyboard you have connected. This is due to the new Hotkey feature. Just ignore this and close the window. Assigning a Command Center > Hotkey message to a footswitch that already has a block assigned to it (set to latching, which is the default) will cause the keystroke to be repeatedly sent to your Mac/PC. To avoid this behavior, either assign the Hotkey message to an empty footswitch or set the footswitch's mode to Momentary. The first preset of each setlist is loaded during a restore. The Helix icon may appear during the update and it could stop spinning. This is fine, the update will continue. DT must be on firmware version 2.00 for L6 Link control to function. Powercab 112 Plus must be on firmware version 2.00 or higher for L6 Link control to function. You cannot rename the 1 Switch Looper scribble strip on Rack or Floor. A preset may load blank after dragging a looper block across a split, merge and another block two times. Simply load the preset again and it will load as expected. A brief volume increase can occur at preset load from Powercab while loading presets with different Powercab modes on a Helix device. Undo/Redo does not work when switching between time and note divisions. In HX EDIT, Undo/Redo removes block assignments in certain cases such as moving between paths. Save to Library lists presets in "01A-32D" setlist format regardless of preferences. Helix can become stuck in a footswitch mode when cancelling out of snapshot mode if snapshot mode was entered while banking. Banking and reloading the preset resolves this issue. Helix's display can become non responsive if HX Edit is open when restarting or shutting down a Windows computer. Unplugging and replugging the USB cable resolves this issue. Punch In and Punch Out MMC commands are not functioning. Please use Hotkeys as a temporary workaround. Bank up can occasionally increment by 8 with preset mode switches set to a non-default setting. Helix LT ONLY: XLR Output global setting requires the setting to be adjusted 2x before it takes effect. Helix Rack ONLY: Tuner output USB 5/6 routes audio to XLR, 1/4" and SPDIF.]]> 2019-07-18 09:04:28 Helix 2.80 HX_Stomp_v2.80-rc2_80ce40825_bundle.hxf Dhyana Drive (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Hermida Zendrive Distortion > Heir Apparent (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Analogman Prince of Tone (basically half a King of Tone) Distortion > Tone Sovereign (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Analogman King of Tone V4 (basically two Prince of Tones in one) Distortion > ZeroAmp Bass DI (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Tech 21® SansAmp Bass Driver DI V1 Distortion > Ampeg Scrambler (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Ampeg® Scrambler Bass Overdrive Filter > Asheville Pattrn (Mono, Stereo), based on* the Moog® Moogerfooger® MF-105M MIDI MuRF Filter (with both MuRF and Bass MuRF voicings) EQ > Low/High Shelf (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original EQ > Tilt (Mono, Stereo), Line 6 Original. Tilt is a subtle 6dB EQ that boosts high frequencies while simultaneously attenuating low frequencies (or vice versa). Great for quickly making tones a bit brighter or darker. The Center Freq parameter sets the frequency around which the boost and cut pivot. NOTE: All product names used in this document are trademarks of their respective owners and neither Yamaha Guitar Group nor Line 6 are associated or affiliated with them. These trademarks appear solely to identify products whose tones and sounds were studied by Line 6 during sound model development. New Features in 2.80 NOTE: For additional information on Helix Native 1.80 or HX Edit 2.80, check out the latest Helix Native and HX Edit Pilot's Guides, which are automatically installed with the new 1.80/2.80 software. Hotkeys Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, HX Effects IMPORTANT! The first time you update Helix/HX to 2.80, your Mac or PC may ask what kind of keyboard you have connected. Just ignore this and close the window. The Command Center can now send QWERTY hotkeys (keyboard shortcuts with or without modifiers such as Shift, Control, Option/Alt, and Command) to your Mac, PC, or iOS device via USB. You can now control virtually any software ever made, including DAWs, looping software, DJ software, media players, lighting software, video software, browsers, or video games... with your feet... or when assigned to an Instant command, from any preset or snapshot recall. 1. From the Command Center menu, select a footswitch or Instant command and turn Knob 1 (Command) to select Hotkey. 2. Turn knobs 2-5 to select the desired keystroke. If the keystroke doesn't have modifiers, leave knobs 2, 3, and 4 set to None." TIP: It's much faster and easier to program keystrokes from HX Edit 2.80. Open the Command Center window, select a footswitch or Instant command, and from the Command pull-down menu, select "Hotkey." Click the small keypad icon and simply enter the keystroke from your computer keyboard. Don't forget to customize the switch label! NOTE: Just like a normal computer keyboard, hotkeys won't work unless the software or app you want to control is in focus. Hotkey Templates Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, HX Effects To get you started with hotkeys, we've provided the following template presets in 2.80: Cubase Pro Tools (Mac) Pro Tools (PC) Logic/GarageBand Ableton Live (Mac) Ableton Live (PC) Reaper (Mac) Reaper (PC) StudioOne Cakewalk MainStage QLab YouTube iTunes Spotify (Mac) Spotify (PC) Apple Keynote First-person shooter video games Most software has dozens if not hundreds of available hotkeys; feel free to swap ours out with the ones you use the most. With clever choices and a bit of finesse, you may be able to run a recording session (or elaborate live show with lighting and video cues) without ever touching a mouse or keyboard. Depending on your type of Helix/HX product, follow the procedure below: Helix Floor/Rack/LT Press the PRESET knob, move the joystick left to select the Setlist column, select 8 TEMPLATES, and press the joystick. Hotkey templates begin at 06A. HX Effects Press MODE to select Preset mode and turn the Big Knob. Hotkey templates begin at 16A. NOTE: Updating the firmware does not automatically load any new presets or the hotkey templates; you must manually load them. See "STEP 5 Loading the 2.80 Factory Presets/Templates" above. Variax String Level: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT Helix can now remotely adjust the level of individual guitar strings on a connected Shuriken Variax, JTV, or Variax Standard. TIP: Just like with any amp, cab, or effect parameter, Variax String Level can be quickly assigned to footswitches or Snapshots. "Wait. You mean I can turn off the top three strings for the verse (Snapshot 1) and bring them back in for the chorus (Snapshot 2)? And if the high E is too shrill I can back its volume down to 85%?" Yes. "That's pretty nuts." Yes it is. 1. Select the Input > Multi or Input > Variax block and press PAGE > three times. 2. Turn Knobs 1-6 to adjust each strings level. 3. If you want to set a particular string's level separately for each snapshot, press and turn the string's knob. The value will turn white and appear in brackets. NOTE: Assigning a continuous controller (such as an expression pedal or slider on your MIDI controller) is not recommended, as it may result in minor pops and clicks; this is due to limitations in Variax DSP, not Helix. Powercab Plus Remote: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT IMPORTANT! You must also update Powercab Plus! It must be running firmware 2.0 or higher. Helix can now remotely adjust parameters in one or two L6 LINK-connected Powercab Plus modeling speaker cabs. When one Powercab Plus is connected via L6 LINK (110-ohm AES/EBU cable), it receives a mono signal from Helix; when two Powercab Plus amps are daisy-chained via L6 LINK, the first cab in the chain receives the left signal and the second cab receives the right signal. TIP: Just like with any amp, cab, or effect parameter, Powercab Plus parameters can be quickly assigned to footswitches or Snapshots. 1. Select the Output > Multi or Output > Digital block and press PAGE > once. 2. Turn Knob 1 (Powercab Remote) to select "Per Preset" or "Global." If you don't plan on changing Powercab parameters along with Helix presets, choose "Global." 3. Turn Knob 2 (Powercab Mode) to select the desired type of Powercab mode: Flat, Speaker, or IR. Note that certain parameters will gray out depending on the mode chosen. 4. Turn Knob 4 (Speaker Select) to specify which Powercab you want to control Powercab 1, Powercab 2, or both Powercabs simultaneously ("1+2 Link"). Normally, you should leave this set to "1+2 Link," which edits both Powercabs simultaneously, to maintain phase coherence. Flat Voicing when Powercab Mode is set to "Flat," determines the type of speaker voicing. Speaker Type when Powercab Mode is set to "Speaker," determines the current speaker model. Speaker DI Mic when Powercab Mode is set to "Speaker," determines the mic model used on Powercab's XLR output(s). Speaker Mic Dist when Powercab Mode is set to "Speaker," determines the mic distance used on Powercab's XLR output(s). Speaker User IR when Powercab Mode is set to "User IR," selects the impulse response used. Speaker Low Cut applies a Low Cut filter to Powercab Plus for minimizing low end rumble. Speaker Hi Cut applies a High Cut filter to Powercab Plus for minimizing high end harshness. Speaker Level applies a level trim. Speaker Color lets you choose the LED ring color on any connected Powercab(s). NOTE: For more information on Powercab Plus, see the Powercab Plus Pilot's Guide. DT50/DT25 Remote: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, HX Edit Helix can now remotely adjust the real tube topology settings and other parameters in one or two L6 LINK-connected DT25 or DT50 amplifiers. When one DT25 or DT50 is connected via L6 LINK (110-ohm AES/EBU cable), it receives a mono signal from Helix; when two DT250 or DT50 amplifiers are daisy-chained via L6 LINK, the first cab in the chain receives the left signal and the second cab receives the right signal. TIP: Just like with any amp, cab, or effect parameter, DT parameters can be quickly assigned to footswitches or Snapshots. 1. From the Output > Multi or Output > Digital block, press PAGE > three times. 2. Turn Knob 1 (DT 25/50 Remote) to select "Per Preset" or "Global." If you don't plan on changing DT topology settings along with Helix presets, choose "Global." 3. Turn Knob 2 (DT Select) to specify which DT amp you want to controlDT 1, DT 2, or both DT amps simultaneously ("1+2 Link"). Normally, you should leave this set to "1+2 Link," which edits both DT amps simultaneously, to maintain phase coherence. DT Channel When set to Channel A, the DT switches to Channel A and its preamp is bypassed for when using a preamp model in Helix. When set to Channel B, the DT switches to Channel B and its preamp is activated. TIP: Assign a stomp footswitch (or snapshots) to simultaneously bypass a Helix preamp block AND switch a connected DT amp to Channel B. This gives you a wider variety of tones in the same preset, without the DSP overhead required to run two simultaneous Preamp blocks. DT Topology Changes the DT amp's negative feedback loop topology. Choose "I (Tight)" for behavior reminiscent of the great American Blackface amps of the 60s, choose "II (Loose)" for dialing in echoes of classic British amps, choose "III (ZNF)" for a very open or dynamic feeling amp, or choose "IV (Resonant)" to add low frequency resonance that pairs well with high gain tones. DT Power Amp Sets the DT amp's operating class, wattage, and bias type. Choose "Class A" for more dynamics with greater touch sensitivity; choose "Class AB" for greater headroom and power. DT Tube Config Changes the configuration of the DT's power tubes. Chose "Pentode" for clear and commanding tone; choose "Triode" for quieter and rounder sounds with a more vintage feel. DT Reverb Turns the DT amp's built-in spring reverb on and off. DT Rev Mix Determines the amount of built-in spring reverb. DT 12AX7 Boost (DT50 only) When Low Volume Mode is off, applies a volume boost DT. Feedback Cap (DT50 only) Sets the DT amp's feedback capacitor type. DT B+ Voltage (DT50 only) Sets the DT amp's phase inverter B+ voltage. NOTE: For more information on DT amps, see the DT25 Pilot's Guide or the DT50 Pilot's Guide. Snapshot Bypass: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, Helix Native, HX Effects, HX Stomp, HX Edit There may be situations where you don't want Helix's snapshots to control a particular block's bypass state; that is, you'd prefer to turn it on and off manually. For example, you may want manual control of a boost pedal at any time without worrying about whether a particular snapshot might turn it on or off. Depending on your type of Helix/HX product, follow the procedure below: Helix Floor/Rack/LT Select a processing block, press ACTION, and set Knob 5 (Snapshot Bypass) to "Off" to disable snapshot control of that block's bypass state. HX Effects Select a processing block, press ACTION, and press the "Snapshot Bypass" switch to disable snapshot control of that block's bypass state. HX Stomp From Edit view, select a processing block, press ACTION, press PAGE >, and set Knob 3 (Snapshot Bypass) to "Off" to disable snapshot control of that block's bypass state. Helix Native/HX Edit Right-click (Mac: control-click) on a processing block and uncheck "Snapshot Bypass." Alternatively, right-click (Mac: control-click) the Bypass button to uncheck "Snapshot Bypass." Hardware Compatibility Mode: Helix Native Helix Native can now reflect the signal flow and model set of all Helix and HX hardware devices, so transferring presets to and from your DAW is even easier. In addition, Hardware Compatibility can be disabled entirely, so the simultaneous model count is now limited only by the speed of your computer. 1. Open any instance of Helix Native within your DAW and click the gear icon in the lower left corner to open the Preferences window. 2. Click the Hardware Compatibility tab. 3. From the "Current Hardware Compatibility Mode" pull-down menu, select one of the following options: Off Disables Hardware Compatibility and lets you add as many blocks (of any type) as your computer's horsepower will allow. Choose this setting if you don't own any Helix or HX hardware. Helix Floor/LT/Rack (the default) Configures Helix Native such that any presets made can be easily loaded into Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, or Helix LT. HX Effects Configures Helix Native such that any presets made can be easily loaded into HX Effects. In this mode, no Amp or Cab models will be available. HX Stomp Configures Helix Native such that any presets made can be easily loaded into HX Stomp. 4. Click OK. Depending on the current Hardware Compatibility Mode, Helix Native may repopulate the preset list to reflect that of the selected hardware. For example, if you choose "HX Stomp," HX Stomp's factory presets will appear and the signal flow will be limited to six blocks. 5. Click "Set as Default" to ensure any new instances of Helix Native open in the selected mode. IMPORTANT! Each Hardware Compatibility Mode incorporates its own, independent preset library. Therefore, you will see the Helix Native preset library automatically repopulate to reflect that of the selected hardware. Helix/HX Preset Sharing: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, Helix Native, HX Effects, HX Stomp, HX Edit All Helix and HX hardware and software now live within the same ecosystem. Using multiple windows within HX Edit and/or multiple instances of the Helix Native plug-in, both blocks and entire presets can be freely dragged and dropped or copied and pasted between units. Aside from the obvious caveats below, all Helix and HX products can now share the same content. IMPORTANT! Due to the vast differences in how Helix/HX products manage controllers, snapshots, and Command Center messages, there is no guarantee that every single tiny detail of a preset will translate properly. You can now drag/drop, copy/paste, or otherwise load: HX Effects or HX Stomp presets into Helix Floor/Rack/LT and Helix Native. If an HX Effects preset has 9 blocks, the ninth block will be routed to Path 2. Helix Floor/Rack/LT, Helix Native, or HX Stomp presets into HX Effects. However, there are caveats. To avoid an error message, the source preset must: Contain 9 or fewer blocks. Not contain any Amp+Cab, Amp, Preamp, or Cab blocks. Contain no more than one Split and Merge block. Fit within one path worth of DSP processing. Helix Floor/Rack/LT, Helix Native, or HX Effects presets into HX Stomp. However, there are caveats. To avoid an error message, the source preset must: Contain 6 or fewer blocks. Contain no more than one Split and Merge block Fit within one path worth of DSP processing. Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects, or HX Stomp presets into Helix Native NOTE: A dialog box will appear if the source preset cannot be accommodated by the current Hardware Compatibility Mode (see above). At this point, you may choose to switch the current Hardware Compatibility Mode to that of the source preset, or attempt to translate the preset into the current Hardware Compatibility Mode, given the caveats above. See the Helix Native Pilot's Guide for more information. Click the question mark icon in the lower left corner of the plug-in. Undo/Redo: Helix Native, HX Edit Both the Helix Native plug-in and HX Edit now support multiple levels of undo/redo. 1. Click the Undo button to undo the most recent edit. 2. Click the Redo button to redo the most recent undo. MIDI Learn: Helix Native (Helix Floor, Helix Rack, Helix LT, HX Effects, and HX Stomp already have this feature) Helix Native can now learn an incoming MIDI CC message and automatically assign it to a parameter. 1. Right-click on a parameter and select Controller > MIDI Learn. A small brain icon flashes. If you change your mind, click the icon to cancel. 2. Send Helix Native a MIDI CC message. The parameter is automatically assigned to it. TIP: In Helix Native, right-click (Mac: control-click) on a processing block to open a pull-down that lets you manually assign a MIDI CC to block bypass. Right-click (Mac: control-click) on a parameter slider to open a pull-down menu that lets you manually assign a MIDI CC to parameter control. NOTE: Not all DAW software automatically routes incoming MIDI data through to any plug-in, especially those instantiated as an insert on an audio track. See your DAW's documentation for more information. The new MIDI In indicator in the lower right corner flashes if Helix Native receives MIDI data. Hands-free Pedal Edit for Input/Output Blocks: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT In addition to Amp, Effect, Cab, IR, Split, and Mixer parameters, Input and Output Block parameters can also now be edited with your feet, including the new Variax String Level, Powercab Plus remote, and DT25/DT50 remote parameters. 1. Press and hold MODE to enter Pedal Edit Mode. The switches flash. 2. If necessary, press MORE one or more times to view additional blocks and press the Input 1A (or 1B, 2A, or 2B) or Output 1A (or 1B, 2A, or 2B) footswitch. If the block has more than one page of parameters, press FS8 () until you find the parameter. 3. Press the footswitch displaying the parameter you want to adjust and use an expression pedal to adjust the parameter. For fine adjustment, press FS10 (VALUE) and FS11 (VALUE+). Hold FS10 (VALUE) or FS11 (VALUE +) for faster adjustments. 4. When finished, press FS12 (EXIT). If you want to save any changes made to the preset, hold FS12 (EXIT) for two seconds. Snapshot Reselect: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, Helix Native, HX Effects, HX Stomp Currently, pressing the currently active Snapshot switch will reload the stored state of that snapshot. With 2.80, you can now choose to instead toggle between it and the previously selected snapshot. For example, if you're on Snapshot 2 and switch to Snapshot 8, pressing the Snapshot 8 footswitch will seamlessly toggle between Snapshot 8 and Snapshot 2. From the Global Settings > Preferences menu, turn Snapshot Reselect to choose "Reload" or "Toggle Prev." "Reload" remains the default. Stomp Select: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT (parameter is already in HX Effects and HX Stomp) Currently, briefly touching a stomp footswitch jumps to select its assigned items' parameters; it's a super fast and simple way to navigate your various amps and effects. For those neanderthals of you who play barefoot, you can disable this functionality from Global Settings > Footswitches > Touch Select. With 2.80, this parameter has now changed to Stomp Select, and lets you choose whether touching a switch, pressing a switch, or both instantly jumps to display the assigned items' parameters. Depending on your type of Helix/HX product, follow the procedure below: Helix Floor/Rack/LT From the Global Settings > Footswitches menu, turn Knob 1 (Stomp Select) to choose "None," "Touch," "Press," or "Touch+Press." "Touch" remains the default. HX Effects/HX StompFrom the Global Settings > Footswitches menu, turn Knob 1 (Stomp Select) to choose "Touch," "Press," or "Both." "Touch" remains the default. Swap Up/Down Switches: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT, HX Effects Some users have requested the ability to press the DOWN switch to select the next bank, preset, or snapshot. With 2.80, Up and Down can be swapped: From the Global Settings > Footswitches menu, turn [Swap Up/Down] to choose "Off" (normal) or "On" (reversed). SHORTCUT: Touch (but don't press) the Up and Down switches together for one second, and then press Knob 6 [FS6 on HX Effects] (OK). The up and down switches are now swapped. Turn Joystick to Select Blocks: Helix Floor, Helix Rack, Helix LT Currently, turning the joystick encoder scrolls through available models for the selected block. With 2.80, you can now choose to instead turn the joystick to quickly move across the signal flow. From the Global Settings > Preferences menu, turn Knob 5 (Joystick Encoder) to choose "Model" or "Selection." "Model" remains the default. SHORTCUT: Pressing and turning the joystick will provide the opposite setting; that is, when set to "Model", press and turn the joystick to quickly move across the signal flow. When set to "Selection," press and turn the joystick to scroll through available models for the selected block. Tempo Indicator: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control Press TAP/TUNER two or more times to enter a new tempo. The TAP/TUNER scribble strip briefly displays the entered tempo. SHORTCUT: To fine-tune the tempo, briefly touch the TAP/TUNER switch. The Tempo panel opens. Turn Knob 6 (BPM) to manually set the tempo. Pedal Position Indicator: Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control A new Global Settings > Displays > Pedal Position Display parameter lets you determine whether the scribble strip above the expression pedal temporarily displays the expression pedal position ("Temporary") or remains visible ("Persistent"). Move the built-in expression pedal. The EXP scribble strip displays a position indicator (0 ~ 100%). Helix Native Pricing: Helix Native It's not technically a feature, but Helix Native is now $99.99 US for all registered owners of Helix Floor, Helix Rack, Helix LT, HX Effects, and HX Stomp ($300 off). Helix Native brings the amps, cabs, effects, and IR loading from Helix to your Mac or PC's recording software without the need for time-consuming re-amping. Depending on your computer's horsepower, you may be able to add an entire Helix's worth of processing to multiple guitar, bass, synth, vocal, drum, bus, slide whistle, and nose flute tracks. Helix Native along with Helix hardware is also an immeasurably helpful tool when trying to rebuild studio tones for your tour, or tones built on the road for the next record. What used to take weeks (or hiring an expensive programmer) now takes seconds. Other Changes and Improvements in 2.80 The Global Settings > Preferences > Tap Tempo Pitch (Authentic, Transparent) setting now also affects tempo changes taking place across snapshot changes, not just when pressing the TAP switch. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, Helix Native, HX Effects, HX Stomp) On a Cab > Dual block, changing the first cab no longer changes the second cab. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, Helix Native, HX Edit [feature is already in HX Stomp]) Page indication has changed from small colored dots to the right of the inspector to a scrolling inspector header line (similar to the one in HX Stomp). This allows Impulse Response blocks to display longer IR names. Oh yeah speaking of which... (Helix Floor/Rack/LT) Impulse Response blocks now display as many IR file name characters as will fit in the inspector header. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, Helix Native) In previous versions, only the last value would be recalled via Snapshots (example: In Program messages, only the PC value could change). With 2.80, all values are recalled via Snapshots (example: In Hotkey messages, all modifiers and the keystroke can change, so each snapshot could have different sets of key commands). (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects) Additional values have been added to recall snapshots remotely via MIDI. CC69 Value 8 will select the next snapshot and Value 9 will select the previous snapshot. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, Helix Native, HX Effects [feature is already in HX Stomp]) Command Center > CC Toggle, CV Toggle (Helix Floor only), and Amp Control messages have an additional Type parameter that lets one determine whether the footswitch is latching or momentary. Previously, you would have to assign a processing block (set to momentary) to the same footswitch to make the Command Center message momentary. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects) An additional "None" value has been added to Command Center > Instant > Amp Control messages. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects) The "Pac Man" shortcut where moving the joystick right from the Output block jumps to the Input block (and vice versa) now also works when moving the joystick up and down. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT) On the Save Preset, Rename Preset, Rename Snapshot, Rename Setlist, and Customize screens, moving the joystick right from the last character jumps to the first (and vice versa). (Helix Floor/Rack/LT [feature is already in HX Stomp and HX Effects]) The boot screen now displays a red progress bar. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT [feature is already in HX Stomp]) While in the Command Center menu, pressing SAVE twice to save a preset no longer exits you all the way to the Home screen. (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects) Pressing Up and Down together from Snapshot mode now exits to the previous mode (same as pressing EXIT). (Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects) Turning the PRESET knob past the last preset in each setlist now jumps back to the beginning of the setlist (and vice versa). (Helix Floor/Rack/LT [feature is already in HX Stomp and HX Effects]) A small indicator in the lower right corner of the plug-in window flashes whenever a MIDI message is received. (Helix Native) Automation and MIDI/controller assignments can now be managed together from the Automation/Controller Assign tab. (Helix Native, HX Edit) Blocks assigned to controllers or automation now display their category name in brackets. Parameters assigned to controllers or automation display a small icon to the left of their parameter sliders. In addition, pop-up menus now display controller or automation assignments, if any. (Helix Native, HX Edit) From the Controller/Automation tab, right-click (Mac: control-click) an assignment to open a pull-down menu, letting you clear one or all assignments. (Helix Native, HX Edit [feature is already in Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects, and HX Stomp]) The Preferences menu in HX Edit now lets you set FS3, FS4, and FS5 functions. (HX Edit [feature is already in HX Stomp]) A new "Restore Factory Settings" button has been added to the bottom of the Preferences window. (Helix Native, HX Edit [feature is already in Helix Floor/Rack/LT, HX Effects, and HX Stomp]) In HX Edit, snapshots can now be selected while the Command Center window is open. In HX Edit, the parameter tab will now be in sync with the Helix display for Amp+Cab and Cab > Dual blocks. When a Shuriken Variax is connected, HX Edit now displays its bank names properly. Wow, you're still reading this? Congratulations; you're way cooler and better looking than other Helix/HX owners. Celebrate your superiority with some delicious tacos. As Ampeg is now Line 6's sister company, all pre-2.80 Ampeg models have been renamed: Amp > Bass > Tuck n' Go is now called "Ampeg B-15NF" Amp > Bass > SV Beast Nrm is now called "Ampeg SVT Nrm" Amp > Bass > SV Beast Brt is now called "Ampeg SVT Brt" Cab > 1x15 Tuck n' Go is now called "1x15 Ampeg B-15" Cab > 4x10 Rhino is now called "4x10 Ampeg HLF" Cab > 8x10 SV Beast is now called "8x10 Ampeg SVT E" Numerous stability and performance improvements Lots of other little things: Bug Fixes in 2.80: On rare occasions, with dirty footswitches, a single press can generate two Command Center messages. We've added a small timeout to ensure this doesn't happen, regardless of the condition of the footswitches. Pressing the Cab > Mic parameter knob now returns the value to default. While HX Edit is running, double-clicking a preset, setlist, or bundle file on the desktop or any finder window will load the file. In HX Edit, background windows now properly reflect the connected state of the device. In HX Edit, preset names are now preserved in setlist, bundle, or backup files if an empty preset was renamed. Many other minor bug fixes: Known Issues in 2.80: Global settings are reset after upgrade to 2.80. BACKUP FIRST! Downgrading to 2.71 or older will erase ALL preset data. The first time you update Helix/HX to 2.80, your Mac or PC may ask what kind of keyboard you have connected. This is due to the new Hotkey feature. Just ignore this and close the window. Assigning a Command Center > Hotkey message to a footswitch that already has a block assigned to it (set to latching, which is the default) will cause the keystroke to be repeatedly sent to your Mac/PC. To avoid this behavior, either assign the Hotkey message to an empty footswitch or set the footswitch's mode to Momentary. The first preset of each setlist is loaded during a restore. The Helix icon may appear during the update and it could stop spinning. This is fine, the update will continue. DT must be on 2.00 firmware for L6 Link control to function. You cannot rename the 1 Switch Looper scribble strip on Rack or Floor. A preset may load blank after dragging a looper block across a split, merge and another block two times. Simply load the preset again and it will load as expected. A brief volume increase can occur at preset load from Powercab while loading presets with different Powercab modes on a Helix device. Undo/Redo does not work when switching between time and note divisions. In HX EDIT, Undo/Redo removes block assignments in certain cases such as moving between paths. Save to Library lists presets in "01A-32D" setlist format regardless of preferences. Helix can become stuck in a footswitch mode when cancelling out of snapshot mode if snapshot mode was entered while banking. Banking and reloading the preset resolves this issue. Helix's display can become non responsive if HX Edit is open when restarting or shutting down a Windows computer. Unplugging and replugging the USB cable resolves this issue. Punch In and Punch Out MMC commands are not functioning. Please use Hotkeys as a temporary workaround. Bank up can occasionally increment by 8 with preset mode switches set to a non-default setting. Helix LT ONLY: XLR Output global setting requires the setting to be adjusted 2x before it takes effect. Helix Rack ONLY: Tuner output USB 5/6 routes audio to XLR, 1/4" and SPDIF.]]> 2019-07-18 09:06:11 HX Stomp 2.80.1 HX_Effects_v2.80.1-rc1_a229963c8_bundle.hxf 2019-07-19 16:48:37 HX Effects 2.81 HELIX_Floor_v2.81.0-rc4_491dcd095_bundle.hxf S/PDIF blocks would not pass audio until another preset with a different input block is loaded When Global Settings > Preferences > Snapshot Edits is set to "Discard," tempo would not reflect this setting when set to "Per Snapshot" Command Center > MMC > Record, Punch In, and Punch Out commands could not transmit correctly In rare cases on Helix Floor, Helix Rack, and Helix LT, FS6 (MODE) could fail to toggle between footswitch modes Adjusting certain Frequency parameters (typically those below 1kHz) could change at different increments between hardware and HX Edit In HX Edit, assigning both a block and Command Center command to the same footswitch could result in erratic behavior when attempting to change the LED color Snapshot-controlled Command Center > CC Toggle or CV Toggle values could sometimes not import correctly from older presets In rare cases, undoing a footswitch assignment remotely from HX Edit could result in a firmware crash In HX Edit, repeatedly pressing Up/Down arrows could inadvertently jump to the bottom of the controller parameter list In HX Edit, attempting to undo hardware changes after a Global Factory Reset could sometimes reload preset data from before the reset In HX Edit, performing an Undo/Redo function could sometimes cause a Cab > Dual block to change to a Cab > Single block In HX Edit, performing an Undo/Redo function could sometimes cause a stereo effect block to change to a mono effect block In HX Edit on Windows, the Edit panel's sliders could sometimes fail to appear In HX Edit on Windows, customized Command Center text could sometimes be truncated On Windows, the Win Defender pop-up could block installation of Helix Native or HX Edit Known Issues in 2.81: On Helix Rack/Control, connecting an expression pedal to Helix Control could sometimes cause the pedal position display to behave erratically Pitch/Synth > 3 OSC Synth, 3 Note Generator, and 4 OSC Generator are louder than in 2.71 In rare cases, the Dynamics > LA Studio Comp model can sometimes cause a drop in preset volume In HX Edit, applying a custom color to a Snapshot footswitch can sometimes not be reflected on the hardware. For now, apply snapshot footswitch colors from the hardware In HX Edit, if the current preset has not been saved, importing a different preset, setlist, or bundle does not currently clear the Undo history In rare cases, Helix/HX devices can become disconnected from HX Edit. If possible, always connect your Helix/HX device directly to the USB port closest to your computer's power connector. Never use any sort of USB hub, which may include the front USB ports on the front of towers Helix Native will not open in hardened runtime builds of Cubase 10.5 In HX Edit, importing a setlist containing Command Center > Instant commands may transmit the messages even if no new preset is loaded Logic Pro X is currently unable to write snapshot or switch automation data for Helix Native In HX Edit, performing an undo after a block cut or clear can delete the block's footswitch and/or controller assignments In HX Edit, moving an effect, amp, cab, or IR block can sometimes inadvertently reposition a Split or Merge block In HX Edit, certain Output > Powercab and DT parameters cannot currently be assigned to snapshots via Alt+click/Option+click. For now, press and turn the knob on the Helix hardware In HX Edit, Ctrl+click/Command+click on certain Output > Powercab and DT parameters may not reset them to default settings In rare cases, posting a photo of the "Update Failed!" screenshot to Facebook without first reading the instructions that clearly explain how that's expected behavior will result in an atomic wedgie In Helix Native, changing models can clear automation assignments of common parameters (such as Amp > Bass or Delay > Time)]]> 2019-08-05 10:44:06 Helix 2.81 HX_Effects_v2.81.0-rc2_d2dc2e611_bundle.hxf S/PDIF blocks would not pass audio until another preset with a different input block is loaded When Global Settings > Preferences > Snapshot Edits is set to "Discard," tempo would not reflect this setting when set to "Per Snapshot" Command Center > MMC > Record, Punch In, and Punch Out commands could not transmit correctly In rare cases on Helix Floor, Helix Rack, and Helix LT, FS6 (MODE) could fail to toggle between footswitch modes Adjusting certain Frequency parameters (typically those below 1kHz) could change at different increments between hardware and HX Edit In HX Edit, assigning both a block and Command Center command to the same footswitch could result in erratic behavior when attempting to change the LED color Snapshot-controlled Command Center > CC Toggle or CV Toggle values could sometimes not import correctly from older presets In rare cases, undoing a footswitch assignment remotely from HX Edit could result in a firmware crash In HX Edit, repeatedly pressing Up/Down arrows could inadvertently jump to the bottom of the controller parameter list In HX Edit, attempting to undo hardware changes after a Global Factory Reset could sometimes reload preset data from before the reset In HX Edit, performing an Undo/Redo function could sometimes cause a Cab > Dual block to change to a Cab > Single block In HX Edit, performing an Undo/Redo function could sometimes cause a stereo effect block to change to a mono effect block In HX Edit on Windows, the Edit panel's sliders could sometimes fail to appear In HX Edit on Windows, customized Command Center text could sometimes be truncated On Windows, the Win Defender pop-up could block installation of Helix Native or HX Edit Known Issues in 2.81: On Helix Rack/Control, connecting an expression pedal to Helix Control could sometimes cause the pedal position display to behave erratically Pitch/Synth > 3 OSC Synth, 3 Note Generator, and 4 OSC Generator are louder than in 2.71 In rare cases, the Dynamics > LA Studio Comp model can sometimes cause a drop in preset volume In HX Edit, applying a custom color to a Snapshot footswitch can sometimes not be reflected on the hardware. For now, apply snapshot footswitch colors from the hardware In HX Edit, if the current preset has not been saved, importing a different preset, setlist, or bundle does not currently clear the Undo history In rare cases, Helix/HX devices can become disconnected from HX Edit. If possible, always connect your Helix/HX device directly to the USB port closest to your computer's power connector. Never use any sort of USB hub, which may include the front USB ports on the front of towers Helix Native will not open in hardened runtime builds of Cubase 10.5 Some tempo synced effects can act authentic with the global setting set to transparent if tempo changes are controlled via snapshots. In HX Edit, importing a setlist containing Command Center > Instant commands may transmit the messages even if no new preset is loaded Logic Pro X is currently unable to write snapshot or switch automation data for Helix Native In HX Edit, performing an undo after a block cut or clear can delete the block's footswitch and/or controller assignments In HX Edit, moving an effect, amp, cab, or IR block can sometimes inadvertently reposition a Split or Merge block In HX Edit, certain Output > Powercab and DT parameters cannot currently be assigned to snapshots via Alt+click/Option+click. For now, press and turn the knob on the Helix hardware In HX Edit, Ctrl+click/Command+click on certain Output > Powercab and DT parameters may not reset them to default settings In Helix Native, changing models can clear automation assignments of common parameters (such as Amp > Bass or Delay > Time)]]> 2019-08-06 10:05:26 HX Effects 2.81 HX_Stomp_v2.81.0-rc2_b6b4b0acf_bundle.hxf S/PDIF blocks would not pass audio until another preset with a different input block is loaded When Global Settings > Preferences > Snapshot Edits is set to "Discard," tempo would not reflect this setting when set to "Per Snapshot" Command Center > MMC > Record, Punch In, and Punch Out commands could not transmit correctly In rare cases on Helix Floor, Helix Rack, and Helix LT, FS6 (MODE) could fail to toggle between footswitch modes Adjusting certain Frequency parameters (typically those below 1kHz) could change at different increments between hardware and HX Edit In HX Edit, assigning both a block and Command Center command to the same footswitch could result in erratic behavior when attempting to change the LED color Snapshot-controlled Command Center > CC Toggle or CV Toggle values could sometimes not import correctly from older presets In rare cases, undoing a footswitch assignment remotely from HX Edit could result in a firmware crash In HX Edit, repeatedly pressing Up/Down arrows could inadvertently jump to the bottom of the controller parameter list In HX Edit, attempting to undo hardware changes after a Global Factory Reset could sometimes reload preset data from before the reset In HX Edit, performing an Undo/Redo function could sometimes cause a Cab > Dual block to change to a Cab > Single block In HX Edit, performing an Undo/Redo function could sometimes cause a stereo effect block to change to a mono effect block In HX Edit on Windows, the Edit panel's sliders could sometimes fail to appear In HX Edit on Windows, customized Command Center text could sometimes be truncated On Windows, the Win Defender pop-up could block installation of Helix Native or HX Edit Known Issues in 2.81: On Helix Rack/Control, connecting an expression pedal to Helix Control could sometimes cause the pedal position display to behave erratically Pitch/Synth > 3 OSC Synth, 3 Note Generator, and 4 OSC Generator are louder than in 2.71 In rare cases, the Dynamics > LA Studio Comp model can sometimes cause a drop in preset volume In HX Edit, applying a custom color to a Snapshot footswitch can sometimes not be reflected on the hardware. For now, apply snapshot footswitch colors from the hardware In HX Edit, if the current preset has not been saved, importing a different preset, setlist, or bundle does not currently clear the Undo history In rare cases, Helix/HX devices can become disconnected from HX Edit. If possible, always connect your Helix/HX device directly to the USB port closest to your computer's power connector. Never use any sort of USB hub, which may include the front USB ports on the front of towers Helix Native will not open in hardened runtime builds of Cubase 10.5 Some tempo synced effects can act authentic with the global setting set to transparent if tempo changes are controlled via snapshots. In HX Edit, importing a setlist containing Command Center > Instant commands may transmit the messages even if no new preset is loaded Logic Pro X is currently unable to write snapshot or switch automation data for Helix Native In HX Edit, performing an undo after a block cut or clear can delete the block's footswitch and/or controller assignments In HX Edit, moving an effect, amp, cab, or IR block can sometimes inadvertently reposition a Split or Merge block In HX Edit, certain Output > Powercab and DT parameters cannot currently be assigned to snapshots via Alt+click/Option+click. For now, press and turn the knob on the Helix hardware In HX Edit, Ctrl+click/Command+click on certain Output > Powercab and DT parameters may not reset them to default settings In Helix Native, changing models can clear automation assignments of common parameters (such as Amp > Bass or Delay > Time)]]> 2019-08-06 10:05:56 HX Stomp 2.81 HELIX_LT_v2.81.0-rc4_491dcd095_bundle.hxf S/PDIF blocks would not pass audio until another preset with a different input block is loaded When Global Settings > Preferences > Snapshot Edits is set to "Discard," tempo would not reflect this setting when set to "Per Snapshot" Command Center > MMC > Record, Punch In, and Punch Out commands could not transmit correctly In rare cases on Helix Floor, Helix Rack, and Helix LT, FS6 (MODE) could fail to toggle between footswitch modes Adjusting certain Frequency parameters (typically those below 1kHz) could change at different increments between hardware and HX Edit In HX Edit, assigning both a block and Command Center command to the same footswitch could result in erratic behavior when attempting to change the LED color Snapshot-controlled Command Center > CC Toggle or CV Toggle values could sometimes not import correctly from older presets In rare cases, undoing a footswitch assignment remotely from HX Edit could result in a firmware crash In HX Edit, repeatedly pressing Up/Down arrows could inadvertently jump to the bottom of the controller parameter list In HX Edit, attempting to undo hardware changes after a Global Factory Reset could sometimes reload preset data from before the reset In HX Edit, performing an Undo/Redo function could sometimes cause a Cab > Dual block to change to a Cab > Single block In HX Edit, performing an Undo/Redo function could sometimes cause a stereo effect block to change to a mono effect block In HX Edit on Windows, the Edit panel's sliders could sometimes fail to appear In HX Edit on Windows, customized Command Center text could sometimes be truncated On Windows, the Win Defender pop-up could block installation of Helix Native or HX Edit Known Issues in 2.81: On Helix Rack/Control, connecting an expression pedal to Helix Control could sometimes cause the pedal position display to behave erratically Pitch/Synth > 3 OSC Synth, 3 Note Generator, and 4 OSC Generator are louder than in 2.71 In rare cases, the Dynamics > LA Studio Comp model can sometimes cause a drop in preset volume In HX Edit, applying a custom color to a Snapshot footswitch can sometimes not be reflected on the hardware. For now, apply snapshot footswitch colors from the hardware In HX Edit, if the current preset has not been saved, importing a different preset, setlist, or bundle does not currently clear the Undo history In rare cases, Helix/HX devices can become disconnected from HX Edit. If possible, always connect your Helix/HX device directly to the USB port closest to your computer's power connector. Never use any sort of USB hub, which may include the front USB ports on the front of towers Helix Native will not open in hardened runtime builds of Cubase 10.5 Some tempo synced effects can act authentic with the global setting set to transparent if tempo changes are controlled via snapshots. In HX Edit, importing a setlist containing Command Center > Instant commands may transmit the messages even if no new preset is loaded Logic Pro X is currently unable to write snapshot or switch automation data for Helix Native In HX Edit, performing an undo after a block cut or clear can delete the block's footswitch and/or controller assignments In HX Edit, moving an effect, amp, cab, or IR block can sometimes inadvertently reposition a Split or Merge block In HX Edit, certain Output > Powercab and DT parameters cannot currently be assigned to snapshots via Alt+click/Option+click. For now, press and turn the knob on the Helix hardware In HX Edit, Ctrl+click/Command+click on certain Output > Powercab and DT parameters may not reset them to default settings In rare cases, posting a photo of the "Update Failed!" screenshot to Facebook without first reading the instructions that clearly explain how that's expected behavior will result in an atomic wedgie In Helix Native, changing models can clear automation assignments of common parameters (such as Amp > Bass or Delay > Time)]]> 2019-08-06 10:06:54 Helix LT 2.81 HELIX_Rack_v2.81.0-rc4_491dcd095_bundle.hxf S/PDIF blocks would not pass audio until another preset with a different input block is loaded When Global Settings > Preferences > Snapshot Edits is set to "Discard," tempo would not reflect this setting when set to "Per Snapshot" Command Center > MMC > Record, Punch In, and Punch Out commands could not transmit correctly In rare cases on Helix Floor, Helix Rack, and Helix LT, FS6 (MODE) could fail to toggle between footswitch modes Adjusting certain Frequency parameters (typically those below 1kHz) could change at different increments between hardware and HX Edit In HX Edit, assigning both a block and Command Center command to the same footswitch could result in erratic behavior when attempting to change the LED color Snapshot-controlled Command Center > CC Toggle or CV Toggle values could sometimes not import correctly from older presets In rare cases, undoing a footswitch assignment remotely from HX Edit could result in a firmware crash In HX Edit, repeatedly pressing Up/Down arrows could inadvertently jump to the bottom of the controller parameter list In HX Edit, attempting to undo hardware changes after a Global Factory Reset could sometimes reload preset data from before the reset In HX Edit, performing an Undo/Redo function could sometimes cause a Cab > Dual block to change to a Cab > Single block In HX Edit, performing an Undo/Redo function could sometimes cause a stereo effect block to change to a mono effect block In HX Edit on Windows, the Edit panel's sliders could sometimes fail to appear In HX Edit on Windows, customized Command Center text could sometimes be truncated On Windows, the Win Defender pop-up could block installation of Helix Native or HX Edit Known Issues in 2.81: On Helix Rack/Control, connecting an expression pedal to Helix Control could sometimes cause the pedal position display to behave erratically Pitch/Synth > 3 OSC Synth, 3 Note Generator, and 4 OSC Generator are louder than in 2.71 In rare cases, the Dynamics > LA Studio Comp model can sometimes cause a drop in preset volume In HX Edit, applying a custom color to a Snapshot footswitch can sometimes not be reflected on the hardware. For now, apply snapshot footswitch colors from the hardware In HX Edit, if the current preset has not been saved, importing a different preset, setlist, or bundle does not currently clear the Undo history In rare cases, Helix/HX devices can become disconnected from HX Edit. If possible, always connect your Helix/HX device directly to the USB port closest to your computer's power connector. Never use any sort of USB hub, which may include the front USB ports on the front of towers Helix Native will not open in hardened runtime builds of Cubase 10.5 Some tempo synced effects can act authentic with the global setting set to transparent if tempo changes are controlled via snapshots. In HX Edit, importing a setlist containing Command Center > Instant commands may transmit the messages even if no new preset is loaded Logic Pro X is currently unable to write snapshot or switch automation data for Helix Native In HX Edit, performing an undo after a block cut or clear can delete the block's footswitch and/or controller assignments In HX Edit, moving an effect, amp, cab, or IR block can sometimes inadvertently reposition a Split or Merge block In HX Edit, certain Output > Powercab and DT parameters cannot currently be assigned to snapshots via Alt+click/Option+click. For now, press and turn the knob on the Helix hardware In HX Edit, Ctrl+click/Command+click on certain Output > Powercab and DT parameters may not reset them to default settings In rare cases, posting a photo of the "Update Failed!" screenshot to Facebook without first reading the instructions that clearly explain how that's expected behavior will result in an atomic wedgie In Helix Native, changing models can clear automation assignments of common parameters (such as Amp > Bass or Delay > Time)]]> 2019-08-06 10:07:23 Helix Rack 2.00.1 a42_2.00.1.svu 2019-08-13 10:39:08 Powercab 212 Plus 2.81.1 HELIX_LT_v2.81.1_8b9bf1b8e_bundle.hxf 3 OSC Synth, 3 Note Generator, and 4 OSC Generator are louder than in 2.71 In rare cases, the Dynamics > LA Studio Comp model can sometimes cause a drop in preset volume In HX Edit, applying a custom color to a Snapshot footswitch can sometimes not be reflected on the hardware. For now, apply snapshot footswitch colors from the hardware In HX Edit, if the current preset has not been saved, importing a different preset, setlist, or bundle does not currently clear the Undo history In rare cases, Helix/HX devices can become disconnected from HX Edit. If possible, always connect your Helix/HX device directly to the USB port closest to your computer's power connector. Never use any sort of USB hub, which may include the front USB ports on the front of towers Helix Native will not open in hardened runtime builds of Cubase 10.5 Some tempo synced effects can act authentic with the global setting set to transparent if tempo changes are controlled via snapshots. In HX Edit, importing a setlist containing Command Center > Instant commands may transmit the messages even if no new preset is loaded Logic Pro X is currently unable to write snapshot or switch automation data for Helix Native In HX Edit, performing an undo after a block cut or clear can delete the block's footswitch and/or controller assignments In HX Edit, moving an effect, amp, cab, or IR block can sometimes inadvertently reposition a Split or Merge block In HX Edit, certain Output > Powercab and DT parameters cannot currently be assigned to snapshots via Alt+click/Option+click. For now, press and turn the knob on the Helix hardware In HX Edit, Ctrl+click/Command+click on certain Output > Powercab and DT parameters may not reset them to default settings In rare cases, posting a photo of the "Update Failed!" screenshot to Facebook without first reading the instructions that clearly explain how that's expected behavior will result in an atomic wedgie In Helix Native, changing models can clear automation assignments of common parameters (such as Amp > Bass or Delay > Time)]]> 2019-08-15 10:30:17 Helix LT 2.82 HX_Effects_v2.82.0_17ca4585d_bundle.hxf Footswitches > Preset Mode Switches is set to Stomp/Snap mode, copying snapshots could inadvertently switch to Snapshot mode When Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo > Tempo Select is set to Per Snapshot, tempo-synced effects could respond as Authentic even when set to Transparent Pitch/Synth > 3 OSC Synth, 3 Note Generator, and 4 OSC Generator models are louder than in 2.71. IMPORTANT! Regrettably, this will affect any presets containing these effects that were made since 2.80 On rare occasions, footswitches could become stuck in Snapshot mode The Dynamics > LA Studio Comp could sometimes cause a drop in preset volume Presets created before 2.80 containing 64 controllers could be unable to switch snapshots after 2.80 On rare occasions, scribble strips on the top row could duplicate that of the bottom row When set to Per Preset, Variax string volume settings may not be properly recalled Other minor bug fixes Known Issues in 2.82: In rare cases, Helix/HX devices can become disconnected from HX Edit. If possible, always connect your Helix/HX device directly to the USB port closest to your computer's power connector. Never use any sort of USB hub, which may include the front USB ports on the front of towers Using Learn to quickly assign a footswitch to parameter control to a footswitch can occasionally change the switchs Latching/Momentary setting If the Path 1A Input block is set to S/PDIF, it stops passing audio after creating a Path 1B Input block Connecting an expression pedal to Helix Control can sometimes cause the pedal position display to behave erratically When connecting Helix to Powercab 112 Plus or 212 Plus, using presets to remotely change Powercab modes sometimes results in a brief volume increase]]> 2019-09-26 09:37:24 HX Effects 2.82 HX_Stomp_v2.82.0_bdc0fd815_bundle.hxf Footswitches > Preset Mode Switches is set to Stomp/Snap mode, copying snapshots could inadvertently switch to Snapshot mode When Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo > Tempo Select is set to Per Snapshot, tempo-synced effects could respond as Authentic even when set to Transparent Pitch/Synth > 3 OSC Synth, 3 Note Generator, and 4 OSC Generator models are louder than in 2.71. IMPORTANT! Regrettably, this will affect any presets containing these effects that were made since 2.80 On rare occasions, footswitches could become stuck in Snapshot mode The Dynamics > LA Studio Comp could sometimes cause a drop in preset volume Presets created before 2.80 containing 64 controllers could be unable to switch snapshots after 2.80 On rare occasions, scribble strips on the top row could duplicate that of the bottom row When set to Per Preset, Variax string volume settings may not be properly recalled Other minor bug fixes Known Issues in 2.82: In rare cases, Helix/HX devices can become disconnected from HX Edit. If possible, always connect your Helix/HX device directly to the USB port closest to your computer's power connector. Never use any sort of USB hub, which may include the front USB ports on the front of towers Using Learn to quickly assign a footswitch to parameter control to a footswitch can occasionally change the switchs Latching/Momentary setting If the Path 1A Input block is set to S/PDIF, it stops passing audio after creating a Path 1B Input block Connecting an expression pedal to Helix Control can sometimes cause the pedal position display to behave erratically When connecting Helix to Powercab 112 Plus or 212 Plus, using presets to remotely change Powercab modes sometimes results in a brief volume increase]]> 2019-09-26 09:37:52 HX Stomp 2.82 HELIX_Floor_v2.82.0_a5e756144_bundle.hxf Footswitches > Preset Mode Switches is set to Stomp/Snap mode, copying snapshots could inadvertently switch to Snapshot mode When Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo > Tempo Select is set to Per Snapshot, tempo-synced effects could respond as Authentic even when set to Transparent Pitch/Synth > 3 OSC Synth, 3 Note Generator, and 4 OSC Generator models are louder than in 2.71. IMPORTANT! Regrettably, this will affect any presets containing these effects that were made since 2.80 On rare occasions, footswitches could become stuck in Snapshot mode The Dynamics > LA Studio Comp could sometimes cause a drop in preset volume Presets created before 2.80 containing 64 controllers could be unable to switch snapshots after 2.80 On rare occasions, scribble strips on the top row could duplicate that of the bottom row When set to Per Preset, Variax string volume settings may not be properly recalled Other minor bug fixes Known Issues in 2.82: In rare cases, Helix/HX devices can become disconnected from HX Edit. If possible, always connect your Helix/HX device directly to the USB port closest to your computer's power connector. Never use any sort of USB hub, which may include the front USB ports on the front of towers Using Learn to quickly assign a footswitch to parameter control to a footswitch can occasionally change the switchs Latching/Momentary setting If the Path 1A Input block is set to S/PDIF, it stops passing audio after creating a Path 1B Input block Connecting an expression pedal to Helix Control can sometimes cause the pedal position display to behave erratically When connecting Helix to Powercab 112 Plus or 212 Plus, using presets to remotely change Powercab modes sometimes results in a brief volume increase]]> 2019-09-26 09:39:04 Helix 2.82 HELIX_LT_v2.82.0_a5e756144_bundle.hxf Footswitches > Preset Mode Switches is set to Stomp/Snap mode, copying snapshots could inadvertently switch to Snapshot mode When Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo > Tempo Select is set to Per Snapshot, tempo-synced effects could respond as Authentic even when set to Transparent Pitch/Synth > 3 OSC Synth, 3 Note Generator, and 4 OSC Generator models are louder than in 2.71. IMPORTANT! Regrettably, this will affect any presets containing these effects that were made since 2.80 On rare occasions, footswitches could become stuck in Snapshot mode The Dynamics > LA Studio Comp could sometimes cause a drop in preset volume Presets created before 2.80 containing 64 controllers could be unable to switch snapshots after 2.80 On rare occasions, scribble strips on the top row could duplicate that of the bottom row When set to Per Preset, Variax string volume settings may not be properly recalled Other minor bug fixes Known Issues in 2.82: In rare cases, Helix/HX devices can become disconnected from HX Edit. If possible, always connect your Helix/HX device directly to the USB port closest to your computer's power connector. Never use any sort of USB hub, which may include the front USB ports on the front of towers Using Learn to quickly assign a footswitch to parameter control to a footswitch can occasionally change the switchs Latching/Momentary setting If the Path 1A Input block is set to S/PDIF, it stops passing audio after creating a Path 1B Input block Connecting an expression pedal to Helix Control can sometimes cause the pedal position display to behave erratically When connecting Helix to Powercab 112 Plus or 212 Plus, using presets to remotely change Powercab modes sometimes results in a brief volume increase]]> 2019-09-26 09:41:03 Helix LT 2.82 HELIX_Rack_v2.82.0_a5e756144_bundle.hxf Footswitches > Preset Mode Switches is set to Stomp/Snap mode, copying snapshots could inadvertently switch to Snapshot mode When Global Settings > MIDI/Tempo > Tempo Select is set to Per Snapshot, tempo-synced effects could respond as Authentic even when set to Transparent Pitch/Synth > 3 OSC Synth, 3 Note Generator, and 4 OSC Generator models are louder than in 2.71. IMPORTANT! Regrettably, this will affect any presets containing these effects that were made since 2.80 On rare occasions, footswitches could become stuck in Snapshot mode The Dynamics > LA Studio Comp could sometimes cause a drop in preset volume Presets created before 2.80 containing 64 controllers could be unable to switch snapshots after 2.80 On rare occasions, scribble strips on the top row could duplicate that of the bottom row When set to Per Preset, Variax string volume settings may not be properly recalled Other minor bug fixes Known Issues in 2.82: In rare cases, Helix/HX devices can become disconnected from HX Edit. If possible, always connect your Helix/HX device directly to the USB port closest to your computer's power connector. Never use any sort of USB hub, which may include the front USB ports on the front of towers Using Learn to quickly assign a footswitch to parameter control to a footswitch can occasionally change the switchs Latching/Momentary setting If the Path 1A Input block is set to S/PDIF, it stops passing audio after creating a Path 1B Input block Connecting an expression pedal to Helix Control can sometimes cause the pedal position display to behave erratically When connecting Helix to Powercab 112 Plus or 212 Plus, using presets to remotely change Powercab modes sometimes results in a brief volume increase]]> 2019-09-26 09:42:09 Helix Rack 1.01 G10RX_1_1.wuf 2020-03-12 08:00:00 Relay G10 Receiver 1.01 W13_1_Rx_1_1.wuf 2020-03-12 08:00:00 Relay G10S Receiver 2.02.0 SpiderV_30_60_2.02.0.svu 2020-03-12 08:00:00 Spider V 30 Spider V 30 MkII Spider V 60 Spider V 60 MkII 2.02.0 SpiderV_120_240_2.02.0.svu 2020-03-12 08:00:00 Spider V 120 Spider V 120 MkII Spider V 240 Spider V 240 MkII Spider V 240HC Spider V 240HC MkII 1.10.0 PODGo_v1.10.0_74f1591b_bundle.hxf Simple Pitch and Dual Pitch can exhibit subtle artifacts when the Delay parameter is set between 0.4 and 0.7 A minor pop can be heard when selecting IRs while audio is present POD Go does not need a driver to work with your Mac; just plug in and go. However, it is currently limited to a sample rate of 48kHz. Line 6 is working carefully with Apple and will provide a driver that supports sample rates up to 96kHz.]]> 2020-03-31 11:01:01 POD Go 2.91 HELIX_Rack_v2.91.0_00350a6df_bundle.hxf Merge block could boost signals by 3dB Known Issues in 2.91: A slight thump can be heard when loading a Distortion > Kinky Boost, Arbitrator Fuzz, or Tycoctavia Fuzz model While backing up, the scribble strip on FS8 can sometimes flicker (Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control) In very rare cases, leaving the unit on for many hours can sometimes cause reverb models to cease outputting audio In a preset with two IR blocks, moving one IR block to Path B can sometimes cause the other IR block to reset its Impulse Response to slot 1 In rare cases, after exporting and then importing presets using HX Edit, the Split block's bypass state can sometimes change (Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT)]]> 2020-04-24 12:03:29 Helix Rack 2.91 HELIX_LT_v2.91.0-rc1_00350a6df_bundle.hxf Merge block could boost signals by 3dB Known Issues in 2.91: A slight thump can be heard when loading a Distortion > Kinky Boost, Arbitrator Fuzz, or Tycoctavia Fuzz model While backing up, the scribble strip on FS8 can sometimes flicker (Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control) In very rare cases, leaving the unit on for many hours can sometimes cause reverb models to cease outputting audio In a preset with two IR blocks, moving one IR block to Path B can sometimes cause the other IR block to reset its Impulse Response to slot 1 In rare cases, after exporting and then importing presets using HX Edit, the Split block's bypass state can sometimes change (Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT)]]> 2020-04-24 12:05:16 Helix LT 2.91 HELIX_Floor_v2.91.0_00350a6df_bundle.hxf Merge block could boost signals by 3dB Known Issues in 2.91: A slight thump can be heard when loading a Distortion > Kinky Boost, Arbitrator Fuzz, or Tycoctavia Fuzz model While backing up, the scribble strip on FS8 can sometimes flicker (Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control) In very rare cases, leaving the unit on for many hours can sometimes cause reverb models to cease outputting audio In a preset with two IR blocks, moving one IR block to Path B can sometimes cause the other IR block to reset its Impulse Response to slot 1 In rare cases, after exporting and then importing presets using HX Edit, the Split block's bypass state can sometimes change (Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT)]]> 2020-04-24 12:06:16 Helix 2.91 HX_Stomp_v2.91.0_8f1be4ae1_bundle.hxf Merge block could boost signals by 3dB Known Issues in 2.91: A slight thump can be heard when loading a Distortion > Kinky Boost, Arbitrator Fuzz, or Tycoctavia Fuzz model While backing up, the scribble strip on FS8 can sometimes flicker (Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control) In very rare cases, leaving the unit on for many hours can sometimes cause reverb models to cease outputting audio In a preset with two IR blocks, moving one IR block to Path B can sometimes cause the other IR block to reset its Impulse Response to slot 1 In rare cases, after exporting and then importing presets using HX Edit, the Split block's bypass state can sometimes change (Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT)]]> 2020-04-24 12:06:55 HX Stomp 2.91 HX_Effects_v2.91.0_4ccb9bdb6_bundle.hxf Merge block could boost signals by 3dB Known Issues in 2.91: A slight thump can be heard when loading a Distortion > Kinky Boost, Arbitrator Fuzz, or Tycoctavia Fuzz model While backing up, the scribble strip on FS8 can sometimes flicker (Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control) In very rare cases, leaving the unit on for many hours can sometimes cause reverb models to cease outputting audio In a preset with two IR blocks, moving one IR block to Path B can sometimes cause the other IR block to reset its Impulse Response to slot 1 In rare cases, after exporting and then importing presets using HX Edit, the Split block's bypass state can sometimes change (Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT)]]> 2020-04-24 12:07:55 HX Effects 2.92 HX_Effects_v2.92.0_0b51007ad_bundle.hxf Footswitches > Stomp Select is set to "Off" or "Press," touch-holding switches could still result in assignment and swap dialogs - FIXED The TAP LED in Helix Floor, Rack/Control, and LT could flash slightly slower than the actual tempo - FIXED In HX Effects' Command Center, Hotkey commands could display values for HX Preset commands - FIXED In HX Effects' Command Center, assigning a hold-type HX command could sometimes not engage properly - FIXED Engaging the MODE switch while Global Settings were visible could result in unexpected behavior - FIXED Engaging the MODE switch after selecting a different model during a bank queue could result in unexpected behavior - FIXED In rare cases, bypass and parameter changes made from Helix Floor, Rack, or LT may not be reflected in HX Edit - FIXED On Helix Floor and Helix Control's 1 Switch Looper scribble strip, Undo or Redo text could appear - FIXED In HX Effects' Command Center, adding an HX hold-type command could result in an inverted switch state - FIXED In HX Effects' Command Center, adding an HX Snapshot command could result in the wrong LED color - FIXED In HX Effects' Command Center, engaging a HX Looper > 1/2 Speed or Full speed command could sometimes cause a lockup - FIXED In rare cases on Helix Floor, Rack, or LT, renaming a snapshot could result in a preset change - FIXED The polarity of some amp models was reversed in 2.91 - FIXED Dynamics > Rochester Comp could exhibit audible phase cancellation when its Mix parameter is set to 100% - FIXED Dynamics > Rochester Comp now behaves as expected when the Ratio is set lower than 3:1 - FIXED In rare cases, scrolling quickly through the model list in HX Edit could cause the hardware to stop responding - FIXED The Looper > 1 Switch Looper LED states would not function properly when controlled via incoming MIDI CCs - FIXED Known Issues in 2.92: A slight thump can be heard when loading a Distortion > Kinky Boost, Arbitrator Fuzz, or Tycoctavia Fuzz model While backing up, the scribble strip on FS8 can sometimes flicker (Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control) In very rare cases, leaving the unit on for many hours can sometimes cause reverb models to cease outputting audio In a preset with two IRs blocks, moving one IR block to Path B can sometimes cause the other IR block to reset its Impulse Response to slot 1 In rare cases, after exporting and then importing presets using HX Edit, the Split block's bypass state can sometimes change (Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT) ]]> 2020-05-19 11:58:10 HX Effects 2.92 HX_Stomp_v2.92.0_bab8ab139_bundle.hxf Footswitches > Stomp Select is set to "Off" or "Press," touch-holding switches could still result in assignment and swap dialogs - FIXED The TAP LED in Helix Floor, Rack/Control, and LT could flash slightly slower than the actual tempo - FIXED In HX Effects' Command Center, Hotkey commands could display values for HX Preset commands - FIXED In HX Effects' Command Center, assigning a hold-type HX command could sometimes not engage properly - FIXED Engaging the MODE switch while Global Settings were visible could result in unexpected behavior - FIXED Engaging the MODE switch after selecting a different model during a bank queue could result in unexpected behavior - FIXED In rare cases, bypass and parameter changes made from Helix Floor, Rack, or LT may not be reflected in HX Edit - FIXED On Helix Floor and Helix Control's 1 Switch Looper scribble strip, Undo or Redo text could appear - FIXED In HX Effects' Command Center, adding an HX hold-type command could result in an inverted switch state - FIXED In HX Effects' Command Center, adding an HX Snapshot command could result in the wrong LED color - FIXED In HX Effects' Command Center, engaging a HX Looper > 1/2 Speed or Full speed command could sometimes cause a lockup - FIXED In rare cases on Helix Floor, Rack, or LT, renaming a snapshot could result in a preset change - FIXED The polarity of some amp models was reversed in 2.91 - FIXED Dynamics > Rochester Comp could exhibit audible phase cancellation when its Mix parameter is set to 100% - FIXED Dynamics > Rochester Comp now behaves as expected when the Ratio is set lower than 3:1 - FIXED In rare cases, scrolling quickly through the model list in HX Edit could cause the hardware to stop responding - FIXED The Looper > 1 Switch Looper LED states would not function properly when controlled via incoming MIDI CCs - FIXED Known Issues in 2.92: A slight thump can be heard when loading a Distortion > Kinky Boost, Arbitrator Fuzz, or Tycoctavia Fuzz model While backing up, the scribble strip on FS8 can sometimes flicker (Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control) In very rare cases, leaving the unit on for many hours can sometimes cause reverb models to cease outputting audio In a preset with two IRs blocks, moving one IR block to Path B can sometimes cause the other IR block to reset its Impulse Response to slot 1 In rare cases, after exporting and then importing presets using HX Edit, the Split block's bypass state can sometimes change (Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT)]]> 2020-05-19 11:59:16 HX Stomp 2.92 HELIX_Floor_v2.92.0_561c61203_bundle.hxf Footswitches > Stomp Select is set to "Off" or "Press," touch-holding switches could still result in assignment and swap dialogs - FIXED The TAP LED in Helix Floor, Rack/Control, and LT could flash slightly slower than the actual tempo - FIXED In HX Effects' Command Center, Hotkey commands could display values for HX Preset commands - FIXED In HX Effects' Command Center, assigning a hold-type HX command could sometimes not engage properly - FIXED Engaging the MODE switch while Global Settings were visible could result in unexpected behavior - FIXED Engaging the MODE switch after selecting a different model during a bank queue could result in unexpected behavior - FIXED In rare cases, bypass and parameter changes made from Helix Floor, Rack, or LT may not be reflected in HX Edit - FIXED On Helix Floor and Helix Control's 1 Switch Looper scribble strip, Undo or Redo text could appear - FIXED In HX Effects' Command Center, adding an HX hold-type command could result in an inverted switch state - FIXED In HX Effects' Command Center, adding an HX Snapshot command could result in the wrong LED color - FIXED In HX Effects' Command Center, engaging a HX Looper > 1/2 Speed or Full speed command could sometimes cause a lockup - FIXED In rare cases on Helix Floor, Rack, or LT, renaming a snapshot could result in a preset change - FIXED The polarity of some amp models was reversed in 2.91 - FIXED Dynamics > Rochester Comp could exhibit audible phase cancellation when its Mix parameter is set to 100% - FIXED Dynamics > Rochester Comp now behaves as expected when the Ratio is set lower than 3:1 - FIXED In rare cases, scrolling quickly through the model list in HX Edit could cause the hardware to stop responding - FIXED The Looper > 1 Switch Looper LED states would not function properly when controlled via incoming MIDI CCs - FIXED Known Issues in 2.92: A slight thump can be heard when loading a Distortion > Kinky Boost, Arbitrator Fuzz, or Tycoctavia Fuzz model While backing up, the scribble strip on FS8 can sometimes flicker (Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control) In very rare cases, leaving the unit on for many hours can sometimes cause reverb models to cease outputting audio In a preset with two IRs blocks, moving one IR block to Path B can sometimes cause the other IR block to reset its Impulse Response to slot 1 In rare cases, after exporting and then importing presets using HX Edit, the Split block's bypass state can sometimes change (Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT)]]> 2020-05-19 12:00:17 Helix 2.92 HELIX_LT_v2.92.0_561c61203_bundle.hxf Footswitches > Stomp Select is set to "Off" or "Press," touch-holding switches could still result in assignment and swap dialogs - FIXED The TAP LED in Helix Floor, Rack/Control, and LT could flash slightly slower than the actual tempo - FIXED In HX Effects' Command Center, Hotkey commands could display values for HX Preset commands - FIXED In HX Effects' Command Center, assigning a hold-type HX command could sometimes not engage properly - FIXED Engaging the MODE switch while Global Settings were visible could result in unexpected behavior - FIXED Engaging the MODE switch after selecting a different model during a bank queue could result in unexpected behavior - FIXED In rare cases, bypass and parameter changes made from Helix Floor, Rack, or LT may not be reflected in HX Edit - FIXED On Helix Floor and Helix Control's 1 Switch Looper scribble strip, Undo or Redo text could appear - FIXED In HX Effects' Command Center, adding an HX hold-type command could result in an inverted switch state - FIXED In HX Effects' Command Center, adding an HX Snapshot command could result in the wrong LED color - FIXED In HX Effects' Command Center, engaging a HX Looper > 1/2 Speed or Full speed command could sometimes cause a lockup - FIXED In rare cases on Helix Floor, Rack, or LT, renaming a snapshot could result in a preset change - FIXED The polarity of some amp models was reversed in 2.91 - FIXED Dynamics > Rochester Comp could exhibit audible phase cancellation when its Mix parameter is set to 100% - FIXED Dynamics > Rochester Comp now behaves as expected when the Ratio is set lower than 3:1 - FIXED In rare cases, scrolling quickly through the model list in HX Edit could cause the hardware to stop responding - FIXED The Looper > 1 Switch Looper LED states would not function properly when controlled via incoming MIDI CCs - FIXED Known Issues in 2.92: A slight thump can be heard when loading a Distortion > Kinky Boost, Arbitrator Fuzz, or Tycoctavia Fuzz model While backing up, the scribble strip on FS8 can sometimes flicker (Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control) In very rare cases, leaving the unit on for many hours can sometimes cause reverb models to cease outputting audio In a preset with two IRs blocks, moving one IR block to Path B can sometimes cause the other IR block to reset its Impulse Response to slot 1 In rare cases, after exporting and then importing presets using HX Edit, the Split block's bypass state can sometimes change (Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT)]]> 2020-05-19 12:00:51 Helix LT 2.92 HELIX_Rack_v2.92.0_561c61203_bundle.hxf Footswitches > Stomp Select is set to "Off" or "Press," touch-holding switches could still result in assignment and swap dialogs - FIXED The TAP LED in Helix Floor, Rack/Control, and LT could flash slightly slower than the actual tempo - FIXED In HX Effects' Command Center, Hotkey commands could display values for HX Preset commands - FIXED In HX Effects' Command Center, assigning a hold-type HX command could sometimes not engage properly - FIXED Engaging the MODE switch while Global Settings were visible could result in unexpected behavior - FIXED Engaging the MODE switch after selecting a different model during a bank queue could result in unexpected behavior - FIXED In rare cases, bypass and parameter changes made from Helix Floor, Rack, or LT may not be reflected in HX Edit - FIXED On Helix Floor and Helix Control's 1 Switch Looper scribble strip, Undo or Redo text could appear - FIXED In HX Effects' Command Center, adding an HX hold-type command could result in an inverted switch state - FIXED In HX Effects' Command Center, adding an HX Snapshot command could result in the wrong LED color - FIXED In HX Effects' Command Center, engaging a HX Looper > 1/2 Speed or Full speed command could sometimes cause a lockup - FIXED In rare cases on Helix Floor, Rack, or LT, renaming a snapshot could result in a preset change - FIXED The polarity of some amp models was reversed in 2.91 - FIXED Dynamics > Rochester Comp could exhibit audible phase cancellation when its Mix parameter is set to 100% - FIXED Dynamics > Rochester Comp now behaves as expected when the Ratio is set lower than 3:1 - FIXED In rare cases, scrolling quickly through the model list in HX Edit could cause the hardware to stop responding - FIXED The Looper > 1 Switch Looper LED states would not function properly when controlled via incoming MIDI CCs - FIXED Known Issues in 2.92: A slight thump can be heard when loading a Distortion > Kinky Boost, Arbitrator Fuzz, or Tycoctavia Fuzz model While backing up, the scribble strip on FS8 can sometimes flicker (Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control) In very rare cases, leaving the unit on for many hours can sometimes cause reverb models to cease outputting audio In a preset with two IRs blocks, moving one IR block to Path B can sometimes cause the other IR block to reset its Impulse Response to slot 1 In rare cases, after exporting and then importing presets using HX Edit, the Split block's bypass state can sometimes change (Helix Floor, Helix Rack/Control, Helix LT)]]> 2020-05-19 12:02:36 Helix Rack 1.11.0 POD_Go_v1.11.0_0xb7e01450_bundle.hxf Switches/Pedals > EXP 2 Position is set to "Global", when booting POD Go, EXP2 loads at heel-down position (no volume) Pressing Stomp mode switches immediately after loading a preset can cause POD Go to freeze Turning the main volume knob while loading an IR can sometimes cause the DSP to lock up In rare cases, swapping stomp switches can result in unexpected graphic anomalies In rare cases, attempting to swap the Looper switch with another stomp switch can cause POD Go to freeze If the menu is open from Tuner view, pressing HOME can cause the upper portion of the display to disappear Streaming audio through POD Go while restoring from a backup can cause audio to disappear until restarting While in the Bypass/Control menu, loading a different preset could display graphical anomalies While in Edit view, quickly turning the Upper Knob could cause the EQ block to blink While updating firmware, POD Go's footswitch rings could intermittently flash In POD Go Edit, renaming a preset does not automatically update POD Go if the Preset List view is visible In POD Go Edit, selecting a new preset while POD Go is queueing banks can cause the wrong bank to load In POD Go Edit, the EQ icon was incorrect In POD Go Edit, setting Min Value or Max Value can sometimes cause POD Go's inspector to temporarily disappear In POD Go Edit, copying and pasting a block could sometimes not duplicate all snapshot data In POD Go Edit, double-clicking an unavailable effect could cause the Model Category list to disappear In POD Go Edit, some HDD configurations could cause the app to crash or display a blank screen Lots of other minor bug fixes Known Issues in 1.11: On rare occasions, audio can be lost if POD Go is powered on while a connected Mac/PC is passing audio via USB Pitch/Synth > Simple Pitch and Dual Pitch can exhibit subtle artifacts when the Delay parameter is set between 0.4 and 0.7 ms Sending a MIDI CC60 or CC61 message from your computer to control the Looper can sometimes cause POD Go to become unresponsive Sending a MIDI CC68 message followed immediately by a PC message from your computer can sometimes cause POD Go's audio to mute When a block is added from POD Go Edit, footswitches 5 and 6 may not immediately appear as if they're auto-assigned (even though they are) While on the Save screen, holding ACTION and pressing SAVE does not save the preset to Factory > 32D New Preset POD Go does not need a driver to work with your Mac; just plug in and go. However, it is currently limited to a sample rate of 48kHz. Line 6 is working carefully with Apple and will provide a driver that supports sample rates up to 96kHz]]> 2020-06-23 09:49:53 POD Go 1.12.0 POD_Go_v1.12.0_0x7a876bc1_bundle.hxf Switches/Pedals > FS Auto Assign is set to "Off," changing a block's model category can sometimes reflect the previous category color on the footswitch]]> 2020-08-13 12:00:03 POD Go 1.06 G10Tx_1_6.wuf 2020-08-25 10:00:00 Relay G10 Transmitter 3.01.0 HX_Effects_v3.01.0_0x89bd69411_bundle.hxf 2020-12-04 12:00:51 HX Effects 3.01.0 HX_Stomp_v3.01.0_0x021787c1c_bundle.hxf 2020-12-04 12:01:23 HX Stomp 3.01.0 HELIX_Floor_v3.01.0_0x5a8c6f191_bundle.hxf Helix 3.01: The Along Came Poly Update The Helix 3.01 update addresses potential severely corrupted audio output. Due to this, we recommend updating your Helix family device as soon as possible. UPDATE INSTRUCTIONS: 1. CREATE A BACKUP USING YOUR CURRENT VERSIONS OF FIRMWARE AND HX EDIT. You will need this to restore your global settings as ALL GLOBAL SETTINGS WILL BE RESET BY THE UPDATE. This also serves as an extra failsafe so you can return to the current state of your device if you want or need to. 2. Shut down HX Edit and any programs that use audio or connect to your Helix/HX device in any way, like DAWs, iTunes, Spotify, video games, etc. 3. Disable the sleep timer on your computer. The update will fail if your computer goes to sleep during the process. 4. Ensure your device is not receiving MIDI from an external source, or simply unplug the MIDI cables until the update completes. 5. If you are using a laptop, plug it in, or ensure it has enough battery life to complete the update without shutting down. 6. Connect your Helix/HX device directly to your computer via USB. Avoid using any USB hubs or adapters if possible. 7. Launch Line 6 Updater. 8. Select your desired device from the list and choose the 3.01.0 update. 9. Once the update completes, factory reset your device using the appropriate method. This will reset all presets, IRs and settings so make sure you have a backup! Helix Floor: Footswitches 9 & 10 (bottom row, middle 2 switches) 10. Reconnect to HX Edit and restore from the backup that was created in step 1.]]> 2020-12-04 12:02:00 Helix 3.01.0 HELIX_LT_v3.01.0_0x5a8c6f191_bundle.hxf 2020-12-04 12:02:33 Helix LT 3.01.0 HELIX_Rack_v3.01.0_0x5a8c6f191_bundle.hxf 2020-12-04 12:03:06 Helix Rack 3.02.0 HX_Effects_v3.02.0_0x029e5e741_bundle.hxf 1 Switch Looper functions could result in a freeze.]]> 2021-01-14 09:00:10 HX Effects 1.21.0 POD_Go_v1.21.0_0xf37eca7a_bundle.hxf button on boot up. You then have to select your POD Go device from the list of products that appears and try the update again. For full release notes that include all new models, features, bug fixes and known issues, please visit: https://line6.com/support/page/kb/pod/pod-go]]> 2021-03-25 10:02:18 POD Go POD Go Wireless 3.10.0 HX_Effects_v3.10.0-_0x97f95a63a_bundle.hxf button on boot up. For full release notes that include all new models, features, bug fixes and known issues, please visit: https://line6.com/support/page/kb/effects-controllers/helix/helix-310-release-notes-r969/]]> 2021-04-15 07:24:08 HX Effects 3.10.0 HX_Stomp_v3.10.0_0xc5f76fc70_bundle.hxf button on boot up. For full release notes that include all new models, features, bug fixes and known issues, please visit: https://line6.com/support/page/kb/effects-controllers/helix/helix-310-release-notes-r969/]]> 2021-04-15 07:28:16 HX Stomp 3.10.0 HX_Stomp_XL_v3.10.0-_0xc5f76fc70_bundle.hxf button on boot up. For full release notes that include all new models, features, bug fixes and known issues, please visit: https://line6.com/support/page/kb/effects-controllers/helix/helix-310-release-notes-r969/]]> 2021-04-15 07:31:09 HX Stomp XL 3.10.0 HELIX_Floor_v3.10.0-_0x81f1591b2_bundle.hxf 2021-04-15 07:32:25 Helix 3.10.0 HELIX_LT_v3.10.0-_0x81f1591b2_bundle.hxf 2021-04-15 07:34:19 Helix LT 3.10.0 HELIX_Rack_v3.10.0-_0x81f1591b2_bundle.hxf 2021-04-15 07:38:40 Helix Rack 3.11.0 HELIX_LT_v3.11.0-_0x022c9b2b8_bundle.hxf 2021-04-27 09:55:06 Helix LT 3.11.0 HX_Effects_v3.11.0-_0xd89050b4c_bundle.hxf button on boot up. For full release notes that include all new models, features, bug fixes and known issues, please visit: https://line6.com/support/page/kb/effects-controllers/helix/helix-310-release-notes-r969/]]> 2021-04-27 11:55:26 HX Effects 3.11.0 HX_Stomp_v3.11.0-_0x4c4f82f79_bundle.hxf button on boot up. For full release notes that include all new models, features, bug fixes and known issues, please visit: https://line6.com/support/page/kb/effects-controllers/helix/helix-310-release-notes-r969/]]> 2021-04-27 11:56:02 HX Stomp 3.11.0 HX_Stomp_XL_v3.11.0_0x4c4f82f79_bundle.hxf button on boot up. For full release notes that include all new models, features, bug fixes and known issues, please visit: https://line6.com/support/page/kb/effects-controllers/helix/helix-310-release-notes-r969/]]> 2021-04-27 11:56:37 HX Stomp XL 3.11.0 HELIX_Floor_v3.11.0-_0xb5021b036_bundle.hxf 2021-04-27 11:57:11 Helix 3.11.0 HELIX_Rack_v3.11.0-_0xb5021b036_bundle.hxf 2021-04-27 11:58:18 Helix Rack 1.22.0 POD_Go_v1.22.0_0xbfdcd318_bundle.hxf button on boot up. You then have to select your POD Go device from the list of products that appears and try the update again. For full release notes that include all new models, features, bug fixes and known issues, please visit: https://line6.com/support/page/kb/pod/pod-go]]> 2021-06-01 12:00:52 POD Go POD Go Wireless 1.30.0 POD_Go_v1.30.0_0x01b781c4_bundle.hxf button on boot up. You then have to select your POD Go device from the list of products that appears and try the update again. For full release notes that include all new models, features, bug fixes and known issues, please visit: https://line6.com/support/page/kb/pod/pod-go]]> 2021-10-05 09:45:00 POD Go POD Go Wireless 3.15.0 HX_Effects_v3.15.0_0x30ed4ae40_bundle.hxf button on boot up. ]]> 2022-02-08 11:13:06 HX Effects 3.15.0 HX_Stomp_v3.15.0_0x474c1a0e5_bundle.hxf button on boot up. ]]> 2022-02-08 11:13:09 HX Stomp 3.15.0 HX_Stomp_XL_v3.15.0_0x474c1a0e5_bundle.hxf button on boot up. ]]> 2022-02-08 11:13:12 HX Stomp XL 3.15.0 HELIX_Floor_v3.15.0_0xdafed19cc_bundle.hxf 2022-02-08 11:13:15 Helix 3.15.0 HELIX_LT_v3.15.0_0xdafed19cc_bundle.hxf 2022-02-08 11:13:20 Helix LT 3.15.0 HELIX_Rack_v3.15.0_0xdafed19cc_bundle.hxf 2022-02-08 11:13:23 Helix Rack 1.02.0 A45master1.02.ctf 2022-02-15 10:13:28 Catalyst 100 Catalyst 200 Catalyst 60 1.00.0 F16AppMain59.dl4 2022-04-07 12:17:47 DL4 MkII 1.01.0 F16AppMain122.dl4 2022-07-05 11:00:30 DL4 MkII 1.40.0 POD_Go_v1.40.0_0xaa2725f9_bundle.hxf button on boot up. You then have to select your POD Go device from the list of products that appears and try the update again. For full release notes that include all new models, features, bug fixes and known issues, please visit: https://line6.com/support/page/kb/pod/pod-go]]> 2022-07-19 11:00:00 POD Go POD Go Wireless 2.05.0 W16_TX_2.05.0.wuf 2022-07-26 10:00:00 Relay G10TII Transmitter 1.05.0 W9_1_RX_1.05.0.wuf 2022-07-26 10:00:00 Relay G10 Receiver 1.05.0 W13_1_RX_1.05.0.wuf 2022-07-26 10:00:00 Relay G10S Receiver 2.05.0 SpiderV_30_60_2.05.0.svu 2022-07-26 10:00:00 Spider V 30 Spider V 30 MkII Spider V 60 Spider V 60 MkII 2.05.0 SpiderV_120_240_2.05.0.svu 2022-07-26 10:00:00 Spider V 120 Spider V 120 MkII Spider V 240 Spider V 240 MkII Spider V 240HC Spider V 240HC MkII 2.01.0 a41_2.01.0.svu 2022-09-23 10:37:54 Spider V 20 3.50.0 HX_Effects_v3.50.0_0x3d6176fae_bundle.hxf button on boot up.]]> 2022-11-03 09:03:48 HX Effects 3.50.0 HX_Stomp_v3.50.0_0x09aad5756_bundle.hxf button on boot up.]]> 2022-11-03 09:45:00 HX Stomp 3.50.0 HELIX_Floor_v3.50.0_0xec7605f09_bundle.hxf 2022-11-03 09:45:00 Helix 3.50.0 HELIX_LT_v3.50.0_0xec7605f09_bundle.hxf 2022-11-03 09:45:00 Helix LT 3.50.0 HELIX_Rack_v3.50.0_0xec7605f09_bundle.hxf 2022-11-03 09:45:00 Helix Rack 3.50.0 HX_Stomp_XL_v3.50.0_0x09aad5756_bundle.hxf button on boot up.]]> 2022-11-03 09:45:00 HX Stomp XL 3.60.0 HX_Effects_v3.60.0_0xbf9161e1e_bundle.hxf button on boot up.]]> 2023-04-25 10:00:00 HX Effects 3.60.0 HX_Stomp_v3.60.0_0x9dead52ff_bundle.hxf button on boot up.]]> 2023-04-25 10:00:00 HX Stomp 3.60.0 HX_Stomp_XL_v3.60.0_0x9dead52ff_bundle.hxf button on boot up.]]> 2023-04-25 10:00:00 HX Stomp XL 3.60.0 HELIX_Floor_v3.60.0_0xe171dae81_bundle.hxf 2023-04-25 10:00:00 Helix 3.60.0 HELIX_LT_v3.60.0_0xe171dae81_bundle.hxf 2023-04-25 10:00:00 Helix LT 3.60.0 HELIX_Rack_v3.60.0_0xe171dae81_bundle.hxf 2023-04-25 10:00:00 Helix Rack 2.00.0 POD Go Firmware POD_Go_v2.00.0_0x9e51b97b.hxf button on boot up. You then have to select your POD Go device from the list of products that appears and try the update again. For full release notes that include all new models, features, bug fixes and known issues, please visit: https://line6.com/support/page/kb/pod/pod-go]]> 2023-11-07 10:00:00 POD Go POD Go Wireless 3.70.0 Helix Floor Firmware Helix_Floor_v3.70.0_0xd2be32d64.hxf 2023-11-16 09:30:00 Helix 3.70.0 Helix Rack Firmware Helix_Rack_v3.70.0_0xd2be32d64.hxf 2023-11-16 09:30:00 Helix Rack 3.70.0 Helix LT Firmware Helix_LT_v3.70.0_0xd2be32d64.hxf 2023-11-16 09:30:00 Helix LT 3.70.0 HX Effects Firmware HX_Effects_v3.70.0_0x74b863e33.hxf button on boot up.]]> 2023-11-16 09:30:00 HX Effects 3.70.0 HX Stomp Firmware HX_Stomp_v3.70.0_0x73ae34540.hxf button on boot up.]]> 2023-11-16 09:30:00 HX Stomp 3.70.0 HX Stomp_XL Firmware HX_Stomp_XL_v3.70.0_0x73ae34540.hxf button on boot up.]]> 2023-11-16 09:30:00 HX Stomp XL 3.70.0 HX One Firmware HX_One_v3.70.0-rc6_0x31ce98c6.hx1f 2023-11-16 09:30:00 HX One 2.01.0 POD Go Firmware POD_Go_v2.01.0_0x665e64ec.hxf (page right) and then power on POD Go 3. Reconnect the POD Go to the computer, preferably trying a different USB port than before. 4. Launch Line 6 Updater. 5. If POD Go connects, it will appear in DFU Update Mode and you will have to select POD Go from the list. 6. If the unit does not connect, close Line 6 Updater, connect to a different USB port on the computer, preferably with a different USB cable as well, and relaunch Line 6 Updater. 7. If the unit then connects, reinstall the firmware. 8. If the unit does still not connect, there may be a configuration issue with the computer. Please try a different computer. For full release notes that include all new models, features, bug fixes and known issues, please visit: https://line6.com/support/page/kb/pod/pod-go]]> 2023-12-07 09:30:00 POD Go POD Go Wireless 3.71.0 HX Effects Firmware HX_Effects_v3.71.0_0x57a336790.hxf button on boot up.]]> 2024-01-11 10:30:00 HX Effects 3.71.0 Helix Floor Firmware Helix_Floor_v3.71.0_0xa7e258557.hxf 2024-01-11 10:30:00 Helix 3.71.0 Helix Rack Firmware Helix_Rack_v3.71.0_0xa7e258557.hxf 2024-01-11 10:30:00 Helix Rack 3.71.0 Helix LT Firmware Helix_LT_v3.71.0_0xa7e258557.hxf 2024-01-11 10:30:00 Helix LT 3.71.0 HX Stomp Firmware HX_Stomp_v3.71.0_0xe773a6f7f.hxf button on boot up.]]> 2024-01-11 10:30:00 HX Stomp 3.71.0 HX Stomp_XL Firmware HX_Stomp_XL_v3.71.0_0xe773a6f7f.hxf button on boot up.]]> 2024-01-11 10:30:00 HX Stomp XL 3.71.0 F19_Firmware_v3.71.0.hx1f 2024-02-08 10:32:00 HX One 1.00.0 POD Express Firmware POD_Express_v1.00.0.pxf 2024-03-05 10:00:00 POD Express Bass POD Express Guitar 1.01.0 POD Express Firmware POD_Express_v1.01.0-rc6_0x85aad29.pxf 2024-03-05 10:30:00 POD Express Bass POD Express Guitar 2.01.0 Catalyst Firmware Catalyst_60_100_200_v2.01.0-rc7_0xc64b692.ctf 2024-03-19 10:00:00 Catalyst 100 Catalyst 200 Catalyst 60 Catalyst CX 100 Catalyst CX 200 Catalyst CX 60 2.02.0 Catalyst Firmware Catalyst_60_100_200_v2.02.0-rc9_0x77f2d40.ctf 2024-04-16 10:27:06 Catalyst 100 Catalyst 200 Catalyst 60 Catalyst CX 100 Catalyst CX 200 Catalyst CX 60 1.02.0 DL4 MKII Firmware DL4_MKII_v1.02.0-rc1_0x592a26b.dl4 2024-05-14 11:00:00 DL4 MkII 2.06.0 W16_TX_2.06.0.wuf 2024-07-16 10:00:00 Relay G10TII Transmitter 2.00.0 POD Express Firmware POD_Express_v2.00.0.pxf 2024-09-12 10:00:00 POD Express Bass POD Express Black POD Express Guitar 3.80.0 Helix Floor Firmware Helix_Floor_v3.80.0_0x7d01f5efb.hxf 2024-11-19 10:00:00 Helix 3.80.0 Helix Rack Firmware Helix_Rack_v3.80.0_0x7d01f5efb.hxf 2024-11-19 10:00:00 Helix Rack 3.80.0 Helix LT Firmware Helix_LT_v3.80.0_0x7d01f5efb.hxf 2024-11-19 10:00:00 Helix LT 3.80.0 HX Stomp Firmware HX_Stomp_v3.80.0_0x103966115.hxf button on boot up.]]> 2024-11-19 10:00:00 HX Stomp 3.80.0 HX Stomp_XL Firmware HX_Stomp_XL_v3.80.0_0x103966115.hxf button on boot up.]]> 2024-11-19 10:00:00 HX Stomp XL 3.80.0 HX Effects Firmware HX_Effects_v3.80.0_0xd97239907.hxf button on boot up.]]> 2024-11-19 10:00:00 HX Effects 2.50.0 POD Go Firmware POD_Go_v2.50.0_0x6e984472.hxf button on boot up. You then have to select your POD Go device from the list of products that appears and try the update again.]]> 2025-01-21 10:00:00 POD Go POD Go Wireless 3.83 HX One Firmware HX_One_v3.83.0a_0xc12f13f1.hx1f 2025-10-28 09:45:00 HX One 1.01 POD HD400 Edit POD HD400 Edit v1.01 Installer.exe 2010-09-30 09:11:38 POD HD400 1.03 POD HD400 Edit POD HD400 Edit v1.03 Installer.exe 2011-05-12 12:34:50 POD HD400 2.01.0 POD HD400 Edit POD HD400 Edit v2.01.0 Installer.exe 2012-07-17 10:16:29 POD HD400 2.02 POD HD400 Edit POD HD400 Edit v2.02 Installer.exe 2013-09-25 10:55:46 POD HD400 1.03 Spider Valve Edit Spider Valve MkII Edit v1.03 Installer.exe 2010-03-11 09:48:59 Spider Valve MkII 112 Spider Valve MkII 212 Spider Valve MkII HD100 1.05 POD HD Pro Edit POD HD Pro Edit v1.05 Installer.exe 2011-09-13 09:19:40 POD HD Pro 1.06 POD HD Pro Edit POD HD Pro Edit v1.06 Installer.exe 2011-11-22 10:16:17 POD HD Pro 1.08 POD HD Pro Edit POD HD Pro Edit v1.08 Installer.exe 2012-02-17 09:57:26 POD HD Pro POD HD Pro 2.00 POD HD Pro Edit POD HD Pro Edit v2.00 Installer.exe 2012-04-03 12:50:56 POD HD Pro 2.21 POD HD Pro Edit POD HD Pro Edit v2.21 Installer.exe 2012-10-16 11:28:01 POD HD Pro 2.23 POD HD Pro Edit POD HD Pro Edit v2.23 Installer.exe 2013-09-25 10:56:06 POD HD Pro 2.26 POD HD Pro Edit POD HD Pro Edit v2.26 Installer.exe 2015-04-09 11:30:00 POD HD Pro 2.27 POD HD Pro Edit POD HD Pro Edit v2.27 Installer.exe 2018-09-10 12:50:07 POD HD Pro 2.02 POD Farm Installer POD Farm v2.02 Installer.exe 2010-10-21 11:51:10 GuitarPort POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 iLok 2.51 POD Farm Installer POD Farm v2.51 Installer.exe 2011-06-23 15:26:37 GuitarPort No Hardware Required POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 iLok 2.52 POD Farm Installer POD Farm v2.52 Installer.exe 2012-06-07 10:46:38 GuitarPort POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 iLok 2.53 POD Farm Installer POD Farm v2.53 Installer.exe 2012-07-24 15:17:51 GuitarPort POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 iLok 2.55 POD Farm Installer POD Farm v2.55 Installer.exe 2012-08-29 13:44:02 GuitarPort POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 iLok 2.56 POD Farm Installer POD Farm v2.56 Installer.exe 2013-10-22 10:05:40 GuitarPort POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 iLok 2.57 POD Farm Installer POD Farm v2.57 Installer.exe 2014-03-04 14:53:59 GuitarPort POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 iLok 2.59 POD Farm Installer POD Farm v2.59 Installer.exe 2015-08-05 12:10:22 GuitarPort POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8 iLok 1.3.0 Helix Stadium XL/Stadium Firmware 1.3.0.1330 stadium-release-ota-p35_1_3_0_1330.swu Helix Stadium 1.3

This update includes 5 new Agoura amp channels from 2 new amps, Line 6's new Proxy cloning engine, additional features, improvements, and bug fixes and is strongly recommended for all Helix Stadium users.

New Amps in 1.3

• Matchstick 30 (Ch 1, Ch 2 and Jumped channels), based on the Matchless DC 30
• Mandarin Rock 3 (Normal and Overdrive channels), based on the Orange Rockerverb 100MKIII

New Features in 1.3

• Proxy Cloning Engine - 1.3 introduces Phase 1 of Line 6's all new Proxy cloning engine, which lets you capture the virtual DNA of your favorite gear.
• Cab IRs Per Snapshot - As with Helix/HX, different Cab IRs in Stadium can now be recalled per snapshot.
• Song Flag Automation - Select flags are now correctly recalled at any point in the song instead of only engaging when passing the flags' locations
• MIDI Note Flags
• MIDI Recall of Playlists, Songs, and Markers
• MIDI Control of Song Playback
• Global Settings > Songs > Song Play
• Global Settings > Songs > Looper Stops With Song

Improvements/Bug Fixes in 1.3

• Numerous improvements and many, many bug fixes

See the full release Helix Stadium Release Notes at line6.com for details.

]]> 2026-03-24 10:00:00 Helix Stadium Helix Stadium XL 1.3.1 Helix Stadium XL/Stadium Firmware 1.3.1.1333 stadium-release-ota-p35_1_3_1_1333.swu Helix Stadium 1.3.1

This update includes 5 new Agoura amp channels from 2 new amps, Line 6's new Proxy cloning engine, additional features, improvements, and bug fixes and is strongly recommended for all Helix Stadium users.

New Amps in 1.3

• Matchstick 30 (Ch 1, Ch 2 and Jumped channels), based on the Matchless DC 30
• Mandarin Rock 3 (Normal and Overdrive channels), based on the Orange Rockerverb 100MKIII

New Features in 1.3

• Proxy Cloning Engine - 1.3 introduces Phase 1 of Line 6's all new Proxy cloning engine, which lets you capture the virtual DNA of your favorite gear.
• Cab IRs Per Snapshot - As with Helix/HX, different Cab IRs in Stadium can now be recalled per snapshot.
• Song Flag Automation - Select flags are now correctly recalled at any point in the song instead of only engaging when passing the flags' locations
• MIDI Note Flags
• MIDI Recall of Playlists, Songs, and Markers
• MIDI Control of Song Playback
• Global Settings > Songs > Song Play
• Global Settings > Songs > Looper Stops With Song

Improvements/Bug Fixes in 1.3

• Numerous improvements and many, many bug fixes

Improvements in 1.3.1

• Updated Proxy Cloning source signals to improve accuracy with some target devices, especially when rolling down the input level.

See the full release Helix Stadium Release Notes at line6.com for details.

]]> 2026-03-26 10:00:00 Helix Stadium Helix Stadium XL 1.3.2 Helix Stadium XL/Stadium Firmware 1.3.2.1340 stadium-release-ota-p35_1_3_2_1340.swu Helix Stadium 1.3.2

This update includes 5 new Agoura amp channels from 2 new amps, Line 6's new Proxy cloning engine, additional features, improvements, and bug fixes and is strongly recommended for all Helix Stadium users.

New Amps in 1.3

• Matchstick 30 (Ch 1, Ch 2 and Jumped channels), based on the Matchless DC 30
• Mandarin Rock 3 (Normal and Overdrive channels), based on the Orange Rockerverb 100MKIII

New Features in 1.3

• Proxy Cloning Engine - 1.3 introduces Phase 1 of Line 6's all new Proxy cloning engine, which lets you capture the virtual DNA of your favorite gear.
• Cab IRs Per Snapshot - As with Helix/HX, different Cab IRs in Stadium can now be recalled per snapshot.
• Song Flag Automation - Select flags are now correctly recalled at any point in the song instead of only engaging when passing the flags' locations
• MIDI Note Flags
• MIDI Recall of Playlists, Songs, and Markers
• MIDI Control of Song Playback
• Global Settings > Songs > Song Play
• Global Settings > Songs > Looper Stops With Song

Improvements/Bug Fixes in 1.3

• Numerous improvements and many, many bug fixes

Improvements/Bug Fixes in 1.3.2

• Additional bug fixes

See the full release Helix Stadium Release Notes at line6.com for details.

]]> 2026-04-21 10:00:00 Helix Stadium Helix Stadium XL 1.11 POD Go Edit POD Go Edit v1.11 Installer.exe 2020-06-23 09:56:49 POD Go 1.21 POD Go Edit POD Go Edit v1.21 Installer.exe 2021-03-25 10:00:41 POD Go POD Go Wireless 1.22 POD Go Edit POD Go Edit v1.22 Installer.exe 2021-06-01 12:00:00 POD Go POD Go Wireless 1.30 POD Go Edit POD Go Edit v1.30 Installer.exe 2021-10-05 09:45:00 POD Go POD Go Wireless 1.40 POD Go Edit POD Go Edit v1.40 Installer.exe 2022-07-19 11:00:00 POD Go POD Go Wireless 1.41 POD Go Edit POD Go Edit v1.41 Installer.exe 2023-02-14 10:45:00 POD Go POD Go Wireless 2.00 POD Go Edit POD Go Edit v2.00 Installer.exe 2023-11-07 10:00:00 POD Go POD Go Wireless 2.50 POD Go Edit POD Go Edit v2.50 Installer.exe 2025-01-21 10:00:00 POD Go POD Go Wireless 1.20 Line 6 Updater Line 6 Updater v1.20 Installer.exe 2021-03-16 10:00:00 AMPLIFi 150 AMPLIFi 30 AMPLIFi 75 AMPLIFi FX100 AMPLIFi TT FBV3 Firehawk 1500 Firehawk FX HX Effects HX Stomp HX Stomp XL Helix Helix Control Helix LT Helix Rack POD Go POD Go Wireless Powercab 112 Plus Powercab 212 Plus Relay G10 Receiver Relay G10 Transmitter Relay G10S Receiver Relay G10TII Transmitter Relay G70 Receiver Relay G75 Receiver Relay TB516 G Spider V 120 Spider V 20 Spider V 240 Spider V 240HC Spider V 30 Spider V 60 1.23 Line 6 Updater Line 6 Updater v1.23 Installer.exe 2021-06-01 12:00:00 AMPLIFi 150 AMPLIFi 30 AMPLIFi 75 AMPLIFi FX100 AMPLIFi TT FBV3 Firehawk 1500 Firehawk FX HX Effects HX Stomp HX Stomp XL Helix Helix Control Helix LT Helix Rack POD Go POD Go Wireless Powercab 112 Plus Powercab 212 Plus Relay G10 Receiver Relay G10 Transmitter Relay G10S Receiver Relay G10TII Transmitter Relay G70 Receiver Relay G75 Receiver Relay TB516 G Spider V 120 Spider V 20 Spider V 240 Spider V 240HC Spider V 30 Spider V 60 1.24 Line 6 Updater Line 6 Updater v1.24 Installer.exe 2022-02-15 10:13:07 AMPLIFi 150 AMPLIFi 30 AMPLIFi 75 AMPLIFi FX100 AMPLIFi TT Catalyst 100 Catalyst 200 Catalyst 60 FBV3 Firehawk 1500 Firehawk FX HX Effects HX Stomp HX Stomp XL Helix Helix Control Helix LT Helix Rack POD Go POD Go Wireless Powercab 112 Plus Powercab 212 Plus Relay G10 Receiver Relay G10 Transmitter Relay G10S Receiver Relay G70 Receiver Relay G75 Receiver Relay TB516 G Spider V 120 Spider V 20 Spider V 240 Spider V 240HC Spider V 30 Spider V 60 1.25 Line 6 Updater Line 6 Updater v1.25 Installer.exe 2022-04-07 12:11:07 AMPLIFi 150 AMPLIFi 30 AMPLIFi 75 AMPLIFi FX100 AMPLIFi TT Catalyst 100 Catalyst 200 Catalyst 60 DL4 MkII FBV3 Firehawk 1500 Firehawk FX HX Effects HX Stomp HX Stomp XL Helix Helix Control Helix LT Helix Rack POD Go POD Go Wireless Powercab 112 Plus Powercab 212 Plus Relay G10 Receiver Relay G10 Transmitter Relay G10S Receiver Relay G70 Receiver Relay G75 Receiver Relay TB516 G Spider V 120 Spider V 20 Spider V 240 Spider V 240HC Spider V 30 Spider V 60 1.26 Line 6 Updater Line 6 Updater v1.26 Installer.exe 2022-07-19 11:00:00 AMPLIFi 150 AMPLIFi 30 AMPLIFi 75 AMPLIFi FX100 AMPLIFi TT Catalyst 100 Catalyst 200 Catalyst 60 DL4 MkII FBV3 Firehawk 1500 Firehawk FX HX Effects HX Stomp HX Stomp XL Helix Helix Control Helix LT Helix Rack POD Go POD Go Wireless Powercab 112 Plus Powercab 212 Plus Relay G10 Receiver Relay G10 Transmitter Relay G10S Receiver Relay G10TII Transmitter Relay G70 Receiver Relay G75 Receiver Relay TB516 G Spider V 120 Spider V 20 Spider V 240 Spider V 240HC Spider V 30 Spider V 60 1.27 Line 6 Updater Line 6 Updater v1.27 Installer.exe 2022-10-20 11:56:35 AMPLIFi 150 AMPLIFi 30 AMPLIFi 75 AMPLIFi FX100 AMPLIFi TT Catalyst 100 Catalyst 200 Catalyst 60 DL4 MkII FBV3 Firehawk 1500 Firehawk FX HX Effects HX Stomp HX Stomp XL Helix Helix Control Helix LT Helix Rack POD Go POD Go Wireless Powercab 112 Plus Powercab 212 Plus Relay G10 Receiver Relay G10 Transmitter Relay G10S Receiver Relay G10TII Transmitter Relay G70 Receiver Relay G75 Receiver Relay TB516 G Spider V 120 Spider V 20 Spider V 240 Spider V 240HC Spider V 30 Spider V 60 1.28 Line 6 Updater Line 6 Updater v1.28 Installer.exe 2023-10-05 09:59:13 AMPLIFi 150 AMPLIFi 30 AMPLIFi 75 AMPLIFi FX100 AMPLIFi TT Catalyst 100 Catalyst 200 Catalyst 60 FBV3 Firehawk 1500 Firehawk FX HX Effects HX Stomp HX Stomp XL Helix Helix Control Helix LT Helix Rack POD Go POD Go Wireless Powercab 112 Plus Powercab 212 Plus Relay G10 Receiver Relay G10 Transmitter Relay G10S Receiver Relay G10TII Transmitter Relay G70 Receiver Relay G75 Receiver Relay TB516 G Spider V 120 Spider V 20 Spider V 240 Spider V 240HC Spider V 30 Spider V 60 /variaxWorkbench/ 1.00 Variax Workbench v1.00 Installer.exe 2.1) or Vetta units retrofitted with the Variax Digital Interface (same firmware version minimum requirement).]]> 2005-04-04 11:39:06 Variax Variax 300/600 Variax USB Interface 1.1 Variax Workbench v1.1 Installer.exe 2005-07-29 12:12:03 PODxt Live Variax Variax 300/600 Variax USB Interface Vetta II Combo Vetta II Head 1.50 Variax Workbench v1.50 Installer.exe 2006-04-06 16:03:00 PODxt Live Variax Variax 300/600 Variax Acoustic Variax USB Interface Vetta II Combo Vetta II Head 1.54 Variax Workbench v1.54 Installer.exe 2008-04-03 16:42:14 POD X3 Live PODxt Live Variax Variax 300/600 Variax Acoustic Variax USB Interface Vetta II Combo Vetta II Head 1.58 Variax Workbench v1.58 Installer.exe 2009-01-29 15:28:49 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt Live Variax Variax 300/600 Variax Acoustic Variax USB Interface Vetta II Combo Vetta II Head 1.70.0 Variax Workbench Variax Workbench v1.70.0 Installer.exe 2010-11-17 10:24:00 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt Live James Tyler Variax Variax Variax 300/600 Variax Acoustic Variax USB Interface Vetta II Combo Vetta II Head 1.72.0 Variax Workbench Variax Workbench v1.72.0 Installer.exe 2011-08-09 12:06:42 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt Live James Tyler Variax Variax Variax 300/600 Variax Acoustic Variax USB Interface Vetta II Combo Vetta II Head 1.73 Variax Workbench Variax Workbench v1.73 Installer.exe 2012-03-12 10:54:01 POD HD Pro POD HD500 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt Live James Tyler Variax Variax Variax 300/600 Variax Acoustic Variax USB Interface Vetta II Combo Vetta II Head 1.75 Variax Workbench Variax Workbench v1.75 Installer.exe 2012-07-26 13:28:02 James Tyler Variax POD HD Pro POD HD500 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt Live Variax Variax 300/600 Variax Acoustic Variax USB Interface Vetta II Combo Vetta II Head 1.01 Metallurgy: Doom Doom v1.01 Installer.exe 2022-04-26 12:00:00 No Hardware Required 1.00 HX One Librarian HX One Librarian Installer 1.00.exe 2023-11-16 14:46:56 HX One 2.01 Workbench HD Workbench HD v2.01 Installer.exe 2013-08-15 09:56:22 James Tyler Variax Variax USB Interface 2.10 Workbench HD Workbench HD v2.10 Installer.exe 2014-04-22 14:15:31 James Tyler Variax POD HD Pro POD HD Pro X POD HD500 POD HD500X Variax USB Interface 2.12 Workbench HD Workbench HD v2.12 Installer.exe 2015-02-18 15:30:06 James Tyler Variax POD HD Pro POD HD Pro X POD HD500 POD HD500X Variax USB Interface 2.13 Workbench HD Workbench HD v2.13 Installer.exe 2017-03-30 11:59:19 Helix Helix LT Helix Rack James Tyler Variax POD HD Pro POD HD Pro X POD HD500 POD HD500X Variax Shuriken Variax Standard Variax USB Interface 2.14 Workbench HD Workbench HD v2.14 Installer.exe 2018-06-20 11:55:05 Helix Helix LT Helix Rack James Tyler Variax POD HD Pro POD HD Pro X POD HD500 POD HD500X Variax USB Interface 2.15 Workbench HD Workbench HD v2.15 Installer.exe 2019-03-12 13:20:06 Helix Helix LT Helix Rack James Tyler Variax POD HD Pro POD HD Pro X POD HD500 POD HD500X Variax Shuriken Variax Standard Variax USB Interface 2.00.4 RiffWorks Line 6 Edition v2.00.4 - Win RiffWorksLine6EditionInstaller.exe 2006-08-17 08:43:39 GuitarPort PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 2.10.0 RiffWorks Line 6 Edition v2.10.0 InstallRiffWorksLine6Edition.exe 2007-03-02 11:28:01 GuitarPort PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 2.2.2 InstallRiffWorksLine6EditionV2_2_2_3009.exe 2009-02-19 10:55:03 GuitarPort POD Studio GX POD Studio KB37 POD Studio UX1 POD Studio UX2 POD X3 POD X3 Live POD X3 Pro PODxt PODxt Live PODxt Pro TonePort DI-Gold TonePort DI-Silver TonePort GX TonePort KB37 TonePort UX1 TonePort UX2 TonePort UX8